Home

ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller User Manual

1. Zone 4 Offset Parameter Number 85 A Rul GET SET The byte offset into the ZIP data S l portion of the DeviceLogix data table Data Type UNIT to place the chosen consumed data bytes for zone 4 Group ZIP Parameters Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Zone 1 EPR Parameter Number 86 A Rul GET SET The Expected Packet Rate in msec for DRAS the zone 1 consuming connection If Data Type UINT consumed data is not received in 4 times this value the zone connection Group ZIP Parameters will time out and Zone 1 Health will i report 1 Not Healthy Units mseg MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 75 Zone 2 EPR Parameter Number 87 A Rul GET SET The Expected Packet Rate in msec for ERNS i the zone 1 consuming connection If Data Type UNIT consumed data is not received in 4 times this value the zone connection Group ZIP Parameters will time out and Zone 2 Health will report 1 Not Healthy Units mseg MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 75 Zone 3 EPR Parameter Number 88 A Rul GET SET The Expected Packet Rate in msec for SPS i the zone 1 consuming connection If Data Type UNIT consumed data is not received in 4 times this value the zone connection Group ZIP Parameters will time out and Zone 3 Health will report 1 Not Healthy Units a MinimumValue 0 Maximum Va
2. Breaker Type Parameter Number 22 Access Rule GET This parameter identifies the Bulletin 140M used in this product Data Type BOOL Seely Group Starter Protection 1 140M D8N C25 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value PrFlt Reset Mode Parameter Number 23 Access Rule GET SET This parameter is the Protection Fault reset mode Data Type BOOL O Manuel Group Starter Protection 1 Automatic Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Pr Fault Enable Parameter Number 240 Access Rule GET SET This parameter enables the Protection Fault by setting the bit to 1 Data Type WORD Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 64927 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 3 2 Short Circuit Overload X Phase Short X Ground Fault Stall Control Power 10 Fault X Overtemperature X Over Current X Dnet Power Loss X Internal Comm X DC Bus Fault X EEprom X HW Fault X Restart Retries X Misc Fault Cannot be disabled 152 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Pr Fault Reset This parameter resets the Protection Fault on a transition 0 gt 1
3. Parameter Number 198 Related Parameters 133 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1A Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value Drive rated amps x 2 Default Value 0 0 Disabled Parameter Number 199 Related Parameters 110 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 999 9 Default Value 30 0 Parameter Number 200 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 2 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 201 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 205 Related Parameters 115 137 206 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units _ Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 3 Default Value 0 138 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Comm Loss Time Sets the time that the drive remain in communication loss before implanting the option selected in Parameter 205 Comm Loss Action Slip Hertz FLA Compensates for the inherent slip in an induction motor This frequency is added to the commanded output frequency based on motor current Process Time Lo Scales the time valu
4. a CONNECTION 266 9 10 51 313 114 69 EEE ji 1 431 AL Oe j 68 0 0 4 D ME See 0 of t Tee Installation Wiring and Maintenance Chapter 2 Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All dimensions are subject to change Figure 18 Dimensions for 2 Hp 230V AC 3 Hp and above 460V AC IP67 Type 4 12 with Daisy Chain DR option Conduit Entrance a 1 2 68 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 39 Chapter2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Figure 19 Bulletin 284 ArmorStart Local Disconnect A T lE K N H LED Status Le Indication 22 hs Allen Bradley nes 2 Outputs ___ Hanol auto OFF Micro M12 bro
5. Parameter Number 35 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 36 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 37 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 38 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 39 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 157 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers OutB Pr FitValue This parameter determines the state the Out B assumes when a trip occurs and Parameter 39 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close OutB DN FitState This parameter with Parameter 42 defines how Output B responds when a DeviceNet network fault occurs When set to 1 Output B holds state before trip occurrence When set to 0 Output B opens or closes as determined by setting in Parameter 42 OutB DN FitValue This parameter determines the state that Output B assumes when a DeviceNet network fault occurs and Parameter 41 is set to 0
6. Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get State USINT 0 nonexistant 1 configuring 3 established 4 timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 0 Explicit Message 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT 0x83 Server Transport Class 3 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT 10xxxxxx011 XXXXXX node address 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT 10xxxxxx100 XXXXXX node address 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT 0x22 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0x61 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 0x61 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in ms 12 Get Watchdog Action USINT 01 auto delete 03 deferred delete 13 Get Produced Connection Path Length UINT 0 14 Get Produced Connection Path Empty 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Length UINT 0 16 Get Consumed Connection Path Empty 302 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B Instance 2 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Polled I O Message Connection The following instance 2 attributes are supported Table 78 Connection Object Instance 2 Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type 1 Get State USINT 0 nonexistant 1 configuring 3 established 4 timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 1 1 0 Connection 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT 0x82 Server Transport Class 2 If alloc_choice polled and ack suppression is enabled t
7. 281A Device 281D Device Product Contactor Size Overload Control Power Type Type Code Code Current Rating Voltage 133 22 OxCA 100C 12 0 24 1 2A 24V DC 133 22 0xC1 100C 12 0 5 2 5A 24V DC 133 22 OxC2 100C 12 1 1 5 5A 24V DC 133 22 OxC3 100C 23 3 2 16A 24V DC 133 22 OxCB 100 12 0 24 1 2A 120V AC 133 22 OxC4 100C 12 0 5 2 5A 120V AC 133 22 OxC5 100C 12 1 1 5 5A 120V AC 133 22 OxC6 100C 23 3 2 16A 120V AC 133 22 Oxcc 100 12 0 24 1 2A 240V AC 133 22 OxC7 100C 12 0 5 2 5A 240V AC 133 22 0xC8 100C 12 1 1 5 5A 240V AC 133 22 0xC9 100C 23 3 2 16A 240V AC 0xCD 0xFF 133 PointBus Motor Starter 22 Motor Starter 294 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B DeviceNet Objects The ArmorStart distributed motor controller supports the following DeviceNet object classes Table 52 DeviceNet Object Classes Class Object 0x0001 Identity 0x0002 Message Router 0x0003 DeviceNet 0x0004 Assembly 0x0005 Connection 0x0008 Discrete Input Point 0x0009 Discrete Output Point 0x000F Parameter Object 0x0010 Parameter Group Object 0x001D Discrete Input Group 0x001E Discrete Output Group 0x0029 Control Supervisor 0x002B Acknowledge Handler 0x002C Overload Object 0x00B4 DN Interface Object 0x032E ZIP Object Identity Object Th
8. Zone 4 Health Parameter Number 77 Access Rul GET Read Only consumed connection Daa status for zone 4 Data Type BOOL 0 Healthy Group ZIP Parameters 1 Unhealthy Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Zone 1 Mask Parameter Number 78 Access Rul GET SET Bit enumerated consumed data mask STUS for zone 1 Each bit represents a byte in Data Type BYTE consumed data up to 8 bytes in length If a mask bit is set the corresponding Group ZIP Parameters consumed data byte is placed in the A DeviceLogix data table Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 255 Default Value 0 Zone 2 Mask Parameter Number 79 Access Rul GET SET Bit enumerated consumed data mask spe i for zone 2 Each bit represents a byte in Data Type BYTE consumed data up to 8 bytes in length If a mask bit is set the corresponding Group ZIP Parameters consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix data table Units r MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 255 Default Value 0 Zone 3 Mask Parameter Number 80 Access Rul GET SET Bit enumerated consumed data mask ee for zone 3 Each bit represents a byte in Data Type BYTE consumed data up to 8 bytes in length If a mask bit is set the corresponding Group ZIP Parameters consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix data table Units T MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 255 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 Progr
9. Parameter Number 134 Related Parameters 101 102 113 135 210 212 215 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Setup Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 240 Default Value 0 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Maximum Freq Stop drive before changing this parameter Sets the Highest frequency that the drive outputs continuously Stop Mode Valid Stop Mode for the Bulletin 284 ArmorStart are the following 0 Ramp CF Ramp to Stop Stop command clears active fault 1 Coast CF Coast to Stop Stop command clears active fault 2 DC Brake CF DC Injection Braking Stop Stop command clears active fault 3 DCBrkAuto CF DC injection Braking with Auto Shutoff Standard DC Injection Braking for value set in Parameter 180 DC Brake Time or Drive shuts off if the drive detects that the motor is stopped Stop command clears active fault 4 Ramp Ramp to Stop 5 Coast Coast to Stop 6 DC Brake DC Injection Braking Stop 7 DC BrakeAuto DC Injection Stop with Auto Shutoff Standard DC Injection Braking for value set in Parameter 180 DC Brake Time or Drive shuts off if current limit is exceeded Speed Reference Valid Speed References for the Bulletin 284 ArmorStart are the following 1 Internal Freq 4 Preset Freq 5 Comm port Accel Time 1 Sets the rate of acceleration for all speed increases Maximum Freq Accel Rate Ac
10. 22 Motor Starter Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 284D Device Product Hp Supply Name String Drive Type Type Code Voltage 22 0x132 0 50 240V AC ArmorStart 284D PF4 240V 0 5 Hp PF4 22 0x134 1 240V AC ArmorStart 284D PF4 240V 1 Hp PF4 22 0x136 2 240V AC ArmorStart 284D PF4 240V 2 Hp PF4 22 0x142 0 50 480V AC ArmorStart 284D PF4 480V 0 5 Hp PF4 22 0x144 1 480V AC ArmorStart 284D PF4 480V 1 Hp PF4 22 0x146 2 480V AC ArmorStart 284D PF4 480V 2 Hp PF4 22 0x147 3 480V AC ArmorStart 284D PF4 480V 3 Hp PF4 22 0x148 5 480V AC ArmorStart 284D PF4 480V 5 Hp PF4 22 0x1B2 0 50 240V AC ArmorStart 284D PF40 240V 0 5 Hp PF40 22 0x1B4 1 240V AC ArmorStart 284D PF40 240V 1 Hp PF40 22 0x1B6 2 240V AC ArmorStart 284D PF40 240V 2 Hp PF40 22 0x1C2 0 50 480VAC ArmorStart 284D PF40 480V 0 5 Hp PF40 22 0x1C4 1 480VAC ArmorStart 284D PF40 480V 1 Hp PF40 22 0x1C6 2 480V AC ArmorStart 284D PF40 480V 2 Hp PF40 22 0x1C7 3 480VAC ArmorStart 284D PF40 480V 3 Hp PF40 22 0x1C8 5 480V AC ArmorStart 284D PF40 480V 5 Hp PF40 22 0x1D4 1 600VAC ArmorStart 284D PF40 600V 1 Hp PF40 22 0x1D6 2 600VAC ArmorStart 284D PF40 600V 2 Hp PF40 22 0x1D7 3 600VAC ArmorStart 284D PF40 600V 3 Hp PF40 22 0x1D8 4 600VAC ArmorStart 284D PF40 600V 5 Hp PF40 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Appendix C DeviceNet Objects The ArmorStart distributed motor controller supports the following Dev
11. Parameter Number 49 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 50 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 51 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 52 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 53 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 115 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers StrtrDN IdlValue Parameter Number 54 Access Rule GET SET This parameter determines the state that Digital Inputs 1 2 assume when the network is idle and Data Type BOOL Parameter 53 is set to 0 0 0FF Group Drive DeviceNet 1 0N Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 ZIP Parameters AutoRun Zip Parameter Number 67 Access Rule GET SET Enables ZIP data production on power up Data Type BOOL T Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum
12. Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Trip Status Parameter Number 4 This parameter provides trip identification Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Short Circuit Overload X Phase Short X Ground Fault X Stall X Control Power X 10 Fault X Overtemperature X Over Current X Dnet Power Loss X Internal Comm DC Bus Fault EEprom HW Fault X Restart Retries X Misc Fault Indicates DB1 Comm Fault for Bulletin 284 Check Last Protection fault for details Parameter 61 Indicates DB1 Brake Fault for Bulletin 284 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 99 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Starter Status Parameter Number 5 Access Rule GET This parameter provides the status of the starter Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Tripped Warning X Running Fwd
13. 150 6 MOTOR CONNECTION 185 7 3 M22 CORDSET t MOTOR CONNECTION 243 9 57 M35 CORDSET Figure 10 Dimensions for IP67 Type 4 12 with Daisy Chain DR option Conduit Entrance 3 02 12 NOTE Cord grips are supplied separately 373 14 69 G oe 195 7 68 THOMAS AND BETTS 2922NM CORD GRIP 5262 SEALING RING 141 LOCKNUT 1 2 KNOCKOUT 22mm 34 5 1 4 61 2 4 a OR EQUIVALENT 8 8 4 PLACES supplied separately 32 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Chapter 2 IP67 Type 4 12 with ArmorConnect Connectivity Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All dimensions are subject to change Figure 11 Dimensions for 1P67 Type 4 12 with ArmorConnect Connectivity LA A M N k Alien Bradisy CAUTION OQ Z ArmorStart with a 10 A ArmorS
14. Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Decel Time 2 When active sets the rate of deceleration for all speed decreases except for jog Maximum Freq _ Decel Rate Decel Time Parameter 135 Maximum Freq Speed Da Param ke Time Param ke 0 139 or 140 or 167 168 Accel Decel Time x Time x Internal Freq Provide the frequency command to drive when Parameter 138 Speed Reference is set to 1 Internal Freq When enabled this parameter changes the frequency command in real time Parameter Number 168 Related Parameters 140 151 152 153 154 170 173 174 177 240 247 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 600 0 Default Value 20 0 Parameter Number 169 Related Parameters 138 162 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 Default Value 60 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 173 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers 170 Preset Freq 0 Parameter Number 170 173 174 177 171 Pres
15. Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 1 Input 7 Input 6 Input 5 Input 4 Input 3 Input 2 Input 1 Input 0 2 Logic Ena Input 9 Input 8 3 Output7 Output6 Output5 Output4 Output3 Output2 Output1 Outputo 4 Output9 Output 8 5 NetOut7 NetOut6 NetOut5 NetOut4 NetOut3 NetOut2 NetOut1 NetOuto 6 ZIP CCV Low 7 ZIP CCV High The above configuration results in the following DeviceLogix ZIP Data Table mapping 242 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 ZIP 0 Zone 1 Tripped ZIP 1 Zone 1 Warning ZIP 2 Zone 1 Running Fwd ZIP 3 Zone Running Rev ZIP 4 Zone 1 Ready ZIP 5 Zone 1 reserved ZIP 6 Zone 1 reserved ZIP 7 Zone 1 reserved ZIP 8 Zone 1 User In 1 ZIP 9 Zone 1 User In 2 ZIP 10 Zone 1 User In 3 ZIP 11 Zone 1 User In 4 ZIP 12 Zone 1 HOA ZIP 13 Zone 1 140M Stat ZIP 14 Zone 1 reserved ZIP 15 Zone 1 reserved ZIP 16 Zone 2 Tripped ZIP 17 Zone 2 Warning ZIP 18 Zone 2 Running Fwd ZIP 19 Zone 2 Running Rev ZIP 20 Zone 2 Ready ZIP 21 Zone 2 reserved ZIP 22 Zone 2 reserved ZIP 23 Zone 2 reserved ZIP 24 Zone 2 User In 1 ZIP 25 Zone 2 User In 2 ZIP 26 Zone 2 User In 3 ZIP 27 Zone 2 User In 4 ZIP 28 Zone 2 HOA ZIP 29 Zone 2 140M Stat ZIP 30 Zone 2 reserved ZIP 31 Zone 2 reserved ArmorStart ZIP Configuration ZIP 32 Zone 3 ZIP
16. ArmorStart ArmorStart ArmorStart Bulletin 800F Emergency Stop Pushbutton Three Phase Power Trunk Patchcord cable with integral female or male connector on each end Example Catalog Number 280 PWR35 A M Three Phase Drop Cable Patchcord cable with integral female or male connector on each end Example Catalog Number 280 PWR22A M Three Phase Power Tees and Reducer Tee connects to a single drop line to trunk with quick change connectors Catalog Number 280 T35 Reducing Tee connects to a single drop line Mini to trunk Quick change connector Catalog Number 280 RT35 Reducer connects from quick change male connector to mini female connector Catalog Number 280 RA35 Three Phase Power Receptacles Female receptacles are a panel mount connector with flying leads Catalog Number 280 M35F M1 46 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Chapter 2 Figure 26 Control Power Media System Overview using 6 5 Pin Tee Enclosure i PLC l i XLSDNET Z I Bulletin 1492FB A 1606 4 I I Branch Circuit TS DeviceNe
17. 0 cce cece eee ees 228 Bulletin 284 ArmorStart Fault Bits 0ccccececeeees 229 Bulletin 284 ArmorStart Outputs cess eee ee eee 230 Bulletin 284 ArmorStart Produced Network Bits 231 Chapter 10 OVERVIEWS eenn oll Sein Sopa O nd eis ae beads Mae peed coed bs wae 233 ZIP Parameter Overview ccc ccc cece eect e ence enn teens 233 Data PEOUUCHOR ca hae ey E cic he ae EEN 235 Data Consumption en ta Geienteleewsea dees oye eines eae eons 235 Mapping Consumed Data to the DeviceLogix Data Table 236 ZIP rata E ticle ese ald idee eto eree9 238 Finding ZIP bits ih the DeviceLogix Editor wwiaahasecattus ened vere 244 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Diagnostics Troubleshooting Table of Contents Chapter 11 OVENI EW re Add Aan ded Rode Hie ehh Ri dade Sb le eee eke Ree Protection Programming iaus cass atte otal Senrenes Rauile Displays 75 sete deo s is a a ete caeseeawae SEA CCAIR Alt CaS ea horaaidien eames ASAE AAA PAU EROS ata E okt waa cell eat EE oll ade ater tea Fault Definitions sess aie a A Nea eaea ntl Short Circuits nnee te ra nat N he E aN Oyerload Lripieors ee delete ee a NA E ae oto EA O EE E ELEA EEE Control POWER rere r a aa E E E eas Oe KO Fault ranra e Aa R A AE E e ee a heey Over T mperature irese enaka ein TEN ETARE ETA Phase Imbalance uuouuuuennnnserrerunnrerrrrrerrrerree Over Current 2 2 sand dhs none e a a a a
18. Bit 10 15 Reserved Miscellaneous Group Keypad Mode Parameter Number 45 Access Rul GET SET This parameter selects if the keypad operation is maintained or momentary are 0 Maintained Data Type BOOL 1 Momentary Group Misc Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Keypad Disable Parameter Number 46 Access Rule GET SET This parameter disables all keypad function except for the OFF and RESET buttons Data Type BOOL 0 Not Disabled G Mi 1 Disabled orp Di Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Set to Defaults Parameter Number 47 Access Rule GET SET This parameter if set to 1 sets the device to the factory defaults Data Type BOOL 0 No Operation G Mi 1 Set to Defaults ld 2E Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Base Enclosure Parameter Number 56 Access Rule GET ae the ArmorStart Base unit enclosure rating Data Type WORD 1 NEMA 4X Group Misc 2 15 Reserved Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value Default Value 0 Base Options Parameter Number 57 Access Rule GET Indicates the options for the ArmorStart Base unit Data Type WORD Bit 0 Output Fuse G Mi Bit 1 Safety Monitor ak i Bit 2 CP Fuse Detect Units Bits 3 7 Reserved Minimum Value 0 Bit 8 10A Base Maximum Value Bit 9 25A Base Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 159 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Para
19. Switched Control Power is not connected or is turned OFF Poor power quality Brown Out e First things to check Verify that the local disconnect is in the ON position Verify that the unit has 3 Phase Line Voltage present and it is within specified tolerances Verify that the ArmorStart unit has Control Voltage present and it is within specified tolerances Attempt to clear the fault by pressing the local reset or sending the ArmorStart a network reset Cycle power to the ArmorStart unit and try to clear the fault again e Ifan Internal Comm fault persists see Parameter 61 LastPR Fault for additional details on the last protection fault See the following table for troubleshooting information based on what Parameter 61 returns Also see Parameters 107 109 to get the VFD fault code that can be referenced below Description Control power was lost or dipped below the lower threshold long enough to cause the Internal Comm fault Recommended Action e Check that control power is turned on and within specified tolerances Check the Control Power fuse replace if necessary e Press the local reset or send the unit a network reset once control power is restored 14 Control Power Fuse The control power fuse has blown and the control power circuit no longer is a closed circuit Additional investigation as to why the fuse blew is needed Take corrective action accordingly Replace
20. LA LA le kas O 2 68 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 37 Chapter 2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All dimensions are subject to change Figure 17 Dimensions for 2 Hp 230V AC and 3 Hp and above 460V AC with Conduit Entrance CR option 444 38 17 501 30 5 1 201 290 11 421 38 39 21 47 1 851 1 CONDUIT OPENING 0 75 CONDUIT OPENING Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015
21. 0 Open 1 Close Parameter Number 31 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group User 1 0 Units ms Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65 000 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 32 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User I Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 33 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 34 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 OutA DN FitState This parameter with Parameter 36 defines how Output A responds when a DeviceNet network fault occurs When set to 1 Output A holds state before trip occurrence When set to 0 Output A opens or closes as determined by setting in Parameter 36 OutA DN FitValue This parameter determines the state that Output A assumes when a DeviceNet network fault occurs and Parameter 35 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close OutA DN IdiState This parameter with Parameter 38 defines how Output A responds when the DeviceNet network is idle When set to 0 Output A opens or closes as determined by the setting in Parameter 38 The DN Fit parameters supersede the Dn Idl parameters OutA DN IdlValue This pa
22. Mini Straight Female Mini Straight Male 1485C PONS MS Mini Straight Female Mini Right Angle Male 1485C P W5 N5 Mini Right Angle Female Mini Straight Male 1485C P M5 75 Mini Right Angle Female Mini Straight Male 1485C POW5 25 Length m ft Cat No 1m 3 3 193 DNCT 1m 3 3 193 CB1 1m 3 3 193 CM1 Standard cable lengths 1 m 2 m 3 m 4 m 5 m and 6 m Replace symbol with desired length in meters Example Catalog Number 1485C P1N5 M5 for a 1 m cable 193 DNCT BZ1 Standard cable lengths 1 m 2 m 3m 4m 5 m 6m 8 m 10 m 12 m 18 m 24 m and 30 m NOTE Stainless steel versions may be ordered by adding an S to the cat no Example Catalog Number 1485CS P1N5 M5 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 AppendixH Accessories Sensor Media Table 174 Sensor Media Description ArmorStart 1 0 Pin Count Connector Cat No Connection a Input 5 Pin 889D F4ACDM 4o Straight Female i re Straight Male fad We Straight Female 889D F4AACDE DC Micro Patchcord Right Angle Male v Input 5 pin 879D F4ACDM 2 YY s Straight Femal x ye j traight Female a e amp Right Angle Male 879D R4ACM 2 DC Micro V Cable Output 3 pin 889R F3AERM Straight Female Straight Male ap Straight Female 899R F3AERE Right Angle Male AC Micro Patchcord See Publication M116 CA001 for complete cable selecti
23. Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 34 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 156 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 OutA DN FitState This parameter with Parameter 36 defines how Output A responds when a DeviceNet network fault occurs When set to 1 Output A holds state before trip occurrence When set to 0 Output A opens or closes as determined by setting in Parameter 36 OutA DN FitValue This parameter determines the state that Output A assumes when a DeviceNet network fault occurs and Parameter 35 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close OutA DN IdlIState This parameter with Parameter 38 defines how Output A responds when the DeviceNet network is idle When set to 0 Output A opens or closes as determined by the setting in Parameter 38 The DN Fit parameters supersede the Dn Idl parameters OutA DN IdiValue This parameter determines the state that Output A assumes when the network is idle and Parameter 37 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Closed OutB Pr FitState This parameter with Parameter 40 defines how Output B responds when a trip When set to 1 Output B continue to operate as command via the network When set to 0 Output B opens or closes as determined by setting in Parameter 40
24. 0 Open 1 Close OutB DN IdIState This parameter with Parameter 44 defines how Output B responds when the DeviceNet network is idle When set to 0 Output B opens or closes as determined by the setting in Parameter 44 The DN Fit parameters supersede the Dn Idl parameters OutB DN IdlValue This parameter determines the state that Output B assumes when the network is idle and Parameter 43 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close Parameter Number 40 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 41 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 42 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 43 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 44 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 158 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5
25. 21040025 assy inst 00 30 03 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Length UINT 8 16 Get Set Consumed Connection Path 21040025 assy inst 00 30 03 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 339 Appendix C 340 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Instances 5 6 are available Group 3 explicit message connections that are allocated through the UCMM The following attributes are supported Table 143 Connection Object Instance 5 7 Attributes Attribute ID Access Name Data Value Rule Type 1 Get State USINT 0 non existent 1 configuring 3 established 4 timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT O Explicit Message 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT 0x83 Server Transport Class 3 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT Depends on message group and Message ID 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT Depends on message group and Message ID 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT 0x33 Group 3 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UNT 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in milliseconds 12 Get Watchdog Action USINT 01 auto delete 03 deferred delete 13 Get Produced Connection Path Length UINT 0 14 Get Produced Connection Path Empty 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Length UINT 0 16 Get Consumed Connection Path Empty Instances 8 11 are ZIP Consumers The following instance attributes
26. 6 gt MOTOR CONNECTION 185 7 3 M22 CORDSET gt MOTOR CONNECTION 243 9 57 M35 CORDSET 373 14 69 I 0 43 i Oe o Lo 195 LW 7 68 fe g o fo a o o 0 ft 1 CONDUIT OPENING lt ay 10x PEFEA U n i 851 0 75 CONDUIT OPENING i 31 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Chapter2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All dimensions are subject to change 351 13 82 290 30 5 11 42 1 20 A e N lg 268 10 55 287 5 nom 11 32 EN T CAUTION fy oo A q L 68 T AA 27 189 7
27. Maximum Value 16383 Default Value 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 Function Tripped Warning Running Fwd Running Rev Ready Net Ctl Status Reserved At Reference Reserved Reserved Reserved Keypad Hand HOA Status Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 140M On Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 DNet Status Parameter Number 6 This parameter provides status of the Access Rule E DeviceNet connection Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32 767 Default Value 0 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 6 15 4 3 Explicit Connection 1 0 Connection Explicit Fault X 1 0 Fault X 1 0 Idle XI X Reserved X ZIP 1 Cnxn X ZIP 1 Flt X ZIP 2 Cnxn X ZIP 2 Fit X ZIP 3 Cnxn X ZIP 3 Fit X ZIP 4 Cnxn ZIP 4 Fit Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 67 Chapter 3 68 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Starter Command Parameter Number i The p
28. Net input 2 X Net Input 3 X Net Input 4 X Net Input 5 X Net Input 6 X Net Input 7 X Net Input 8 X Net Input 9 X Net Input 10 X Net Input 11 X Net Input 12 X Net Input 13 X Net Input 14 X Net Input 15 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 97 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Network Outputs Parameter Number 3 This parameter provides status of network outputs Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 Bit Function 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 3 2 Net Output 0 Net Output 1 X Net Output 2 X Net Output 3 Net Output 4 Net Output 5 Net Output 6 X Net Output 7 X Net Output 8 X Net Output 9 X Net Output 10 X Net Output 11 X Net Output 12 X Net Output 13 X Net Output 14 98 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015
29. Table 72 Instance 162 is the standard output consumed assembly with Network Inputs Instance 162 Standard Consumed Starter with Network Inputs Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 User Out User Out Fault Run Rev Run Fwd B A Reset 1 Net In8 Net In7 Net In6 NetIn5 Net In 4 Net In 3 Net In 2 Net In 1 2 NetIn16 NetIn15 NetIn14 NetIn13 NetIn12 NetIn11 NetIn10 NetIn9 300 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B Standard Distributed Motor Controller Input Produced Assemblies Table 73 Instance 52 is the required input produced assembly defined in the DeviceNet Motor Starter Profile Instance 52 ODVA Starter Byte Table 74 Instance 161 is the default input produced assembly for Standard Distributed Motor Controllers Instance 161 Default Producted Standard Distributed Motor Controller Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Ready Running Running Warning Tripped Rev Fwd 1 140M0n HOA Stat Userin3 Userin2 Userin1 User In0 Table 75 Instance 163 is the standard input produced assembly with Network Outputs Instance 163 Standard Produced Starter with Network Outputs Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Ready Running Running Warning Tripped Rev Fwd 1 140M0n HOA Stat
30. WORD Value Bit 0 IP67 Bit 1 NEMA 4x Bit 2 28xG Ple Cat4 Bits 3 15 Reserved 155 Get Starter Options WORD Bit 0 Full Keypad Bit 1 Safety Monitor Bit 2 Source Brake Bit 3 CP Brake Bit 4 Dynamic Brake Bit 5 Output Contactor Bit 6 EMI Filter Bit 7 0 10V Analog In Bit 8 Fused Dyn Brake Bits 9 15 Reserved 156 Get Last PR Trip UINT 157 Get DB Status WORD Bit 0 DB Faulted Bit 1 DB Overtemp Warning Bit 2 DB On Bit 3 DB Flt Reset Inhibit Bits 4 15 Reserved 158 352 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Get DB Fault WORD Bit 0 DB Overtemp Bit 1 DB OverCurrent Bit 2 DB UnderCurrent Bit 3 DB Shorted Switch Bit 4 DB Open Bit 5 Reserved Bit 6 DB Bus Voltage Link Open Bit 7 Reserved Bit 8 DB Comms Bits 9 15 Reserved Bulletin 284 CIP Information Appendix C The following common services are implemented for the Control Supervisor Object Table 165 Control Supervisor Object Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Acknowledge Handler Object CLASS CODE 0x002b No class attributes are supported for the Acknowledge Handler Object A single instance Instance 1 of the Acknowledge Handler Object is supported The following instance attributes are sup
31. surge This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED flashes a 1 blink pattern 246 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Diagnostics Chapter 11 Overload Trip The load has drawn excessive current and based on the overload trip class selected the device has tripped This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED flashes a 2 blink pattern Phase Loss Indicates a missing supply phase This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default The Fault LED flashes a 3 blink pattern Phase Short Indicates the drive has detected a phase short This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED flashes a 3 blink pattern Shorted SCR This fault is generated when the SMC 3 detects a short circuit condition in the SMC 3 SCRs This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED flashes a 4 blink pattern Ground Fault Indicates the drive has detected a ground fault This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED flashes a 4 blink pattern Stall Indicates the drive has detected a stall condition indicating the motor has not reached full speed This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED flashes a 5 blink pattern Control Power Indicates a loss of control power voltage or a blown control power fuse This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default The Fault LED flashes a 6 blink pattern Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 247 Chapter 11 248 Diagnostics 1 0 Fault
32. Byte Bit Number and Name 0 ZIP7 ZIP 6 ZIP 5 ZIP 4 ZIP 3 ZIP 2 ZIP 1 ZIP 0 1 ZIP 15 ZIP 14 ZIP 13 ZIP 12 ZIP 11 ZIP 10 ZIP9 ZIP 8 2 ZIP 23 ZIP 22 ZIP 21 ZIP20 ZIP 19 ZIP 18 ZIP 17 ZIP 16 3 ZIP 31 ZIP 30 ZIP 29 ZIP 28 ZIP 27 ZIP 26 ZIP 25 ZIP 24 4 ZIP 39 ZIP 38 ZIP 37 ZIP 36 ZIP 35 ZIP 34 ZIP 33 ZIP 32 5 ZIP 47 ZIP 46 ZIP 45 ZIP 44 ZIP 43 ZIP 42 ZIP 41 ZIP 40 6 ZIP 55 ZIP 54 ZIP 53 ZIP 52 ZIP 51 ZIP 50 ZIP 49 ZIP 48 7 ZIP 63 ZIP 62 ZIP 61 ZIP 60 ZIP 59 ZIP 58 ZIP 57 ZIP 56 The Zone Mask parameters parameters 78 81 select individual bytes within a consumed message for placement in the DeviceLogix Data Table Each single bit in the mask represents a corresponding byte in the consumed message packet For example consider an ArmorStart that has zone 1 configured to consume data from another ArmorStart that is producing data of the following format Instance 163 Standard Produced Starter with Network Outputs and ZIP CCV Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 1 Ready Running Running Warning Tripped Rev Fwd 2 140M On HOA UserIn4 Userin3 Userin2 Userin1 3 NetOut8 NetOut7 NetOut6 NetOut5 NetOut4 NetOut3 NetOut2 Net Out 1 4 NetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut9 15 14 13 12 11 10 5 Device Value Key low 6 Device Value Key high Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P Septembe
33. Fuse 100A 100A 100A 60A ArmorConnect 60A 60A 60A 604 Class J CC and T fuses only ArmorConnect power media and tees may only be used with fuses Summary The design of the ArmorStart controllers in group motor applications is to be carried out as described above The user supplied line side SCPD and wiring has to meet the minimum requirements determined above however the SCPD is required to only protect the ArmorStart controller s associated line side wiring and can be increased to the values allowed in the maximum ratings tables above Because the maximum line side conductor for the ArmorStart is 10 AWG this is the maximum tap wire or daisy chain wiring that can be used to take advantage of the ArmorStart s maximum input ratings A benefit to the ArmorStart rating and the above design process using NFPA rules is that the industrial equipment that uses several group motor installations on different branch circuits can standardize the size of the SCPD and the branch wiring for all the branch circuits of the installation provided they do not exceed the maximum ratings of Table 170 as extended by the UL Certificate of Compliances for combined ArmorStart and ArmorConnect installations whichever is less Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 ArmorStart DC Control Voltage Application Information Appendix E 24V DC Control Design Considerations The maximum distance tha
34. HAND STOP HAND FWD HAND REV JOG FWD JOG REV AUTO No Key Pressed Ignore Command motor off Command motor off Commandmotor off Command motor off Ignore and transition to and transition to and transition to and transition to HAND STOP HAND STOP HAND STOP HAND STOP If FWD LED Set REV LED Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Else If REV LED Set FWD LED aa If FWD LED transition to JOG FWD Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore JOG If REV LED Transition to JOG REV o Command motor off and Transition to AUTO Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore X A y If FWD LED transition to HAND FWD Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore m If REV LED Transition to HAND REV S y Ignore Command motor off Command motor off Command motoroff Command motoroff Command motor off and transition to and transition to and transition to and transition to and transition to LOJ HAND STOP HAND STOP HAND STOP HAND STOP HAND STOP Keypad Disable and HOA via Parameter Modification 196 Parameter 46 Keypad Disable disables the HAND FWD and REV buttons on the HOA keypad The OFF and AUTO buttons are always enabled even if parameter 46 is set to 1 disable See Chapter 9 ArmorStart Motion and Keypad Disable with DeviceLogix for an example of how to dynamically disable the keypad NOTE In nearly all instances if the processor detects multiple buttons are pressed simultaneously the software interpre
35. Userin4 Userin3 Userin2 Userin1 2 Net Out8 NetOut7 NetOut6 NetOut5 NetOut4 NetOut3 NetOut2 Net Out 1 3 Logic NetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut9 Enabled 15 14 13 12 11 10 4 ZIP CCV Low 5 ZIP CCV High Table 76 Instance 190 is the 1999 ZCI0 Native Format Produced Assembly Instance 190 1799 ZCI0 Native Format Produced Assembly Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Running Running Warning Tripped Input 3 Input 2 Input 1 Input 0 Rev Fwd 1 Reserved Logic Reserved 140M On HOA Enabled 2 Reserved User Out UserOut RunRev Run Fwd B A 3 Reserved 4 Net Out8 NetOut7 NetOut6 NetOut5 NetOut4 NetOut3 NetOut2 Net Out 1 5 ZIP CCV Low 6 ZIP CCV High Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 301 AppendixB Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Connection Object CLASS CODE 0x0005 No class attributes are supported for the Connection Object Multiple instances of the Connection Object are supported instances 1 2 and 4 from the group 2 predefined master slave connection set instances 5 and 6 are available through explicit UCMM connections Instance 1 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Explicit Message Connection The following instance 1 attributes is supported Table 77 Connection Object Instance 1 Attributes
36. ef i v gt HE 33 E zS en 1 BLACK lis C zeal SAE Male 3 amp Fi 4 3 8 SAE bal bad bed bd Female gt ws e ALE SAE FALE ELLI SAE SAE 12 Auxilary jon le tee wie Sie fe Uma puede Trunk t 2 3 6 baer 2 3 Control Wiring Example Cordset v Cordont v 1 lt 1 t 1 lt 1 1 VDC Switched e r voc 2 VDC ue 2 2 ju jt 2 2 UnSwitched 3 yoc Switched ri ry t voc 4 VDC E t 3 3 e 3 3 UnSwitched K i i i Shown with a common power 4 4 4 4 supply for switched and 11 AS Aux Pwr Tee 11 AS Aux Pwr Teo unswitched power oachesd SAE CENELEC F Physical Media End Device Pinout emale ale per SAE S 1738A por EN 0044 SAE SAE Male Female Male Black V 3 Red V 1Red V 3 White E 2White E 4 Green E 2Green E 4 Black V ArmorStart with ArmorConnect Connectivity ArmorStart devices with 10 A short ArmorStart devices with 25 A short circuit protection rating circuit protection rating Control Power Receptacle Control Power Receptacle Three Phase Power Receptacle Three Phase Power Receptacle 50 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Chapter 2 Installing ArmorConnect Power Media using CordSets Cord Grips for ArmorStart Devices with 10 A short circuit protection rating 0 75 in Lock Nut B gt 4 lt q 1 in Lock Nut Thomas amp Betts Cord Grip Thomas amp B
37. 11 10 9 8 Net Output 0 et Output 1 et Output 2 Net Output 3 et Output 4 et Output 5 Net Output 6 Net Output 7 et Output 8 Net Output 9 Net Output 10 Net Output 11 Net Output 12 Net Output 13 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Net Output 14 Trip Status Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 Parameter Number 4 This parameter provides trip Access Rule ET identification Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 16383 Default Value 0 Bit Function 13 12 11 109 8 5 4 3 2 J1 Short Circuit X Overload X Phase Loss X Reserved X Reserved Control Power 1 0 Fault Over Temperature Phase Imbalance Dnet Power Loss Reserved Reserved EEprom Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 HW Fault 65 Chapter 3 66 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Starter Status This parameter provides the status of the starter Bit Parameter Number 5 Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0
38. 184 Produced Trip Status Bits 185 Produced Starter Status Bits 186 Produced DeviceNet Status Bits 187 Consumed Starter Control Bits 189 Produced Warning Status Bits 190 Produced 1779 Z I0 Bits Table 61 Custom Parameter Based Word Wise Produced Assembly Instance 120 Instance 120 Word Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit3 Bit2 Bit1 Bit 0 0 0 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 0 Param low byte 1 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 0 Param high byte 1 2 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 1 Param low byte 3 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 1 Param high byte 2 4 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 2 Param low byte 5 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 2 Param high byte 3 6 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 3 Param low byte 7 Value of the parameter pointed to by Prod Assy Word 3 Param high byte Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Word wise Bit Packed Assemblies Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B Assemblies whose instance numbers are 180 189 are all one word 16 bits long They can be used stand alone but their main use is to assemble information for EDS file parameters These word wise assemblies become the building blocks for the custom parameter based word wi
39. 284 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Specifications Appendix A Bulletin 284 Electrical Ratings IEC Rated Operation Voltage 200V 480V 200 480V Rate Insulation Voltage 600V 600 V Rated Impulsed Voltage 6kV 6kV Dielectric Withstand 2200V AC 2500V AC Operating Frequency 50 60 Hz 50 60 Hz Utilization Category N A AC 3 Protection Against Shock N A IP2X Power Circuit SVC Performance pra Output Current A Rated Max Output Operating ne Li Current 284E FVD2P3Z 1 23 284E FVD4P0Z 2 4 284E FVD6P0Z 3 6 284E FVD7P6Z 5 7 6 SCPD Performance Current Rating Voltage 480Y 277V 480 480V 600Y 347V 600V Short Circuit 10A Sym Amps RMS 65kA 65 kA 30kA 30kA Protection 25A 30kA 30kA 30kA 30kA SCPD List Size per NEC Group Motor Rated Operation Voltage 24V DC 10 15 A2 should be grounded at voltage source 120V AC 10 15 A2 should be grounded at voltage source 240V AC 10 15 A2 should be grounded at voltage source Control Rate Insulation Voltage 250V 250V Circuit Rated Impulsed Voltage 4k Dielectric Withstand 1500V AC 2000V AC Overvoltage Category Ill Operating Frequency 50 60 Hz 50 60 Hz Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 285 AppendixA Specifications Power Supply Requirements Units No Options Brake or Output Contactor With Brake and Output Contacto
40. Breaker Type Parameter Number 22 Access Rule GET This parameter identifies the Bulletin 140M used in this product Data Type BOOL eee las il Group Starter Protection 1 140M D8N C25 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value PrFlt Reset Mode Parameter Number 23 Access Rule GET SET This parameter is the Protection Fault reset mode Data Type BOOL O Manual Group Starter Protection 1 Automatic Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Pr Fault Enable Parameter Number 240 Access Rule GET SET This parameter enables the Protection Fault by setting the bit to 1 Data Type WORD Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 64927 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 3 2 Short Circuit Overload X Phase Short X Ground Fault Stall Control Power 10 Fault X Overtemperature X Over Current X Dnet Power Loss X Internal Comm X DC Bus Fault X EEprom X HW Fault X Restart Retries X Misc Fault Cannot be disabled 106 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Pr Fault Reset This parameter resets the Protection Fault on a transition 0 gt 1 StrtrDN FitState This parameter with Parameter 27 defines how the starter responds when a DeviceNet faul
41. Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B Figure 82 Hand State for DOPs 1 and 2 Momentary Hand Key Pressed Hand Key Pressed w Fwd Selected w Rev Selected Hand Stop Off Key Pressed Protection Fault Cleared Protection Fault The following State Transition Diagram is used in Hand State for DOPs 1 and 2 with parameter 45 Keypad Mode set to 1 maintained Hand Forward Protection Fault Protection Fault Protection Fault Figure 83 Hand State for DOPs 1 and 2 Maintained Hand Key Pressed Hand Key Pressed w Fwd Selected w Rev Selected Hand Stop Pressed Hand Forward Protection Fault Cleared Protection Fault Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 311 Protection Fault Protection Fault Protection Fault AppendixB Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Parameter Object CLASS CODE 0x000F 312 The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Object Table 89 Parameter Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type 1 Get Revision UINT 2 Get Max Instance UINT 8 Get Parameter Class Descriptor WORD 9 Get Configuration Assembly Instance UINT The number of instances of the parameter object depends on the type of distributed motor controller There is a standard set of instances reserved 1 99 for all starters These instances are followed by a unique set of instances
42. E Motion Disable Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Examples Appendix G Manual Brake Control for ArmorStart via DeviceLogix Electromechanical brake control in the ArmorStart controller is done by controlling the internal PowerFlex drive s output relay that is connected internally to the ArmorStart brake connector During normal operation the PowerFlex drive s output relay controls the brake automatically in response to Run and Jog commands ArmorStart parameter 155 is set to a value of 22 EM Brake Control to enable automatic brake control and brake timing can be adjusted by changing the values of ArmorStart parameters 260 EM Brk Off Delay and 262 EM Brk On Delay This automatic brake control can be overridden by programming one of the internal Drive Digital Inputs there are 4 of them on a PF 40 unit to manually control the brake Then the Drive Digital Input can be tied to an ArmorStart Input in a DeviceLogix program The result is that the brake is manually controlled in response to the ArmorStart Input 1 In RSNetWorx for DeviceNet set parameter 151 Digital In 1 Sel to Em Brk Rlse as shown below ArmorStart 284D PF40 480V 0 5HP General Parameters 1 0 Data EDS File DeviceLoai Select the parameter that you want to configure and initiate an action using the toolbar I Groups i 2 gt Parameter Current Value Rese
43. Macld is placed in the proper Zone Macld parameter parameters 70 73 For example to configure an ArmorStart to consume data for zone 1 from node number 11 on the network the value 11 is placed in Parameter 70 Zone 1 Macld Not all zones need to be configured to consume data If the user wishes to turn off data consumption for a zone the value 64 is placed in the Zone Macld parameter for that zone The ArmorStart monitors the frequency at which all consumed data is received in order to determine the health of each zone s data connection The Zone EPR parameters parameters 86 89 define the Expected Packet Rate for each of the four zone connections If no consumed data for a zone is received in four times the EPR then the zone connection times out and the value of the corresponding Zone Health parameter parameters 74 77 is set to the value 1 Not Healthy The Zone Health status of each zone is also available for use in DeviceLogix programs Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 235 Chapter 10 ArmorStart ZIP Configuration Mapping Consumed Data to the DeviceLogix Data Table 236 Consumed data for the four zones is placed in an 8 byte section of the DeviceLogix Data Table Individual bits in this section of the DeviceLogix Data Table can be used in DeviceLogix programs The table below shows the organization of the 8 bytes of the data table
44. Motor OL Ret Enables disables the Motor overload Retention function When Enabled the value that is held in the motor overload counter is saved at power down and restored at power up A change to this parameter setting resets the counter 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled Parameter Number 140 Related Parameters 138 139 151 152 168 170 173 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Setup Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 1 sec Maximum Value 600 0 sec Default Value 10 0 sec Parameter Number 141 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Basic Program Group Units Minimum Value 1 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 143 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Basic Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 128 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Advanced Program Group Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 151 Digital In 1 SEL Parameter Number 151 152 152 Digital In 2 SEL Related Parameters 112 114 138 140 167 168 170 173 178 179 Stop drive before changing this parameter Access Rule GET SET Selects the function for the digital inputs Datatype LINT Group Advanced Program Group See Table 9 for details Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 26 Default Value 4 Table 9 Digital Inpu
45. Not Healthy 87 Zone 2 EPR The Expected Packet Rate in msec for the zone 2 consuming connection If consumed data is not received in 4 times this value the zone connection times out and Zone 2 Health reports 1 Not Healthy 88 Zone 3 EPR The Expected Packet Rate in msec for the zone 3 consuming connection If consumed data is not received in 4 times this value the zone connection times out and Zone 3 Health reports 1 Not Healthy 89 Zone 4 EPR The Expected Packet Rate in msec for the zone 4 consuming connection If consumed data is not received in 4 times this value the zone connection times out and Zone 4 Health reports 1 Not Healthy 90 Zone 1 Control Zone 1 Control Word Default Bit 1 set all other bits clear Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable data security Bit1 C0S Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume Multicast Poll Response messages 91 Zone 2 Control Zone 2 Control Word Default Bit 1 set all other bits clear Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable data security Bit1 C0S Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume Multicast Poll Response messages 92 Zone 3 Con
46. Protection Against Shock N A IP2X 280_ ___ 10A 1 2A 280_ ___ 10B 25A Rated Operating Current Max 71 280_ ___ 10 5 5A 280_ ___ 25p 16A 24V DC 10 15 A2 should be grounded at voltage source Rated Operation Voltage 120V AC 10 15 A2 should be grounded at voltage source 240V AC 10 15 A2 should be grounded at voltage source ue Rate Insulation Voltage 250V 250V Control Circuit Rated Impulsed Voltage 4kV Dielectric Withstand 1500V AC 2000V AC Overvoltage Category Ill Operating Frequency 50 60 Hz 50 60 Hz Gland Current Short Circuit Type Rating Protection 480Y 277V 480V 0 24 1 2A Sym Amps rms 65 kA 65 kA 0 5 2 5A 10A 10B 10C Max Circuit Breaker 100 A 60A AnyCR 1 1 5 5A Max Fuse 100A 60A or DR Sym Amps rms 30 kA 30kA 3 2 16A 25D Max Circuit Breaker 100A 60A Son Giait Short goa Device SCPD Max Fuse 100 A 60A Proton ype 1 0 24 1 2A Sym Amps rms 45kA 65kA 65kA 0 5 2 5A Max Circuit Breaker 30A NA N A 10A 10B 10C Max Fuse 1 1 5 5A Non time Delay 40A 40A 40A Any RR Time Delay 20A 20A 20A Sym Amps rms N A 30 kA 30 kA 3 2 16A 25D Max Circuit Breaker N A 100A 6049 Max Fuse N A 100A 60A SCPD List Size per NFPA 70 NEC or NFPA 79 for Group Motor Applications See Contactor Life Load Curves on page 283 Type J CC and T fuses only Only when used with Bulletin 140U H frame Only when used with Cat No 14
47. Run Forward output For all starter types this output is hard 03 wired from the ArmorStart CPU to the actuator 2 Run Rev Output 0029 01 Run Reverse output For all starter types this output is hard 04 wired from the ArmorStart CPU to the actuator 3 User Output 1 none These are the two ArmorStart user outputs 4 User Output 2 none 5 Drive Input 1 none These four instances exist for Inverter units only They are 6 Drive Input 2 none connected to Drive Inputs 1 4 7 Drive Input 3 none 8 Drive Input 4 none 9 Drive Jog Fwd none This instances exists for Inverter units only 10 Drive Jog Rev none All instances contain the following attributes Table 151 Discrete Output Point Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Value BOOL 0 0FF1 0N 5 Get Set Fault Action BOOL 0 Fault Value attribute 1 Hold Last State 6 Get Set Fault Value BOOL 0 OFF 1 O0N 7 Get Set Idle Action BOOL 0 Fault Value attribute 1 Hold Last State 8 Get Set Idle Value BOOL 0 0FF1 0N 113 Get Set Pr Fault Action BOOL 0 Pr Fault Value attribute 1 Ignore 114 Get Set Pr Fault Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 0N 115 Get Set Force Enable BOOL 0 Disable 1 Enable 116 Get Set Force Value BOOL 0 0FF1 0N For DOP Instances 1 and 2 and 9 and 10 Attributes 113 and 114 have Get only access and their values are always 0 342 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P Septe
48. Set_RunFwd_ON is momentarily set the Control_RunFwd will turn ON provided that a fault condition does not exist Status_140M Status_tripped Control_RunFwd Set_RunFwd_ON lt Local 1 1 Data 1 13 gt lt Local 1 1 Data 1 0 gt lt Local 1 0 Data 1 0 gt J E J E Control_RunFwd lt Local 1 0 Data 1 0 gt JC aE Rung 2 If a warning exists the Control_OutB will be latched ON to signal this condition Status_warning Control_OutB lt Local 1 1 Data 1 1 gt lt Local 1 0 Data 1 7 gt JE cL Rung 3 If a trip exists the Control_OutA will be latched ON to signal this condition Status_tripped Control_OutA lt Local 1 1 Data 1 0 gt lt Local 1 0 Data 1 6 gt JE cL Rung 4 If a trip condition exists momentarily setting Reset_fault will reset the fault Status_tripped Control_faultReset Reset_fault lt Local 1 1 Data 1 0 gt lt Local 1 0 Data 1 2 gt JE JE C Rung 5 The fault reset bit will unlatch the warning Control_OutA and Control_OutB bit Control_faultReset Control_OutB lt Local 1 0 Data 1 2 gt lt Local 1 0 Data 1 7 gt al U Control_OutA lt Local 1 0 Data 1 6 gt U Rung 6 Once Control_RunFwd is set ON and a trip condition does not exist the timer will call the explicit message once every 10 seconds Control_RunFwd Status_tripped lt Local 1 0 Data 1 0 gt lt Local 1 1 Data 1 0 gt Ondelay_timer DN TON po Pf RS Timer On Delay CEN Timer Ondelay_timer CDN gt Preset 10000 Accum 0 Rung 7 The MSG
49. Single Upload From Device Restore Default Values Download To Device C All Parameter Help Start Monitor Parameter _ Current Value Reserved A Reserved A Reserved Reserved AutoRun Zip Zone ProducedEPR Zone ProducedPIT Zone 1Macld Zone 2 Macld Zone 3 Macld Zone 4 Macid Zone 1 Health Zone 2 Health Zone 3 Health For the ArmorStarts at node 11 13 shown above this is done by setting parameter 67 AutoRun Zip to Enabled Note that parameters 68 and 69 are left at their default values so that data is produced every 75 msec 1799 ZCIOV Zone Cntl 10in 10out sinking General Device Parameters O Defaults EDS File DeviceLogix Groups r On Line All parameters Upload From Device Single Restore Default Values J Download To Device C All Parameter Help eee Parameter Current Value Network Status Override Override Disabled Comm Status Override Override Enabled Auto Run ZIP Enabled Zone Produced EPR Zone Produced PIT Zone Connection 1 MacID Zone Connection 2 MacID Zone Connection 3 MacID Zone Connection 4 MacID Zone Connection 1 Health Not Healthy Zone Connection 2 Health Not Healthy Zone Connection 3 Health Not Healthy Zone Connection 4 Health Not Healthy Zone Connection 1 Mask 00000011 Cancel Apply Help Next configure data consumption for the 4 zones in the ArmorStart at node 10 Rockwell Automation Pu
50. Stop drive before changing this parameter Enables disables the function that allows the direction of the motor rotation to be changed The reverse command may come from a digital command or serial command All reverse inputs including two wire Run Reverse will be ignored with reverse disabled 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Flying Start En Sets the condition that allows the drive to reconnect to a spinning motor at actual RPM 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Compensation Enables disables correction options that may improve problems with motor instability 0 Disabled 1 Electrical Default Some drive motor combinations have inherent instabilities that are exhibited as non sinusoidal motor currents This setting attempts to correct this condition 2 Mechanical Some motor load combinations have mechanical resonances that can be excited by the drive current regulator This setting slows down the current regulator response and attempts to correct this condition 3 Both Parameter Number 193 Related Parameters 192 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 300 0 sec Default Value 1 0 sec Parameter Number 195 Related Parameters 106 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 196 Acc
51. that has occurred Process Display The output frequency that is scaled by the process factor Parameter 199 Control Source Displays the source of the Start Command and Speed Reference Valid Start Commands for the Bulletin 284 ArmorStart are the following 1 Internal Frequency 4 Preset Freq X 5 Internal communication 9 Jog Freq Parameter Number 107 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units Minimum Value F122 Maximum Value F2 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 108 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units Minimum Value F122 Maximum Value F2 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 109 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units Minimum Value F122 Maximum Value F2 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 110 Related Parameter 101 199 215 216 Access Rule GET Data Type LINT Group Display Group Units 0 01 1 Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value 9999 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 112 Related Parameters 136 138 151 152 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9 Default Value 5 124 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Contrl In Status Status of the control terminal block control inputs Bit 0 Start Run FWD input Bit 1 Direction R
52. 0x61 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 0x61 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in milliseconds 12 Get Watchdog Action USINT 01 auto delete 03 deferred delete 13 Get Produced Connection Path Length UINT 0 14 Get Produced Connection Path Empty 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Length UINT 0 16 Get Consumed Connection Path Empty Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 337 Appendix C 338 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Instance 2 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Polled I O Message Connection The following Instance 2 attributes are supported Table 141 Connection Object Instance 2 Attributes Attribute ID Access Name Data Value Type 1 Get State USINT 0 non existent 1 configuring 3 established 4 timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 1 1 0 Connection 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT 0x82 Server Transport Class 2 If alloc_choice polled and ack suppression is enabled then value 0x80 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT 01111xxxxxx XXXXXX node address 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT 10xxxxxx101 XXXXXX node address 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT 0x21 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0 8 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 0 8 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in milliseconds 12 Get Set Watchdog Action USINT 0 transition to timed out 1 auto delete 2 auto reset 13 G
53. 1 0 X Net Input 0 X Net Input 1 X Net input 2 X Net Input 3 X Net Input 4 X Net Input 5 X Net Input 6 X Net Input 7 X Net Input 8 X Net Input 9 X Net Input 10 X Net Input 11 X Net Input 12 X Net Input 13 X Net Input 14 X Net Input 15 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 143 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Network Outputs Parameter Number 3 Access Rule GET This parameter provides status of network outputs Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 Bit Function 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 3 2 Net Output 0 Net Output 1 X Net Output 2 X Net Output 3 Net Output 4 Net Output 5 Net Output 6 X Net Output 7 X Net Output 8 X Net Output 9 X Net Output 10 X Net Output 11 X Net Output 12 X Net Output 13 X Net Output 14 144 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Trip Status Parameter Number 4 Access Rule GET This pa
54. 1 At Frequency Drive reached commanded frequency 6 Above Freq Drive exceeds the frequency Hz value set in Parameter 156 Relay Out Level Use Parameter 156 to set threshold 7 Above Cur Drive exceeds the current Amps value set in Parameter 156 Relay Out Level Use Parameter 156 to set threshold 20 ParamControl Enables the output to be controlled over the network communications by writing to Parameter 156 Relay Out Level 0 Off 1 ON Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 129 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Relay Out Level Sets the trip point for the digital output relay if the value of Parameter 155 Relay Out Sel is 6 7 8 10 16 17 18 or 20 Parameter 155 Setting Parameter 156 Min Max 6 0 400 Hz 7 0 180 8 0 815V 10 0 100 20 0 1 Accel Time 2 When active sets the rate of acceleration for all speed increases except for jog Maximum Freq _ Accel Rate Accel Time Parameter 135 0 139 or 140 or 167 168 Accel Decel Time x Time x Decel Time 2 When active sets the rate of deceleration for all speed decreases except for jog Maximum Freq _ Decel Rate Decel Time Parameter 135 Maximum Freq Oia Param Time mt Param Ke 0 139 or 140 or 167 168 Accel Decel Time x Time x Internal Freq Provide the frequency command to drive when Parameter 138 Speed Reference is set to 1 I
55. 13 Net Output 13 14 Net Output 14 15 Fault Reset 16 Accel 1 17 Accel 2 18 Decel 1 19 Decel 2 20 Freq Select 1 21 Freq Select 2 22 Freq Select 3 23 Motion Disable 24 Keypad Disable Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 231 Chapter9 Using DeviceLogix Notes 232 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Overview ZIP Parameter Overview Chapter 10 ArmorStart ZIP Configuration This chapter describes the steps necessary to configure the Zone Interlocking Parameters ZIP to configure peer to peer communication between an ArmorStart and another ZIP enabled device such as another ArmorStart or a 1977 ZCIO module First an overview of the ZIP parameter set is presented Then the steps necessary to enable peer to peer data production are described Next the steps necessary to enable peer to peer data consumption are described Finally the steps necessary to map the consumed peer to peer data to the DeviceLogix data table for use in local logic are described Each ArmorStart can consume ZIP data from up to four other devices The four devices are referred to as zones of data and these zones are numbered from 1 to 4 The following parameters are used to configure a device for ZIP peer to peer communication Param Parameter Name Parameter Description 67 AutoRun
56. 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Address 1 1 31 1 1 30 1 1 29 1 1 28 1 1 27 1 1 26 1 1 25 1 1 24 Data reserved Reserved 140M On HOA User In 3 User In 2 User In 1 User In 0 Table 26 Example SLC Output Addressing Consumed Assembly Instance 160 Default Consumed Standard Distributed Motor Controller Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Address 0 1 23 0 1 22 0 1 21 0 1 20 0 1 19 0 1 18 0 1 17 0 1 16 Data User Out B User Out A reserved reserved reserved Fault Reset Run Rev Run Fwd The example PLC program for the SLC uses the Tripped and the 140M On bit from the produced assembly and the Fault Reset User Out A and Run Fwd bit from the consumed assembly 208 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Explicit Messaging with SLC Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Chapter 8 The 1747 SDN module uses the MO and M1 file areas for data transfer Only words 224 through 256 are used to execute the Explicit Message Request and Response function The minimum data size for the explicit message request is 6 words and the maximum is 32 words The following tables illustrate the standard format of the explicit message request and response Table 27 Explicit Message Request Get_Attribute_Single Bit location within Word 15 8 7 0 TXID COMMAND Word 0 PORT SIZE Word 1 SERVICE MACID Word 2 CLASS Word 3 INSTANCE Word 4 ATTRIBUTE Word
57. 2 Strobe Response msgs Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume MinimumValue 0 Multicast Poll Response messages Maximum Value 255 Default Value 3 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 89 Chapter 3 90 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Zone 3 Control Parameter Number 92 Zone 3 Control Word Default Bit 0 Access Rule GET SET and Bit 1 set all other bits clear Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable data security Data Type BYTE Bit1 C0S Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages Group ZIP Parameters Bit2 PollCnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs Units n Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume MinimumValue 0 Multicast Poll Response messages Maximum Value 255 Default Value 3 Zone 4 Control Parameter Number 93 Zone 3 Control Word Default Bit 0 Access Rule GET SET and Bit 1 set all other bits clear Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable data security Data Type BYTE Bit1 C0S Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages Group ZIP Parameters Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs Units Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume MinimumValue 0 Multicast Poll Response messages Maximum Value 255 Default Value 3 Zone 1 Key Parameter Number 94 Access Rul GET SET When the Security Enable bit for pe
58. 211 Chapter 8 0000 0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006 212 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Figure 53 SLC Example of Ladder Logic Program Kung V The 1747 SDN scanner module will map output data from its scanner output M0 and discrete outputs to each node only when it is in the run mode This is accomplished by setting bit 0 of the 1747 SDN command word word 0 Scanner Run Bit O 1 Cy Rung 1 If bit B3 0 0 is momentarily set the Run Fwd turns ON provided that a fault condition does not exist This will start the forward contactor 0 1747 SDN Set output A ON 140M On Tripped Run Fwd B3 0 Il Il O 1 SI TE J C C4 IE IE 0 29 16 1747 SDN 1747 SDN 1747 SDN Run Fwd O 1 I E IE 16 1747 SDN Rung 2 Ifa fault warning exists the User Out B will be latched ON This can be used to signal the warning condition Warning User Out B I 1 O 1 JE a gt 17 23 1747 SDN 1747 SDN Rung 3 Ifa trip condition occurs the User Out A will be latched ON This can be used to signal the fault condition Tripped User Out A 1 O 1 J ay 16 22 1747 SDN 1747 SDN Rung 4 Ifa trip condition exists momentarily setting B3 0 1 will reset the fault and warning B3 0 0 will need to be re initated to start the Run Fwd If a trip condition exists momentarily setting B3 0 1 will reset the fault B3 0 0 will need to be re initiated to start the run Fwd Rockwell Automation Pu
59. 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 155 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers User 1 0 Group Off to On Delay This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration before being reported ON On to Off Delay This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration before being reported OFF In Sink Source This parameter allows the installer to program the inputs to be sink or source 0 Sink 1 Source OutA Pr FitState This parameter with Parameter 34 defines how Output A responds when a trip When set to 1 Output A continue to operate as command via the network When set to 0 Output A opens or closes as determined by setting in Parameter 34 OutA Pr FitValue This parameter determines the state the Out A assumes when a trip occurs and Parameter 33 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close Parameter Number 30 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group User 1 0 Units ms Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65 000 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 31 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group User 1 0 Units ms Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65 000 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 32 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 33 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units
60. 284 OIA earar a Gay V8 A E E S 25 Source Brake Contactor Bulletin 284 only 006 25 EMI Filter Bulletin 284 Gnly seias wocseeuucyeaghey ce eyetenacces 25 Dynamic Brake Bulletin 284 only 02 eee e eee e ees 26 Dynamic Brake Resistor Bulletin 284 only 000 26 Control Brake Contactor Bulletin 284 only 08 26 Output Contactor Bulletin 284 only 0 0 ee eee eee ee 26 Shielded Motor Cable Bulletin 284 only 00006 26 0 10V Analog Input Bulletin 284 only 008 27 Chapter 2 ROCOWINE tse ot doris Haale ha tested aaa AE a aa 29 npackihg racinut cid ctentebnditundeamtnid Cove e e ea hehehe 29 Inspecting oaas es hota dese oe alee eae orators EEEE a e S a AA 29 STOTINE Saini eee EEE DER PEENE AEEA EE eee 29 General Precautions serrera a wid A a a aS 30 Precautions for Bulletin 284 Applications cee eee eee 30 Dimensions for Bulletin 280 28 iccciesisdysa da bet vaaeeeacsaee 31 IP67 Type 4 12 with Conduit Entiancesccoiecayesinaid ninatear 31 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 5 Table of Contents Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters IP67 Type 4 12 with ArmorConnect Connectivity Dimensions tor Bulletin 264 icuev2e cee owner edausdaeiauaan Mount Orientation 0 c ccc cece cece a aaa o ra Opera Os oeri ga rei rE rE EENET REEE ERE PEDRES DEDERE ne La PERES WID
61. 3 160 162 164 166 170 182 187 188 drive 164 17 Get Set Produced Assy USINT 100 187 161 52 120 161 163 165 167 171 181 190 drive 165 19 Get Set Set To Defaults BOOL 0 1 0 0 No action 1 Reset 23 Get 1 0 Produced Size 0 8 24 Get 1 0 Consumed Size USINT 0 8 30 Get DNet Voltage UINT DeviceNet Voltage 50 Get Set PNB COS Mask WORD 0 0x00FF 0 Change of state mask for PNBs 64 Get Set Unlock Identity Instances USINT 0 Unlock when set to 99 hex The following common services are implemented for the DeviceNet Interface Object Table 169 DeviceNet Interface Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Name Ox0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single 354 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Application of ArmorStart Controllers in Group Installation Appendix D Group Motor Installations The following is a method of applying ArmorStart controllers using group motor installation rules as defined in the National Electric Code NEC 2005 and Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery NFPA 79 2002 1 List motors of the group in descending order of motor nameplate full load current 2 Select disconnect means a Sum all locked rotor currents of motors that can be started simultaneously using NEC Table 430 251 b Add to that value all the full load cu
62. 30 5 236 11 42 1 20 9 A 2a pucas g allie fen fos 287 5 Qn 11 32 D AED L 6 8 27 3 02 12 MOTOR CONNECTION 266 9 10 51 NOTE Cord grips are supplied separately 373 14 69 80 32 3 2 ES THOMAS AND BETTS 2922NM CORD GRIP 5262 SEALING RING 141 LOCKNUT 1 2 KNOCKOUT 22mm 34 5 1 4 61 2 4 38 OR EQUIVALENT 4 PLACES supplied separately 36 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Chapter 2 Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All dimensions are subject to change Figure 16 Dimensions for 1 Hp and below 230V AC and 2 Hp and below 460V AC with ArmorConnect Connectivity
63. 329 Assembly Object CLASS CODE 0x0004 005 329 Custom Parameter Based Word Wise I O Assembly 330 Word Wise Bit Packed Assemblies 0ccccceeeecece 331 Standard Distributed Motor Controller I O Assemblies 332 Standard Distributed Motor Controller Output Consumed WSS DIES cet goiter Rae geet au hater tsk Bh ah eal 332 Standard Distributed Motor Controller Input Produced Assemblies ar ahs a a A a ATE oa ee 334 Inverter Type Distributed Motor Controller Input Produced Assemblies ctrl e a EAE EE A A ANEA 334 Connection Object CLASS CODE 0x0005 4 337 Discrete Input Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0008 341 Discrete Output Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0009 341 Parameter Object CLASS CODE Ox000F 0006 347 Parameter Group Object CLASS CODE 0x0010 348 Discrete Input Group Object CLASS CODE 0x001D 349 Discrete Output Group Object CLASS CODE Ox001E 350 Control Supervisor Object CLASS CODE 0x0029 351 Acknowledge Handler Object CLASS CODE 0x002b 353 DeviceNet Interface Object CLASS CODE 0x00B4 354 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 11 Table of Contents Group Motor Installations 24V DC Control Design Considerations System Design Considerations When Using a Line Reactor Examples Accessories Renewal Parts Appendix D Application of Armo
64. 45 Drive Does Not Power Up Cause s No input power to drive Indication None Corrective Action Check the power circuit Check the supply voltage e Check all fuses and disconnects Jumper between 1 0 Terminals P2 andP1 None not installed and or DC Bus Inductor not connected Install jumper or connect DC Bus Inductor Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Network Status LED Troubleshooting Chapter 12 DeviceNet Troubleshooting Procedures The following table identifies possible causes and corrective actions when troubleshooting DeviceNet related failures using the NETWORK STATUS LED Table 46 DeviceNet Troubleshooting Procedures Definition Possible Causes Off The device has not completed the initialization is not on an active network or may not be powered up Check to make sure the product is properly wired and configured on the network Flashes green red off While waiting to detect the network baud rate the LED flashes this pattern about every 3 seconds If the product stays in this state it means that there is no set baud rate Ensure that at least one device on the network has a set baud rate Solid Green The device is operating in a normal condition and is communicating to another device on the network No action Required Flashing Green The device is operating in a normal condition and is on line but has no c
65. 50 Get Set PNB COS Mask WORD 0 to 0x00FF 0 Change of state mask for PNBs The following common services are implemented for the DeviceNet Interface Object Table 106 DeviceNet Interface Object Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 Set_Attribute_Single 318 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 ZIP Object Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B CLASS CODE 0x032E The following class attributes are supported Attribute ID Access Rule NV Name Data Type Description of Attribute Semantics of Values 1 Get NV Revision UINT 1 3 Get NV Number of Instances UINT 5 8 Get V Instance List Array of USINT List of instances A maximum of 255 instances may be supported 9 Set NV ZIP Enable BOOL Enable Disable ZIP for the device 0 disable 1 enable ZIP Enable Allows ZIP functionality to be enabled disabled for the entire device This parameter must be disabled before any changes to the ZIP configuration for the device can be made The default value for this attribute is 0 disable Upon enabling ZIP the ZIP object checks that the produced and consumed assembly instances chosen for each ZIP producing and consuming connection contain the Zone Key instance attribute 7 If any of the chosen assemblies does not contain the Zone Key in the last 2 bytes of the assembly data attribute then the error
66. 6 Above Freq Drive exceeds the frequency Hz value set in Parameter 156 Relay Out Level Use Parameter 156 to set threshold 7 Above Cur Drive exceeds the current Amps value set in Parameter 156 Relay Out Level Use Parameter 156 to set threshold 20 ParamControl Enables the output to be controlled over the network communications by writing to Parameter 156 Relay Out Level 0 Off 1 ON 22 EM Brk Cntrl EM Brake is energized Program Parameter 260 EM Brk Off Delay and Parameter 262 EM Brk On Delay for desired action Relay Out Level Parameter Number 156 Sets the trip point for the digital output relay if the value of Parameter 155 Relay Out Sel is 6 7 8 Related Parameters 155 158 161 10 16 17 18 or 20 Access Rule GET SET Parameters 155 Setting Parameter 156 Min Max G 07400 Hz Data Type UINT 7 0 180 Group Advanced Program Group 8 0815Y Units 01 10 0 100 16 0 1 9999 sec Minimum Value 0 0 17 1 9999 counts Maximum Value 9999 18 1 180 70 mi Default Value 0 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 171 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Analog Out Sel Parameter Number 165 Related Parameters 135 166 Sets the analog output signal 0 10V The output is used to provide a signal that is proportional to Access Rule GET SET several drives Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units See Table 16 for details M
67. A 460 V motor the full load amperes to be used for the Group motor calculation would be the 2 Hp VFD ArmorStart s Rated Input Current Rated Output Current x 1 Hp motor s rated full load current 5 7 A 4 0 A 2 1 A 3 0 A The following is a group motor example calculation for a 460V distributed application that requires two 10 Hp DOL ArmorStart controlling 10 Hp and 5 Hp motors and four 2 Hp VFD ArmorStarts controlling one 2 Hp motor and three 1 Hp motors From NEC Table 430 250 the full load current of the respective motors are Motor Hp Motor FLC A 10 14 5 7 6 2 3 4 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 To design the motor circuit using a time delay fuse from NEC Table 430 52 to the rules of NEC 430 53C we start with the largest motor 10 Hp and calculate 14 A x 175 24 5 A To this we add the FLC of the 5 Hp motor 7 6 A plus the other calculated drive currents for the motors controlled by the VFD ArmorStarts The calculated drive currents are given in the following table Motor Motor FLC Drive Input to Output Current Ratio Calculated Drive Current Hp A See ArmorStart Users Manual Appendix A 2 3 4 5 57 A 4 0 A 1 39 3 4x 1 39 4 72 A 1 2 1 3 45 A 2 3 A 1 5 2 1x1 5 3 15 A 1 2 1 3 45 A 2 3 A 1 5 2 1x1 5 3 15 A 1 2 1 3 45 A 2 3 A 1 5 2 1x1 5 3 15 A Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Group Motor Installations Appendix D The tot
68. Accel 1 En Accel 2 En Decel 1 En X Decel 3 En X Freq Sel 0 X Freq Sel 1 Freq Sel 2 X Reserved X Drvin1 X DrvIn2 X Drv In3 X Drvin4 Drvin PrFltState Parameter Number 49 Access Rule GET SET This parameter with Parameter 50 defines how the Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 responds when a Data Type BOOL protection trip occurs When set to 1 Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 continue to operate as command via y f the network When set to 0 Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 opens or closes as determined by setting in Group Drive DeviceNet Parameter 50 Units 0 Go to PrFlt Value Minimum Value 0 1 Ignore PrFlt Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Drvin PrFltValue Parameter Number 50 Access Rule GET SET This parameter determines the state of Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 assumes when a trip occurs and Data Type BOOL Parameter 49 is set to 0 0 Open Group Drive DeviceNet 1 Close Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 161 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Drvin DNFitState This parameter with Parameter 52 defines how the Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 responds when a DeviceNet fault occurs When set to 1 Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 goes to DnFit Value on DN faults as determined by Parameter 52 0 Go to Fault Value 1 Hold Last State Drvin
69. Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 1 sec Maximum Value 600 0 sec Default Value 10 0 sec Reset To Defaults Parameter Number 141 Access Rule GET SET Stop drive before changing this parameter Data Type BOOL Resets all parameter values to factory defaults 0 Ready Idle Default Group Basic Program Group 1 Factory Rset Units a Minimum Value 1 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Motor OL Ret Parameter Number 143 A Rul GET SET Enables disables the Motor overload Retention function When Enabled the value that is held in the pene i motor overload counter is saved at power down and restored at power up A change to this Data Type BOOL parameter setting resets the counter A 0 Disabled Default Group Basic Program Group 1 Enabled Units ne Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 169 Chapter 5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Advanced Program Group 151 Digital In 1 SEL 152 Digital In 2 SEL 153 Digital In 3 SEL 154 Digital In 4 SEL Stop drive before changing this parameter Selects the function for the digital inputs Parameter Number 151 152 153 154 Related Parameters 112 114 138 140 167 168 170 173 174 177 178 179 240 247 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units See Table 14
70. Chapter 1 Fault Diagnostics Fault diagnostics capabilities that are built in the ArmorStart distributed motor controller help you pinpoint a problem for easy troubleshooting and quick restarting Fault Indication Available on Bulletin Fault Indication Available on Bulletin 280 281 284 280 281 284 e Short Circuit X e Miscellaneous Fault X e Overload e Brake Fuse Detection X e Phase Loss e Internal Comm Fault X e Control Power Loss e Shorted SCR e Control Power Fuse Detection e Phase Rotation e Output Power Fuse Detection Heatsink Temperature Fault e 1 0 Fault e DC Bus Fault e Over Temperature e Ground Fault e DeviceNet Power Loss e Overcurrent e EEprom Fault e Restart Retries e Hardware Fault x x X x xX X x x X x x e Stall e Phase Imbalance x x x x x x x x x x x gt lt x x x x x Phase Short Inputs The inputs are single keyed two inputs per connector which are sourced from DeviceNet power 24V DC with LED status indication Outputs Two dual key relay output connectors are supplied as standard The outputs are sourced from control power A1 and A2 LED status indication is also provided as standard for each output For high duty cycle applications consider using an interposing relay to reduce the wear on the internal
71. Comm Loss Time Sets the time that the drive remain in communication loss before implanting the option selected in Parameter 205 Comm Loss Action Anlg Out Setpnt When parameter 165 Analog Out Sel is set to option 18 this sets the percentage of the analog output desired Anlg In0 10V Lo Stop drive before changing this parameter Sets the analog input level that corresponds to parameter 134 Minimum Freq if a 0 10V input is used by parameter 138 Speed Reference Figure 43 Parameter 135 Maximum Freq Parameter 134 Minimum Freq Parameter Number 206 Related Parameters 115 205 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 1 sec Maximum Value 60 0 sec Default Value 15 0 sec Parameter Number 209 Related Parameter 165 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 100 0 Default Value 0 0 Parameter Number 210 Related Parameter 121 134 138 222 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 100 0 Default Value 0 0 Parameter 210 Parameter 211 Anlg In 0 10V Lo 184 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Anlg In 0 10V Hi Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Anlg In 0
72. Consumed Connection Size UINT OXFFFF 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in ms 12 Get Watchdog Action USINT 01 auto delete 03 deferred delete 13 Get Produced Connection Path Length UINT 0 14 Get Produced Connection Path Empty 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Length UINT 0 16 Get Consumed Connection Path Empty Instances 8 11 are ZIP Consumers The following instance attributes are supported Table 81 Connection Object Instances 8 11 Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get State USINT 0 nonexistant 1 configuring 3 established 2 Get Instance Type USINT 1 1 0 Connection 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT 0x20 COS unacknowledged 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT FFFF not producing data 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT 01101Xxxxxxx xxxxxx node address 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT OxFO unacknowledged 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 8 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in milliseconds 12 Get Watchdog Action USINT 2 auto reset 13 Get Produced Connection Path Length UINT 0 14 Get Produced Connection Path 0 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Length UINT 8 16 Get Consumed Connection Path 21 0E 03 25 01 00 30 02 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 305 Appendix B Discrete Input Point Object Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information CLASS CODE 0x0008 306 The following services are implemented for th
73. DNFit Value This parameter determines the state of Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 when a DeviceNet Fault occurs and Parameter 51 is set to 0 0 0FF 1 0N Drvin DNIdIState This parameter with Parameter 54 defines how the Drive Digital Input 1 4 responds when a DeviceNet network is idle When set to 1 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 goes to DnFit Value on DN faults as determined by Parameter 54 0 Go to Fault Value 1 Hold Last State StrtrDN IdlValue This parameter determines the state that Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 assume when the network is idle and Parameter 53 is set to 0 0 0FF 1 0N Display Group Output Freq Output frequency present at T1 T2 T3 Parameter Number 51 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 52 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 53 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 54 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 101 Related Parameters 102 110 134 135 138 Access Rule GET Data Typ
74. Defaults Checksum not match the checksum calculated F122 1 0 Board Fail 2 Failure has been detected in the drive 1 Cycle power control and 1 0 section 2 Replace starter module if fault cannot be cleared See Table 38 for internal drive fault types Common Symptoms and Corrective Actions 258 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Table 40 Motor Does Not Start Cause s Indication Corrective Action No output None voltage to the motor Check the power circuit Check the supply voltage e Check all fuses and disconnects Check the motor Verify that the motor is connected properly e Verify that 1 0 Terminal 01 is active e Verify that Parameter 136 Start Source matches your configuration Verify that Parameter 195 Reverse Disable is not prohibiting movement e Run Autotune parameter 227 Clear fault Press Stop Cycle power e Set Parameter 200 Fault Clear to option 1 Clear Faults e Cycle digital input is Parameter 151 154 Digital Inx Sel is set to option 7 Clear Fault Drive is Faulted Flashing red status light Table 41 Drive Does Not Respond to Changes in Speed Command Cause s Indication Corrective Action No value is coming The drive Run Check Parameter 112 Control Source for correct source form the source of the indicator is lit Ifthe source is an analog input check wiring and use a m
75. DeviceNet Power Lossi rreran a aa a a ewes Internal Communication Fault 0cccceccecsceeeees DG Bus Fault rer eaea aa EE E AEEA OA E EAT EEPROM k Ft e a Cid Gn Uhl Sta a A ah Hardware Failte iG iaeia A TE e R Restart RetrieS inane a e ra ale ae E A ERER E a e Miscellaneous Faults 03000dcea0 ds gidsasdeeeeesivaeen seus Chapter 12 Introduction idee aon costa a tok an ara sa A Bulletin 280 281 Troubleshooting 0 00 cece cece eee Bulletin 284 Troubleshooting css sawcsawaeey kedaeervwen dear oes Fault Definitions aes se5ah cas 225 ea eee ee Fault 11 Petals acxiecrwytesvaceasraoreas dake mare oaconmaaraaeleaan Internal Drive Faults 2 was oct eet be reccad a etlesolca ee ate tact tend DeviceNet Troubleshooting Procedures 000 00005 P67 Dynamic Brake Diagnostic DB1 205 4 i0 29cesvs canes DBFF acto cua ere ete a otal 26 Cnc it A le ods a Operation and Troubleshooting of the DB1 Dynamic Brake DBI Resistor Overtemperature Fault 0 5 c csecdecnend eres DB1 Overcurrent Faults st ceacrtiid stead soe ese eee alas DB1 Undercurrent Pault 2 5 vous ordre reat cthckeyeweaheees TOBE Switch Parle fictional padre aes Waid EEEE DB Open Faults ucade a tna apie E adn DB1 VBus Link Fault wiv eeu e tee A cla te tee hous ek ok DBL Corte Faults haine Sick ass wart bated ben Wie Se Restos DB1 Thermal Warning s sesessreresrerrerersrrrrererere Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 T
76. F7 Motor Over load if the value of this parameter is exceeded by 150 for 60 seconds Parameter Number 129 Related Parameters Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 01 Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value Drive Rated Amps x 2 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 131 Related Parameters 104 184 185 187 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units IAC Minimum Value 20 Maximum Value 240V 460V or 600V AC Default Value Based on Drive Rating Parameter Number 132 Related Parameters 184 185 187 and 190 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units 1Hz Minimum Value 15 Maximum Value 400 Default Value 60 Hz Parameter Number 133 Related Parameter 155 158 161 189 190 198 214 218 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units 0 1A Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value Drive rated amps x 2 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Based on Drive Rating 167 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Minimum Freq Parameter Number Sets the lowest frequency that the drive outputs continuously Default Value Maximum Freq Stop drive before changing this parameter Sets the Highest frequency that the drive outputs continuously Stop
77. Freq 3 174 Preset Freq 4 175 Preset Freq 5 176 Preset Freq 6 177 Preset Freq 7 178 Jog Frequency 179 Jog Accel Decel 180 DC Brake Time 181 DC Brake Level 182 DB Resistor Sel 183 S Curve 184 Boost Select 185 Start Boost 186 Break Voltage 187 Break Frequency 188 Maximum Voltage Miscellaneous 45 Keypad Mode 46 Keypad Disable 47 Set To Defaults 189 Current Limit 1 190 Motor OL Select 191 PWM Frequency 192 Auto Rstrt Tries 193 Auto Rstrt Delay 194 Start At PowerUp 195 Reverse Disable 196 Flying Start En 197 Compensation 198 SW Current Trip 199 Process Factor 200 Fault Clear 201 Program Lock 202 Testpoint Sel 203 Comm Data Rate 204 Comm Node Addr 205 Comm Loss Action 206 Comm Loss Time 207 Comm Format 208 Language 209 Anlg Out Setpt 210 AnlgIn0 10V Lo 211 Anlg In 0 10V Hi 212 Anlg In 4 20 mA Lo 213 Anlg In4 20 mA Hi 214 Slip Hertz FLA 215 Process Time Lo 216 Process Time Hi 217 Bus Reg Mode 218 Current Limit 2 219 Skip Frequency 220 Skip Freq Band 221 Stall Fault Time 222 Analog In Loss 223 10V Bipolar Enbl 224 Var PWM Disable 225 Torque Perf Mode 226 Motor NP FLA Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Drive DeviceNet 48 Drive Control 49 Drvin PrFltState 50 Drvin PrFitValue 51 Drvin DNFitState 52 Drvin DNFitValue 53 Drvin DNFitState 54 Drvin DNFitValue 55 High Speed Enable 227 Autotune 228 IR Voltage Drop 229 Flux Current Ref 230 PID Trim Hi 2
78. HAND STOP HOA Keypad Operation Chapter 6 The following state transition matrix summarizes the HOA behavior when parameter 45 Keypad Mode is set to 1 momentary HAND STOP HAND FWD HAND REV AUTO Set FWD LED Ignore Ignore Set FWD LED FWD f D Set REV LED Ignore Ignore Set REV LED Command motor off and Transition to Ignore Ignore Ignore Avro AUTO If FWD LED transition to Ignore Ignore Ignore HAND HAND FWD l If REV LED Transition to HAND REV Ignore Command motor off and transition to Command motor off and transition to Command motor off and Transition to OFF HAND STOP HAND STOP HAND STOP 0 The following state transition matrix summarizes the HOA behavior when parameter 45 Keypad Mode is set to 0 maintained HAND STOP HAND FWD HAND REV AUTO NO KEY Ignore Command motor off and transition to Command motor off and transition to Ignore PRESSED HAND STOP HAND STOP Set FWD LED Ignore Ignore Set FWD LED P ad EE Set REV LED Ignore Ignore Set REV LED Command motor off and Transition to Ignore Ignore Ignore AUTO AUTO If FWD LED transition to Ignore Ignore Ignore HAND HAND FWD If REV LED Transition to HAND REV OFF O Ignore Command motor off and transition to HAND STOP Command motor off and transition to HAND STOP Command motor off and transition to HAND STOP Fi
79. Mapping The following example uses the standard distributed motor controller and the factory default input and output assembly of 160 and 161 See Appendix B Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information for additional assembly formats The default input and output assembly will again be used in the following example Note The addressing is different between the SLC 1747 and ControlLogix 1756 program It is important that the user understand how to create and use tags to properly follow the example See the RSLogix 5000 programming manual for additional help with defining tags The tables below list the data configuration for the ControlLogix platform and include the tag name as used in the example program Table 32 Example ControlLogix Input Addressing Produced Assembly Byte 0 Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Address Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Data 1 7 Data 1 6 Data 1 5 Data 1 4 Data 1 3 Data 1 2 Data 1 1 Data 1 0 Tag Name Status_ Status_ warning tripped Data reserved reserved reserved Ready Running Rev Running Fwd Warning Tripped Byte 1 Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Address Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Local 1 1 Data 1 15 Data 1 14 Data 1 13 Data 1 12 Data 1 11 Data 1 10
80. Maximum Value 216 Default Value 6 Parameter Number 17 Access Rule GET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 8 Default Value 4 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 103 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Produced 1 0 Size Parameter Number 18 Access Rul GET This parameter maps to the Scanners Rx Size SAR Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 8 Default Value 4 Starter COS Mask Parameter Number 19 Access Rule GET SET This parameter allows the installer to define the change of state conditions that results in a change Data Type WORD of state message being produced Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 16383 Default Value 16383 Bit Function 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 X Tripped X Warning X Running Fwd X Running Rev X Ready X Net Ctl Status X Net Ref Status X At Reference X User Input 1 X User Input 2 X User Input 3 X User Input 4 X HOA Status X 140M On 104 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Contro
81. Minimum Value 20V AC Maximum Value Drive Rated Volts Default Value Drive Rated Volts Parameter Number 189 Related Parameters 133 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1A Minimum Value 0 1A Motor OL Select Drive provides Class 10 motor overload protection Setting 0 2 select the derating factor for Pt overload function 0 No Derate 1 Min Derate 2 Max Derate Figure 36 Overload Trip Curves No Derate a 100 pa 2 100 S 80 g 8 5 5 2 60 2 a oO oO 5 40 B 40 So So 20 y a 0 a 0 0 2 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 D 2 50 of P132 Motor NP Hertz Maximum Value Drive rated amps X 1 8 Default Value Drive rated amps X 1 5 75 100 125 150 175 200 of P132 Motor NP Hertz Parameter Number 190 Related Parameters 132 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 2 Default Value 0 Min Derate of P133 Motor OL Current Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 100 Max Derate 25 50 75 100125 150 175 200 of P132 Motor NP Hertz 135 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers PWM Frequency Parameter Number 191 Access Rul GET SET Sets the carrier frequency the PWM output waveform Figure 37 provides derating guidelines that are ee i based on th
82. Mode Valid Stop Mode for the Bulletin 284 ArmorStart are the following 0 Ramp CF Ramp to Stop Stop command clears active fault 1 Coast CF Coast to Stop Stop command clears active fault 2 DC Brake CF DC Injection Braking Stop Stop command clears active fault 3 DCBrkAuto CF DC injection Braking with Auto Shutoff Standard DC Injection Braking for value set in Parameter 180 DC Brake Time or Drive shuts off if the drive detects that the motor is stopped Stop command clears active fault 4 Ramp Ramp to Stop 5 Coast Coast to Stop 6 DC Brake DC Injection Braking Stop 7 DCBrakeAuto DC Injection Stop with Auto Shutoff Standard DC Injection Braking for value set in Parameter 180 DC Brake Time or Drive shuts off if current limit is exceeded 8 Ramp EM B CF Ramp to Stop with EM Brake Control Stop command clears active fault 9 Ramp EM Brk Ramp to Stop with EM Brake Control Speed Reference Valid Speed References for the Bulletin 284 ArmorStart are the following 1 Internal Freq 2 0 10V Input 4 Preset Freq 5 Comm port 9 Jog Freq Note Option 2 must be selected when using 0 10V Analog Input 134 Related Parameter 101 102 113 135 185 186 187 210 212 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 0 Parameter Number 135 Related Parameter 101 102 113
83. Name Class Instance Ox0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single 0x01 No Yes Get_Attributes_ All Parameter Group Object CLASS CODE 0x0010 The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Object Table 156 Parameter Group Object Class Attributes pitibate heess hue Name DataType 1 Get Revision UINT 2 Get Max Instance UINT Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Appendix C All Bulletin 284 Motor Starters have the following instances of the parameter group object e Instance 1 DeviceLogix Parameters e Instance 2 DeviceNet Parameters e Instance 3 Starter Protection Parameters e Instance 4 User I O Parameters e Instance 5 Miscellaneous e Instance 6 Drive DNet e Instance 7 ZIP Parameters e Instance 8 Basic Display e Instance 9 Basic Program e Instance 10 Advanced Program The following instance attributes are supported for all parameter group instances Table 157 Parameter Group Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type 1 Get Group Name String SHORT_STRING 2 Get Number of Members UINT 3 Get First Parameter UINT 4 Get Second Parameter UINT N Get Nth Parameter UINT The following common services are implemented for the Parameter Group Object Table 158 Parameter Group Object Service Common Services Service Code Implemented for Serv
84. Program Mode NoForces P a ok mera T attery NoEdts mio 0K 2 Place the PLC in run mode and test the program by exercising speed 1 2 and 3 bits IMPORTANT To download a new DeviceLogix program connect to the PLC and stay in program mode There can be no active 1 0 connections to the device or the download fails Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Examples Appendix G Retrieve the Fault Buffer The ArmorStart display the last fault but keeps a record of the last four faults The following example shows how to use an explicit message to get all four fault logs Contiguration Commurication Tag Message Type CIP Generic X Type Service GietAttibuteSingle Element Sevice Fe 37 a e poas 1e Hes Class 97 Hex Destination Explicit Data Instance 1 Altribute 1 Hex New Tag rable Enable Wating Stat Eror Code Extended Eror Code Eror Path Eror Text Lok ce e Demand Torque Off Considerations ArmorStart EtherNet IP does not support an STO option therefore this capability must be implemented external to the ArmorStart in an enclosure that contains a safety circuit and safety rated contactors with the proper performance level required by the application To achieve this level of safe performance without damage to the ArmorStart 284 it is required to have some coordination between the safety contactor state and the VFD
85. Reserved User Out A X User Out B Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 101 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Network Override This parameter allows for the local logic to override a Network fault 0 Disable 1 Enable Comm Override This parameter allows for local logic to override a loss of an 1 0 connection 0 Disable 1 Enable DeviceNet Group Autobaud Enable When this parameter is enabled the device attempts to determine the network baud rate and set its baud rate to the same provided network traffic exists At least one node with an established baud rate must exist on the network for autobaud to occur 0 Disable 1 Enable Consumed 1 0 Assy This parameter selects the format of the 1 0 data consumed Produced 1 0 Assy This parameter selects the format of the 1 0 data produced Parameter Number 8 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 9 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 10 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 1 Parameter Numbe
86. This error can indicate a shorted sensor shorted input device or input wiring mistakes It can also indicate a blown output fuse This fault can be disabled and s disabled by default The Fault LED flashes a 7 blink pattern Over Temperature Indicates that the operating temperature has been exceeded This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED flashes a 8 blink pattern Phase Imbalance Indicates an imbalance supply voltage This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default The Fault LED flashes a 9 blink pattern Over Current Indicates the drive has detected an over current fault This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED flashes a 9 blink pattern DeviceNet Power Loss DeviceNet power has been lost or has dropped below the 12V threshold This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default The Fault LED flashes a 10 blink pattern Internal Communication Fault Indicates an internal communication fault has been detected between the VFD and the main control or DB1 and main control This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED flashes 11 blink pattern DC Bus Fault Indicates the drive has detected a DC Bus Fault This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED flashes a 12 blink pattern Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Diagnostics Chapter 11 EEPROM Fault This is a major fault which renders the ArmorStart inoperable This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED flashes a 13 blink
87. This parameter determines the state that Output B assumes when a DeviceNet network fault occurs and Parameter 41 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close OutB DN IdIState This parameter with Parameter 44 defines how Output B responds when the DeviceNet network is idle When set to 0 Output B opens or closes as determined by the setting in Parameter 44 The DN Fit parameters supersede the Dn Idl parameters OutB DN IdlValue This parameter determines the state that Output B assumes when the network is idle and Parameter 43 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close Miscellaneous Group Keypad Mode This parameter selects if the keypad operation is maintained or momentary 0 Maintained 1 Momentary Parameter Number 41 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 42 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 43 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 44 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 45 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Misc Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Defa
88. To Device Parameter Current Yalue Motor NP volts Motor NWP Hertz Motor OL Current Minimum Freg Maximum Freg Start Source Stop Mode Speed Reference Accel Time 1 Decel Time 1 Reset To Defalts Reserved Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Cancel 230 60 Hz 2 34 0 0 Hz 60 Hz Comm Port Ramp CF Comm Port 10 0 Sec 10 0 Sec Ready Idle oO ba Apply Help 205 Chapter7 DeviceNet Commissioning Notes 206 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Logic Controller Application Example with Explicit Messaging Chapter 8 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet This chapter is designed to demonstrate programming and explicit message examples for both the SLC family of programmable controllers and ControlLogix family of programmable controllers The examples shows how to develop a program for simple control and use a simple explicit message to retrieve data that is not automatically acquired based on the input and output assembly of the device The user of the device can use this example as a guide in developing their own programs Below is the RSNetWorx view of the simple network that is used In this example Figure 52 Simple Network 1756 DNB A ArmorStart 17684 PCIDS N DeviceNet Scanner To assist in the development of the example the network consists only of the ArmorStart and scanner Therefore the only mapped info
89. Tries 193 Auto Rstrt Delay 194 Start At PowerUp 195 Reverse Disable 196 Flying Start En 197 Compensation 198 SW Current Trip 199 Process Factor 200 Fault Clear 201 Program Lock 202 Testpoint Sel 203 Comm Data Rate 204 Comm Node Addr 205 Comm Loss Action 206 Comm Loss Time 207 Comm Format 208 Language Set 209 Reserved 210 AnlgIn0 10V Lo 211 Anlg In 0 10V Hi 212 Anlg In4 20mA Lo 213 Anlg In4 20 mA Hi 214 Slip Hertz FLA 215 Process Time Lo 216 Process Time Hi Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 DeviceLogix Group Hdw Inputs Parameter Number 1 This parameter provides status of hardware inputs Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 15 Default Value 0 Bit Function 3 2 1 0 X Input 0 X Input 1 X Input 2 X Input 3 Network Inputs Parameter Number 2 This parameter provides status of network inputs Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 X Net Input 0 X Net Input 1 X
90. UM002C EN P September 2015 DeviceNet Commissioning Chapter 7 Using Autom ap featu re The Automap feature available in all Rockwell Automation scanners will automatically map the information as shown below If manual mapping is not with default Input and required the information below can be used to map a device that is based on the Output I 0 Assemblies default configuration Table 21 Default Input and Output 1 0 Assemblies Default Message type Polled Consumed data size 1 byte Rx Produced data size 2 bytes Tx Default Input and Output The I O assembly format for the ArmorStart is identified by the value in 1 0 Assembly Formats parameter 11 Consumed IO Assy and parameter 12 Produced IO Assy These values determine the amount and arrangement of the information communicated to the master scanner The tables below identify the default information that is produced and consumed by the standard starter For additional formats and advance configurations please reference Table 60 on page 298 Table 22 Instance 160 Default Consumed Data for Standard Distributed Motor Controller 1 byte Table 23 Instance 161 Default Produced Data for Standard Distributed Motor Controller 2 bytes 0 Not Used Not Used Not Used Ready Running Rev Running Fwd Warning Tripped 1 Not Used Not Used 140M On HOA User In3 User In 2 User In 1 User In 0 Status Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2
91. Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Zone Produced EPR Parameter Number 68 Access Rule GET SET me oe Packet Rate in msec Defines the rate of at which ZIP data is produced Defaults to 75 Data Type UINT Group ZIP Parameters Units msec Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 75 Zone Produced PIT Parameter Number 69 Access Rule GET SET The Production Inhibit Time in msec Defines the minimum time between Change of State data Data Type UINT production Group ZIP Parameters Units msec Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 75 Zone 1 MACID Parameter Number 70 Access Rule GET SET Hs node address of the device whose data is to be consumed for zone 1 When set to the value 64 Data Type USINT ata consumption is disabled Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 64 Default Value 64 116 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Zone 2 MACID Parameter Number 71 Access Rule GET SET NG node address of the device whose data is to be consumed for zone 2 When set to the value 64 Data Type USINT ata consumption is disabled Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 64 Default Value 64 Zone 3 MAC ID Parameter Number 72 Access Rule GET SET be
92. Value 0 Maximum Value 65 000 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 32 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 33 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 34 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 35 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 110 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 OutA DN FitValue This parameter determines the state that Output A assumes when a DeviceNet network fault occurs and Parameter 35 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close OutA DN IdIState This parameter with Parameter 38 defines how Output A responds when the DeviceNet network is idle When set to 0 Output A opens or closes as determined by the setting in Parameter 38 The DN Flt parameters supersede the Dn Idl parameters OutA DN IdlValue This parameter determines the state that Output A assumes when the network is idle and Parameter 37 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Closed OutB Pr FitState This parameter with Parameter 40 defines how Output B responds when a trip When set to 1 Output B continue to operate as com
93. Voltage Drop A start command is required following initiation of this setting The parameter returns to Ready 0 following the test at that time another start transition is required to operate the drive in normal mode Used when motor cannot be uncoupled from the load Rotate Tune 2 A temporary command that initiates a Static Tune followed by a rotational test for the best possible automatic setting of A129 Flux Current Ref A start command is required following initiation of this setting The parameter returns to Ready 0 following the test at that time another start transition is required to operate the drive in normal mode Parameter Number 225 Related Parameters 184 185 186 187 227 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 1 Parameter Number 226 Related Parameters 227 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1A Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value Drive rated amps x 2 Default Value Drive rated amps Parameter Number 227 Related Parameters 225 226 228 229 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 3 Default Value 0 IMPORTANT Used when motor is uncoupled from the load Results may not be valid if a load is coupled to the motor during this procedure Rockwell Automation Pu
94. Voltage Frequency 3 Phase kW Rating 3 Phase Hp Rating Output Current A Input Current A 200 50 0 4 23 3 65 0 75 4 5 6 40 1 5 7 6 10 65 2 3 3 10 4 5 5 70 7 6 9 45 1 4 2 15 2 3 3 80 4 0 6 40 Drive Ratings 6 0 9 00 7 6 12 40 1 4 1 85 23 3 45 4 0 5 57 6 0 8 20 7 6 12 5 1 7 2 78 3 0 4 73 4 2 6 64 6 6 10 75 Mm wl rm a aml wl rn Drive Output Frequency 0 400 Hz Programmable Characteristics Efficiency 97 5 Typical Maximum kW Hp Rating Input Voltage 5 Hp 3 3 kW 480V AC Preset Speeds 8 Berle Fewer 7 StepLogic Functionality v Timer Counter Functions v Sensorless Vector Control SVC Carrier Frequency 2 16 kHz Drive rating is based on 4 kHz Frequency Accuracy Digital Input Within 0 05 of set output frequency Control Speed Regulation Open Loop with Slip 1 of base speed across a 60 1 speed range Specifications Compensation Sensorless Stop Modes Multiple programmable stop modes including Ramp Coast DC Brake Ramp to Hold and S Curve Vector Control Two independently programmable accel and decel times Each time may be programmed from 0 600 Accel Decel sin 0 1 s increments Electronic Motor Overload Protection Class 10 protection with speed sensitive response Drive Rating Minimum DB Resistance Input Voltage kW Hp IQ 0 4 0 5 97 0 75 1 97 Minimum DB 480V 50 60 Hz 15 J 7 Resi
95. ZIP Enables ZIP data production on power up 0 Disable 1 Enable 68 Zone ProducedEPR The Expected Packet Rate in msec Defines the rate of at which ZIP data is produced Defaults to 75 msec 69 Zone ProducedPIT The Production Inhibit Time in msec Defines the minimum time between Change of State data production 70 Zone 1 Macld The node address of the device whose data is to be consumed for zone 1 71 Zone 2 Macld The node address of the device whose data is to be consumed for zone 2 72 Zone 3 Macld The node address of the device whose data is to be consumed for zone 3 73 Zone 4 Macld The node address of the device whose data is to be consumed for zone 4 74 Zone 1 Health Read Only consumed connection status for zone 1 0 Healthy 1 Not Healthy 75 Zone 2 Health Read Only consumed connection status for zone 2 0 Healthy 1 Not Healthy 76 Zone 3 Health Read Only consumed connection status for zone 3 0 Healthy 1 Not Healthy 77 Zone 4 Health Read Only consumed connection status for zone 4 0 Healthy 1 Not Healthy 78 Zone 1 Mask Bit enumerated consumed data mask for zone 1 Each bit represents a byte in consumed data up to 8 bytes in length Ifa mask bit is set the corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix data table 79 Zone 2 Mask Bit enumerated consumed data mask for zone 2 Each bit represents a byte in consumed data up to 8 bytes in length Ifa mask bit is set the corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the Device
96. also map to DOP instances 1 and 4 Get Set Run REV Boo 7 Get Running FWD BOOL Get Running REV BOOL 9 Get Ready BOOL 10 Get Tripped BOOL 12 Get Set Fault Reset BOOL 0 gt 1 Trip Reset 100 Get Set Keypad Mode BOOL 0 Maintained 1 Momentary 101 Get Set Keypad Disable BOOL 0 Not Disabled 1 Disabled 115 Get Warning Status WORD Bits 0 1 Reserved Bit 2 Reserved Bit 3 Reserved Bit 4 Reserved Bit 5 CP Warning Bit 6 10 Warning Bit 7 Reserved Bit 8 Reserved Bit 9 DN Warning Bits 10 12 Reserved Bit 13 HW Warning Bit 14 Reserved Bit 15 DB Warning 124 Get Set Trip Enable WORD Bit enumerated trip enable word 130 Get Set Trip Reset Mode BOOL 0 manual 1 auto 131 Get Set Trip Reset Level USINT 0 100 default 75 150 Get Set High Speed Ena BOOL 0 Disable 1 Enable 151 Get Base Enclosure WORD Bit0 1P67 Bit 1 NEMA 4x Bit 2 PLe Cat 4 Bits 3 15 Reserved 152 Get Base Options WORD Bit 0 Output Fuse Bit 1 Safety Monitor Bit 2 CP Fuse Detect Bits 3 7 Reserved Bit 8 10A Base Bit 9 25A Base Bit 10 15 Reserved 153 Get Wiring Options WORD Bit 0 Conduit Bit 1 Round Media Bit 2 28xG Gland Bits 3 15 Reserved Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 351 AppendixC Bulletin 284 CIP Information Attribute ID 154 Access Rule Get Name Starter Enclosure Data Type
97. click the gray box to define the rest of the instruction The following example shows the exact data format to perform a Get Attribute Single request This message will specifically access parameter 104 Average Current See Table 29 on page 210 for additional configurations Figure 54 Message Configuration Message Configuration explicit_mess E x Configuration Communication Tag Message Type Service Get Attribute Single v Source Element Poo C CCO CSS S Type source Length 0 Bytes co p E iea MEE f nE Destination Element Jexplicit_data v Instance 104 Attribute 1 Hex NET Enable O Enable Waiting Start Done Done Length 0 O Error Code Extended Error Code I Timed Out Error Path Error Text Cancel Apply Help e Message Type Select CIP Generic from pull down menu to configure an explicit message e Destination Element This is the tag name of the location you are going to place the response information In this example a tag was created with the name explicit_data Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 215 Chapter 8 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet 216 Service Type The pull down menu has several options however only the Get Attribute Single is used for this example The Class Instance and Attribute define the actual information being requested Additional configurations of these parameters can be found in Append
98. connector and motor cable to limit customer access from disconnecting the motor cable on the ArmorStart distributed motor controller The locking clip is an optional device that can be used if desired Figure 23 Bulletin 280 281Installation of Locking Clip 44 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 ArmorConnect Power Media Installation Wiring and Maintenance Chapter 2 Description Details of ArmorConnect Power Media are described in Publication 280PWR SG001 ArmorConnect Power and Control Media The ArmorConnect power media offers both three phase and control power cable cord set systems including patchcords receptacles tees reducers and accessories to be used with the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller These cable system components allow quick connection of ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers reducing installation time They provide for repeatable consistent connection of the three phase and control power to the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller and motor by providing a plug and play environment that also avoids system mis wiring IMPORTANT ArmorConnect connections should be made hand tight See the ArmorConnnect instructions for recommended tightening torque The use of a tool to help in the tightening of the connector is not recommended When specifying power media for use with the ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers Bulletins 280E 281E and 284E use only motor and
99. controller is rated for local disconnect service by incorporating the Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protector as the local disconnect eliminating the need for additional components The ArmorStart distributed motor controllers are suitable for group motor installations Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 15 Chapter1 Product Overview Catalog Number Explanation Examples given in this section are for reference purposes This basic explanation should not be used for product selection because not all combinations will produce a valid catalog number Figure 1 Catalog Number Explanation for 280D 281D 280 D F 12Z 10 C CR Option 1 Option 2 a b c d e f g h i a e h Short Circuit Protection Option 1 Motor Circuit Protection ode Description Hand Off Auto Selector Keypad Bulletin Number 280 Full Voltage Starter Reversing Starter 10 10 A Rated Device 3FR Hand Off Auto Selector Keypad with ss 25 A Rated Device Forward Reverse f i Cy o emsa ade Cc Enclosure Type IP67 UL Type 4 12 d Control and 3 Phase Power Connections Motor Cable Connection CR Conduit Round Media or RR Round Round Media or DR D Round Media Contactor Size Control Voltage o Description 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC Control Power 3 Phase Power Motor Cable i 3 m unshielded cordset Conduit Entrance Conduit Entrance male 90 Conduit Entrance Conduit Entrance blank Condui
100. ee or reverse wire f JOG When pressed JOG is initiated if no other control devices are C 6 sending a stop command Releasing the key causes the drive to stop using selected stop mode Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 193 Chapter 6 194 HOA Keypad Operation Figure 46 Bulletin 280 281 Hand Off Auto Selector Keypad The following state transition matrix summarizes the HOA Keypad when parameter 45 Keypad Mode is set to 1 momentary HAND STOP HAND FWD AUTO Command motor off and Ignore Ignore AUTO Transition to AUTO Command motor ON and Ignore Ignore HAND Transition to HAND FWD l Ignore Command motor OFFand Command motor off and OFF transition to HAND STOP transition to HAND STOP The following state transition matrix summarizes the HOA Keypad when parameter 45 Keypad Mode is set to 0 maintained HAND STOP HAND FWD AUTO NO KEY PRESSED Ignore Command motor off and Ignore transition to HAND STOP Command motor off and Ignore Ignore Transition to AUTO Command motor ON and Ignore Ignore transition to HAND FWD OFF 0 Ignore Command motor off and transition to HAND STOP Figure 47 Bulletin 281 Hand Off Auto Selector Keypad with Forward Reverse Function Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Command motor off and Transition to
101. for each starter type Across the Line Soft start or Inverter type The following instance attributes are implemented for all parameter attributes Table 90 Parameter Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type 1 Get Set Value Specified in Descriptor 2 Get Link Path Size USINT 3 Get Link Path Array of BYTE EPATH 4 Get Descriptor WORD 5 Get Data Type EPATH 6 Get Data Size USINT 7 Get Parameter Name String SHORT_STRING 8 Get Units String SHORT_STRING 9 Get Help String SHORT_STRING 10 Get Minimum Value Specified in Descriptor 11 Get Maximum Value Specified in Descriptor 12 Get Default Value Specified in Descriptor 13 Get Scaling Multiplier UINT 14 Get Scaling Divisor UINT 15 Get Scaling Base UINT 16 Get Scaling Offset INT 17 Get Multiplier Link UINT 18 Get Divisor Link UINT 19 Get Base Link UINT 20 Get Offset Link UINT 21 Get Decimal Precision USINT Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Parameter Group Object CLASS CODE 0x0010 Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B The following common services are implemented for the Parameter Object Table 91 Parameter Object Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single 0x01 No Yes Get_Attributes_ All The following class attributes are s
102. found on a optional monitoring board located in the control module of the 284 that is include when the DB1 option is selection in the catalog A DBI fault is not annunciated until the DB switch in the drive is activate and conducting current The following conditions are monitored e DB Overcurrent resistor value too small current is too high e DB Undercurrent resistor value is too high current is too low e DB Open drive bus voltage is above DB level but no resistor current was measured Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 261 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting The following conditions cause a fault anytime the DB1 active e DB Shorted Switch detected current when Drive bus voltage is below the DB threshold e DB Overtemp DB resistor is too hot e DB Bus Voltage Link Open Bus voltage from the drive is not measured for two seconds Occurs if the internal connection between the main control and the DB1 module has an issue DB1 Faults Operation and Troubleshooting of the DB1 Dynamic Brake Eight types of DB1 faults are detected and reported in Parameter 61 as either a DBI Fit DB1 Comm Fault or DB1 Switch Short DB1 faults are also reported in Attribute 158 DB1 Fault of the Control Supervisor Object Class Code 29 Hex See Appendix B for Control Supervisor information If the ArmorStart Fault LED blinks 11x s check parameter 61 If value is 41 check the following e DB1 Comm
103. is to be consumed for zone 3 Data Type USINT Group ZIP Parameters Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 64 Default Value 64 84 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 Zone 4 MACID Parameter Number 73 A Rul GET SET The node address of the device whose nes data is to be consumed for zone 4 Data Type USINT Group Misc Option Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 64 Default Value 64 Zone 1 Health Parameter Number 74 Read Only consumed connection Access Rule GET status for zone 1 Data Type BOOL 0 Healthy Group ZIP Parameters 1 Unhealthy Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Zone 2 Health Parameter Number 75 A Rul GET Read Only consumed connection S status for zone 2 Data Type BOOL 0 Healthy Group ZIP Parameters 1 Unhealthy Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Zone 3 Health Parameter Number 76 A Rul GET Read Only consumed connection ore status for zone 3 Data Type BOOL 0 Healthy Group ZIP Parameters 1 Unhealthy Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 85 Chapter 3 86 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters
104. m shiel cordset mal ded e 90 Conduit Entrance Conduit Entrance No cable Conduit Daisy Chain Conduit Daisy Chain cordset mal 3 m unshielded e 90 Conduit Daisy Chain Conduit Daisy Chain cordset mal 3 m shielded e 90 Conduit Daisy Chain Conduit Daisy Chain No cab e Round Media Male Receptacle Round Media Male Receptacle cordset mal 3 m unshielded le 90 Round Media Male Receptacle Round Media Male Receptacle 3 m shiel cordset mal ded e 90 Round Media Male Receptacle Round Media Male Receptacle No cab Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 e j k Option 1 3 Hand Off Auto Selector Keypad with Jog Function J Option 2 Code Description Control Brake Contactor No cable DB Brake Connector Connectivity to IP67 DB Resistor Source Brake Contactor No cable OC Output Contactor SM Safety Monitor 17 Chapter1 Product Overview Figure 3 Catalog Number Explanation for 284D Sensorless Vector Control 284 D F V D2P3 D 10 CR Option 1 _ Option 2 Option 3 Bulletin Number VFD Starter Output Current 200 240V 380 480V Description 1 4 A 0 4 kW 0 5 Hp 2 3 A 0 75 kW 1 0 Hp 4 0 A 1 5 kW 2 0 Hp 6 0 A 2 2 kW 3 0 Hp 7 6 A 3 3 kW 5 0 Hp 3 Hand Off Auto Selector Keypad with Jog Function De
105. may be demagnetized during braking DB Resistor Sel Parameter Number 182 Related Parameters 137 Stop drive before changing this parameter Access Rule GET SET Enables disables external dynamic braking Data Type UINT Setting Min Max Group Advanced Program Group 0 Disabled Units 1 1 Normal RA Res 5 Duty Cycle Minimum Value 0 2 No Protection 100 Duty Cycle Maximum Value 99 3 99 x Duty Cycle Limited 3 99 of Duty Cycle Default Value 0 132 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 S Curve Sets the percentage of acceleration or deceleration time that is applied to ramp as S Curve Time is added half at the beginning and half at the end of the ramp Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Parameter Number 183 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 0 disabled Figure 34 S Curve Detail Example Accel Time 10 Seconds S Curve Setting 50 S Curve Time 10 x 0 5 5 Seconds Total Time 10 5 15 Seconds 50 S Curve Target L l Tayat m DFR l P 1 2 S Curve Time Accal Time oa 1 2 3 Curve Time 25 Seconds 25 Seconds Tohi Time tn Aooeletate Acca Trme SCuve Time 10 Seconds Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 133 Chapter4 Bulleti
106. only a Fan RPM warning occurs logic must be written that triggers a CIP message The DPI Alarm Object Class Code 0x0098 provides a structure of data which includes the fault code of Fan RPM 31 Create a program that monitors the Starter Status Warning bit and Warning Status Hardware bit When they are both set to 1 the PLC code should generate a Get Single explicit message of Class 0x0098 Instance 1 and Attribute 1 This message returns a structure of the following data Struct of Alarm Code UINT lt Alarm Source Struct of DPI Port Number USINT Device Object Instance USINT Alarm Time Stamp Struct of Timer Value ULINT Timer Descriptor WORD When Alarm Code UINT 31 decimal this isa FAN RPM warning Fora full list of fault code references see parameter 61 When the fault occur the following Trip bits are activated e Parameter 4 Trip Status bit 13 turns to a 1 indicating a hardware trip has occurred e Parameter 5 Starter Status bit 0 turns to a 1 indicating a TripPresent e Parameter 61 displays Fan RPM Fault 31 as the last protection fault Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 267 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting Control Module Replacement Removal of Starter Module Bulletin 280 281 ATTENTION To avoid shock hazard disconnect main power before working on the controller motor or co
107. operation When there is a demand of the safety system it is important that the ArmorStart VFD is disabled prior to the contactors opening To accomplish this configure one of digital inputs via parameter 151 154 to option 9 Then see consumed instance 166 Byte 1 which includes the digit Drive Input 1 4 Include this Drive Input in the safety circuit so that the drive is forced to a coast to stop before the contactors open This disables the ArmorStart allowing the contactors to open without damaging the VFD Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 371 AppendixG Examples Keypad Disable with DeviceLogix Motion Disable 372 HOA operation can be prevented dynamically without parameter modification as follows The DeviceLogix program shown below turns off the keypad if both inputs are true and the keypad is in either OFF or AUTO mode q Keypad Disable Note If the user is already pressing the HAND button the program does not disable the keypad if the inputs are on after the HAND mode is actuated The motion disable program disables motion regardless of the HOA status PLC control or DeviceLogix Once motion disable is turned off the ArmorStart or PLC resumes control of the motor again The motion disable does not disable the HOA keypad The keypad operation appears normal but it does not control the run command until the motion disable is off
108. parameter object depends upon the type of distributed motor controller There is a standard set of instances reserved 1 99 for all starters These instances are followed by a unique set of instances for each starter type Bulletin 280 281 or 284 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 347 Appendix C Bulletin 284 CIP Information 348 The following instance attributes are implemented for all parameter attributes Table 154 Parameter Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type 1 Get Set Value Specified in Descriptor 2 Get Link Path Size USINT 3 Get Link Path Array of BYTE EPATH 4 Get Descriptor WORD 5 Get Data Type EPATH 6 Get Data Size USINT 7 Get Parameter Name String SHORT_STRING 8 Get Units String SHORT_STRING 9 Get Help String SHORT_STRING 10 Get Minimum Value Specified in Descriptor 11 Get Maximum Value Specified in Descriptor 12 Get Default Value Specified in Descriptor 13 Get Scaling Multiplier UINT 14 Get Scaling Divisor UINT 15 Get Scaling Base UINT 16 Get Scaling Offset INT 17 Get Multiplier Link UINT 18 Get Divisor Link UINT 19 Get Base Link UINT 20 Get Offset Link UINT 21 Get Decimal Precision USINT The following common services are implemented for the Parameter Object Table 155 Parameter Object Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service
109. parameters to the factory default values It also resets the MAC ID to its factory default after DeviceNet Power is cycled if switches are set gt 63 IMPORTANT Parameter setting changes downloaded to the ArmorStart take effect immediately even during a running status IMPORTANT Parameter setting changes made in a configuration tool such as RSNetWorx for DeviceNet do not take effect in the ArmorStart until the installer applies or downloads the new settings to the device Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 61 Chapter 3 Parameter Group Listing Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters The Bulletin 280 281 ArmorStart contains eight parameter groups The parameters that are shown in the DeviceLogix DeviceNet Starter Protection User I O Misc Parameter ZIP Parameters Starter Display and Starter Setup are discussed in this chapter Table 6 Parameter Group Listing DeviceLogix DeviceNet Starter Protection User 1 0 Misc ZIP Parameters Starter Display Starter Setup 1 Hdw Inputs 10 Autobaud Enable 22 Breaker Type 30 Off to On Delay 45 Keypad Mode 67 AutoRun Zip 101 Phase A Current 106 FLA Setting 2 Network Inputs 11 Consumed 10 Assy 23 PrFltResetMode 31 On to Off Delay 46 Keypad Disable 68 Zone Produced 102 Phase B Current 107 Overload Class EPR 3 Network Outputs 12 Produced I0 Assy 24 Pr Fault Enable 32 In Sink Source 47 Set To Defaults 69 Zone Prod
110. pattern Hardware Fault This indicates an Internal FAN RPM is low Internal temperature monitor failure Internal Brake fuse opened or incorrect base or control module This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED flashes a 14 blink pattern Restart Retries This fault is generated when the drive detects that the auto retries count has been exceeded This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED flashes a 15 blink pattern Miscellaneous Faults For Bulletin 284 units this fault is actually the logical OR of the drive s DB1 Brake fault Heatsink Over Temperature fault code F8 Params Defaulted fault fault code F48 and SVC Autotune fault fault code F80 This fault cannot be disabled The Fault LED flashes a 16 blink pattern Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 249 Chapter11 Diagnostics Notes 250 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Introduction The purpose of this chapter is to assist in troubleshooting the ArmorStart distributed motor controller using the LED Status Display and diagnostic parameters A A gt ATTENTION Servicing energized industrial control equipment can be hazardous Electrical shock burns or unintentional actuation of controlled industrial equipment may cause death or serious injury For safety of maintenance personnel as well as others who might be exposed to electrical hazards associated with
111. protection is accomplished electronically with an Pt algorithm The overload protection on the ArmorStart distributed motor controller is programmable via the communication network providing the user with flexibility Programming the Motor OL Current parameter provides class 10 overload protection for the Bulletin 284 distributed motor controller Ambient insensitivity is inherent in the electronic design of the overload Figure 5 Overload Trip Curves 3 No Derate Min Derate Max Derate E ho ew ge S 60 5 60 560 Mo 40 a 2 20 5 20 5 20 0 0 S j a aa S 0255075100125150175200 S 0255075100125150175200 S 0255075100125150175200 x of P132 Motor NP Hertz of P132 Motor NP Hertz of P132 Motor NP Hertz LED Status Indication The LED Status Indication provides four status LEDs and a RESET button The LEDs provide status indication for the following e POWER LED The LED is illuminated solid green when control power is present and with the proper polarity e RUNLED This LED is illuminated solid green when a start command and control power are present e NETWORK LED This bicolor red green LED indicates the status of the communication link e FAULT LED Indicates Controller Fault Trip condition The RESET button acts as a local trip reset Figure 6 Status Indication and Reset POWER RUN te RESET NETWORK FAULT Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Product Overview
112. simple cost effective method of integrating combination starters I O and network capabilities in your On Machine architecture The product line includes solutions for DeviceNet DeviceNet Safety and EtherNet IP ArmorStart distributed motor controllers are integrated pre engineered starters with Bulletin 280 for full voltage Bulletin 281 for reversing applications and Bulletin 284 for variable frequency AC drive applications The ArmorStart distributed motor controller offers a robust IP67 Type 4 12 enclosure design which is suitable for water wash down environments The modular plug and play design offers simplicity in wiring the installation The quick disconnects for I O communications and motor connections reduce the wiring time and diminish wiring errors The ArmorStart distributed motor controller offers as standard four direct current DC inputs and two relay outputs to be used with sensors and actuators respectively for monitoring and controlling the application process The ArmorStart distributed motor controller with its light emitting diode LED status indication and built in diagnostics capabilities allow ease of maintenance and troubleshooting The optional Hand Off Auto HOA keypad configuration allows local start stop control at the ArmorStart distributed motor controller The ArmorStart distributed motor controller offers short circuit protection per UL508 and IEC 60947 The ArmorStart distributed motor
113. specific EMC standards for CE C Tick or FCC Cable specifications depend on the installation type Figure 31 Unshielded Multi Conductor Cable Filler PVC Outer Sheath Single Ground Conductor Shielded Cable Shielded cable contains all of the general benefits of multi conductor cable with the added benefit of a copper braided shield that can contain much of the noise that is generated by a typical AC Drive Strong consideration for shielded cable should be given for installations with sensitive equipment such as weigh scales capacitive proximity switches and other devices that may be affected by electrical noise in the distribution system Applications with large numbers of drives in a similar location imposed EMC regulations or a high degree of communications networking are also good candidates for shielded cable An acceptable shielded cable has 4 XLPE insulated conductors with a 100 coverage foil and an 85 coverage copper braided shield with drain wire surrounded by a PVC jacket Figure 32 Shielded Cable with Four Conductors Drain Wire Shield _ Recommended Cable Connectors Glands Choose cable connectors or glands that offer the best cable protection shield termination and ground contact Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 57 Chapter2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Recommended Cord Grips Figure 33 Cord Grips for ArmorStart Devices with 10 A Short Circuit Prote
114. the chosen consumed Data Type UNIT data bytes for zone 4 Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value 0 1 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 119 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Zone 1 EPR Parameter Number 86 Access Rule GET SET The Expected Packet Rate in msec for the zone 1 consuming connection If consumed data is not Data Type UINT received in 4 times this value the zone connection will time out and Zone 1 Health will report 1 YP Not Healthy Group ZIP Parameters Units msec Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 75 Zone 2 EPR Parameter Number 87 Access Rule GET SET The Expected Packet Rate in msec for the zone 1 consuming connection If consumed data is not Data Type UNIT received in 4 times this value the zone connection will time out and Zone 2 Health will report 1 YP Not Healthy Group ZIP Parameters Units msec Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 75 Zone 3 EPR Parameter Number 88 Access Rule GET SET The Expected Packet Rate in msec for the zone 1 consuming connection If consumed data is not Data Type UNIT received in 4 times this value the zone connection will time out and Zone 3 Health will report 1 YP Not Hea
115. the fuse and reset the ArmorStart either locally or over the network 21 A3 Power Loss Unswitched A3 A2 control power was lost or dipped below the lower threshold long enough to cause the Internal Comm fault DeviceNet power loss Check that the A3 or DNet power terminal does not have any loose connections Press the local reset or send the unit a network reset once the unswitched control power is restored 22 Internal Comm 24 Power Loss 3 Phase 25 Under Voltage 3 Phase The ArmorStart s MCB lost communications with the VFD This is most likely due to a loss of 3 phase power PF Fault Code 3 or 4 Check that the local disconnect is in the ON position Check for a power quality issue take appropriate corrective actions Check that 3 phase power is present Press the local reset or send the unit a network reset 23 Drive Comm Loss PF Fault Code 81 The PowerFlex VFD lost communications with the MCB This is most likely due to a loss of control power or network power e Check that control power and the network power are both present Press the local reset or send the unit a network reset 28 Base EEPROM The MCB can t read the base module s EEPROM or isn t communicating correctly with the base module In the EtherNet IP units Parameter 63 Base Trip provides more detail as to why the base module may not be communicating properly with the control module e Cycle power to the Armo
116. to 480V AC Current kw Hp Cat No Rating A 230VAC 400VAC 200VAC 230VAC 460VAC 575V AC 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC 50 Hz 50Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 0 24 1 2 0 18 0 37 0 5 0 5 281D F12Z NA R 281D F12D NA R 281D F12B NA R 0 5 2 5 0 37 0 75 0 5 0 5 1 15 281D F12Z NB R 281D F12D NB R 281D F12B NB R 1 1 5 5 1 1 2 2 1 1 3 3 281D F12Z NC R 281D F12D NC R 281D F12B NC R 3 2 16 4 7 5 3 5 10 10 281D F23Z ND R 281D F23D ND R 281D F23B ND R Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 379 Appendix Renewal Parts Bulletin 280 Bulletin Number T 280 Starter Communications D DeviceNet Enclosure Type Base Module Renewal Part Product Selection Table 182 Bulletin 280 Base Module Renewal Part Catalog Structure 280 D F N 10 C Option F Type 4 12 IP67 Option SM Safety Monitor Line Connection Cc Conduit Entrance N Base Only R ArmorConnect Power Media No Control Module Short Circuit Protection Bul 140M 10 10 A Rated Device 25 25 A Rated Device Table 183 Bul 280 Full Voltage Starters amp Bul 281 Reversing Starters IP67 Type 4 12 Up to 575V AC with Conduit Entrance Current Rating A kW Hp Cat No 230V AC 400V AC 200V AC 230V AC 460V AC 50 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 0 24 1 2 0 18 0 37 0 5 280D
117. to verify the device is properly powered up and connected to the network Node Commissioning 6 Click Close to exit the node commissioning tool 7 Choose Single Pass Browse from the Network menu to update RSNetWorx and verify that the node address is set correctly Selection of produced and consumed I O assemblies sometimes referred to as input and output assemblies define the format of I O message data that is exchanged between the ArmorStart and other devices on the network The consumed information is generally used to command the state of its outputs and produced information typically contains the state of the inputs and the current fault status of the device The default consumed and produced assemblies are shown below for additional formats refer to Appendix B The ArmorStart default configuration varies depending on the type of starter Choosing the size and format of the I O data that is exchanged by the ArmorStart is done by choosing a consumed assembly instance number This instance number is written to the Consumed IO Assy parameter The different instances formats allow user programming flexibility and network optimization IMPORTANT The Consumed and Produced 10 Assy parameter values can not be changed while the ArmorStart is online with a scanner Any attempts to change the value of this parameter while online with a scanner results in the error message Object State Conflict Rockwell Automation Publication 280
118. up to 5 Hp 3 0 kW 480V AC Power Control Safety Monitor Inputs and Ground Wiring Table 1 provides the power control and ground wire capacity and the tightening torque requirements The power control ground and safety monitor terminals can accept a maximum of two wires per terminal Table 1 Power Control Safety Monitor Inputs Ground Wire Size and Torque Specifications Terminals Wire Size Torque Wire Strip Length Power and Ground Primary Secondary Primary Terminal 9 mm 0 35 in Terminal 1 2 Nem 1 5 4 0 mm 10 8 Ibsin 16 10 AWG Secondary Terminal 0 5 Nem 4 5 Ibein Control and Safety 1 0 mm 4 0 mm 0 7 Nem 9 mm 0 35 in Monitor Inputs 18 10 AWG 6 2 Ibein Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 41 Chapter2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Standard Conduit Knockout Size The following table shows conduit or cord grip size and the diameter of the punched hole For example 16 mm 0 5 in conduit requires a hole punch of 22 48 mm 0 885 in for proper installation Table 2 Conduit and Knockout Sizes Conduit Cord Size Conduit CordSize Actual Hole Diameter Actual Hole Diameter mm in mm in 16 00 0 50 22 48 0 885 21 00 0 75 28 32 1 115 27 00 1 00 34 59 1 362 35 00 1 25 43 21 1 701 41 00 1 50 49 48 1 948 53 00 2 00 61 34 2 415 63 00 2 50 73 91 2 910 Terminal Design ations As shown in the next fig
119. value represents the connection ID on which production occurs For predefined producing connections this value is set to the producing Connection ID when Auto Run occurs at power up or upon allocation of the connection 2 Zone Health Indicates the health status of the zone connection If the ZIP connection for the zone times out this parameter is set to the value 1 Not Healthy Also if Data Security is enabled and the Zone Key received in the consumed I O message does not match the entered Zone Key attribute 1 Not Healthy is reported For ZIP implementations that use predefined connection instances this value is 0 Healthy the default value when ZIP is disabled for the instance i e when the Zone Connection ID attribute is OxFFFF This value is 0 Healthy when ZIP is disabled via the ZIP Enable class attribute 3 Zone Point Mask Allows for the selection of the consumed bytes within a consumed message for use by in the Zone Point Data Table Each single bit in the mask represents a corresponding byte in the consumed message packet 4 Zone Point Offset Allows consumed data to be placed within the Zone Point Data Table This offset is application specific For ArmorStart LT it represents a byte offset into the Discrete Zone Point Data Table 5 Zone RPI The requested packet interval in milliseconds of the connection represented by this ZIP object instance For DeviceNet implementations this value is placed in the connecti
120. where the exposed cable is continuously supported and protected against physical damage using mechanical protection such as struts angles or channels Type TC tray cable that complies with the crush and impact requirements of Type MC Metal Clad cable and is identified for such use with the marking Type TC ER Exposed Run shall be permitted between a cable tray and the utilization equipment or device as open wiring The cable shall be secured at intervals not exceeding 1 8 m 6 ft and installed in a good workman like manner Equipment grounding for the utilization equipment shall be provided by an equipment grounding conductor within the cable Historically cable meeting these crush and impact requirements was designated and marked Open Wiring Cable so marked is equivalent to the present Type TC ER and can be used While the ArmorStart is intended for installation in factory floor environments of industrial establishments the following must be considered when locating the ArmorStart in the application Cables including those for control voltage including 24V DC and communications are not to be exposed to an operator or building traffic on a continuous basis Location of the ArmorStart to minimize exposure to continual traffic is recommended If location to minimize traffic flow is unavoidable other barriers to minimize inadvertent exposure to the cabling should be considered Routing cables should be done in such a manner to
121. with any of the available I O The inputs and outputs used to interface with the logic can come from the network or from the device hardware Hardware I O is the physical inputs and outputs that are on the device such as push buttons and pilot lights that are connected to the ArmorStart There are many reasons to use the DeviceLogix functionality but some of the most common are listed below e Increased system reliability e Fast update times 1 2 ms possible e Improved diagnostics and reduced troubleshooting e Operation independent of PLC or Network status e Continue to run process in the event of network interruptions e Critical operations can be safely shut down through local logic The following example shows how to program a simple logic routine to interface the ArmorStart with a remote hard wired start stop station In this case the I O is wired as shown in the table Table 34 Hardware Bit Assignments and Description for the ArmorStart Input Table Output Table Bit Description Bit Description Input 0 Start Button Run Fwd Contactor Coil Input 1 Stop Button N A N A Input 2 N A Input 3 N A IMPORTANT Before programming logic it is important to decide on the conditions under which the logic will run As defined earlier the conditions can be defined by setting parameter 8 Network Override and parameter 9 Comm Override to the desired value 1 While in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet Double c
122. 0 X Run Fwd X Run Rev X Fault Reset Jog Fwd X Jog Rev X Reserved X User Out A X User Out B Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 147 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Network Override This parameter allows for the local logic to override a Network fault 0 Disable 1 Enable Comm Override This parameter allows for local logic to override a loss of an 1 0 connection 0 Disable 1 Enable DeviceNet Group Autobaud Enable When this parameter is enabled the device attempts to determine the network baud rate and set its baud rate to the same provided network traffic exists At least one node with an established baud rate must exist on the network for autobaud to occur 0 Disable 1 Enable Consumed 1 0 Assy This parameter selects the format of the 1 0 data consumed Produced 1 0 Assy This parameter selects the format of the 1 0 data produced Parameter Number 8 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 9 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 10 Access Rule GET SET Data Ty
123. 0 4 L R 7 ms Service life x103 operations 0 1 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 Switching current A UL NEMA IEC 20 40 C 4 104 F Storage and Transportation Temperature Range 25 85 C 13 185 F Altitude 2000 m Environmental Humidity 5 95 on condensing Pollution Degree 3 Enclosure Ratings NEMA 4 12 IP67 Approximate Shipping Weight 10 4 kg 23 Ib Resistance to Shock Operational 15G Non Operational 30G Resistance to Vibration Operational 1G 0 15 mm 0 006 in Displacement Non Operational 2 5 G 0 38 mm 0 015 in Displacement Power and Ground Terminals Wire Size Primary Secondary Terminal 16 10 AWG Primary Secondary Terminal 1 0 4 0 mm Mechanical Primary Terminal 10 8 Ib in Primary Terminal 1 2 N m Tightening Torque Secondary Terminal 4 5 Ib in Secondary Terminal 0 5 N m Wire Strip Length 0 35 in 9 mm Control Terminals Wire Size 18 10 AWG 1 0 4 0 mm Tightening Torque 6 2 lb in 0 7 N m Wire Strip Length 0 35 in 9 mm Dome dO Sree CatNo 100 Ops C12 AC3 C23 AC3 Contactor Mechanical Life 280 1_ _12 Mil 13 280 1_ _23 Mil 13 See Altitude Derating on page 292 for derating guide Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 279 AppendixA Specifications EMC Emission Levels Conducted Radio Frequ
124. 015 203 Chapter7 DeviceNet Commissioning Setting the Motor FLA and The product should now be configured and communicating on the network The Overload Trip Class Bulletin last step is to program the motor FLA setting parameter 106 and overload trip class parameter 107 This can be accomplished by using software such as 280 281 RSNetWorx for DeviceNet or another handheld DeviceNet tool Using the software access the device parameters screen as shown below Notice that by default the motor FLA is set to the minimum FLA setting for the device and the overload trip class is set to 10 Select FLA setting parameter 106 and enter a value that corresponds to the FLA of the motor that is connected to the ArmorStart Verify the Single radio button is selected and then select Download to Device Select Overload Class parameter 107 and choose the overload trip class to be used with the motor that is connected to the ArmorStart The ArmorStart can be set up for trip class 10 15 or 20 Verify the Single radio button is selected and then select Download to Device The proper motor protection is now in place Figure 50 RSNetWorx Parameter Screen amp lt ArmorStart E 2 x General Device Parameters O Defaults EDS File DeviceLogix Groups On Line Upload From Device all parameters v Single Restore Default Values i Download To Device Parameter Help Saenen ID o Parameter _C
125. 02 Access Rule GET SET Data Type INT Group Starter Display Units Xx x Amps Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 PhaseCCurrent PaameterNumber tid Access Rule GET SET Data Type INT Group Starter Display Units Xx x Amps Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 0 Default Value Starter Setup Average Current This parameter provides the average current that is measured in increments of 1 10 of an ampere Therm Utilized This parameter displays the Thermal Capacity used FLA Setting The motor s full load current rating is programmed in this parameter Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 Parameter Number 104 Access Rule GET SET Data Type INT Group Starter Display Units Xx x Amps Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 105 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group Starter Display Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 106 Access Rule GET SET Data Type INT Group Starter Setup Units Xx x Amps Minimum Value See Table 7 Maximum Value See Table 7 Default Value See Table 7 Table 7 FLA Setting Ranges and Default Values with indicated setting precision FLA Current Range A Default Value Minimum Value Maximum Value 0 24 1 2 0 24 0 5 2 5 0 5 1 1 5 5 1 1 3 2 16 0 3 2 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C
126. 0U D6D3 xxx frame or smaller Bulletin 140U H or 140G H circuit breaker not rated more than 480V 100 A and a maximum interrupt of 65 000 RMS symmetrical amperes When protected by Cat No 140U D6D3 xxx circuit breaker not rated more than 480 277 30 A having an interrupt rating not less than 45 000 RMS symmetrical amperes Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 277 AppendixA Specifications Power Requirements Units W 0 HOA W HOA Control Voltage Volts 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC Control Pick Up Amps 0 71 0 583 0 292 0 71 0 583 0 292 Control Hold In Amps 0 63 0 075 0 038 0 063 0 075 0 038 Total Control Power Pick Up o VA W 17 0 W 70 70 21 0 W 83 84 Total Control Power Hold In VA W 1 5 W 9 9 5 6 W 22 23 There is an instantaneous capacitive inrush of over 20 A The selected power supply should have short time power boost capability External Devices powered by Control Voltage Outputs 2 1 A max each Amps 2 2 2 2 2 2 Total Control Pick Up with VA W 65 0 W 310 550 73 0 W 336 579 max outputs Total Control Hold In with VA W 50 0 W 249 489 58 0 W 275 518 max outputs Electrical Ratings UL NEMA IEC Rated Operation Voltage 24V DC Input On State Voltage Range 10 26V DC Input On state Current 3 0 mA 10V DC 7 2 mA 24V DC Input Off state Voltage Range 0 5VDC
127. 10V HI Stop drive before changing this parameter Sets the analog input level that corresponds to parameter 135 Maximum Freq if a 0 10V input is used by parameter 138 Speed Reference Analog inversion can be accomplished by setting this value smaller than parameter 210 Anlg In 0 10V Lo Slip Hertz FLA Compensates for the inherent slip in an induction motor This frequency is added to the commanded output frequency based on motor current Process Time Lo Scales the time value when the drive is running at Parameter 134 Minimum Freq When set to a value other than zero Parameter 110 Process Display indicates the duration of the process Process Time Hi Scales the time value when the drive is running at Parameter 135 Maximum Freq When set to a value other than zero Parameter 110 Process Display indicates the duration of the process Parameter Number 211 Related Parameter 121 135 138 222 223 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 100 0 Default Value 0 0 Parameter Number 214 Related Parameter 133 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Hz Maximum Value 10 0 Hz Default Value 2 0 Hz Parameter Number 215 Related Parameters 110 134 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UNIT Group Advanced S
128. 134 135 178 185 186 187 211 213 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 Default Value 60 0 Parameter Number 137 Related Parameters 136 180 181 182 205 260 261 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9 Default Value 9 Parameter Number 138 Related Parameters 101 102 112 139 140 151 152 153 154 169 170 173 174 177 210 211 213 232 240 247 and 250 257 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 7 5 Default Value 168 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Accel Time 1 Parameter Number 139 r Related Parameters 138 140 151 152 153 154 167 Sets the rate of acceleration for all speed increases 170 173 174 177 and Maximum Freq _ Accel Rate 240 247 Accel Time Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 sec Maximum Value 600 0 sec Default Value 10 0 sec Decel Time 1 Parameter Number 140 Related Parameters 138 139 151 152 153 154 168 Sets the rate of deceleration for all speed decreases 170 173 174 177 and at 5 240 247 a Freq _ Decel Rate Decel Time
129. 1606 Branch Circuit Power Supply Protective Device I I I i Bulletin 1492FB I I Bulletin 284 ArmorStart Bulletin 280 281 Bulletin 283 ArmorStart ArmorStart Bulletin 1738 ArmorPoint Bulkhead pass thru connectors are passive male to female 4 pin mini connectors within a threaded metal housing used for Auxiliary Power Catalog Number 889A CXN4 M4 Auxiliary power trunk cables are four pin mini style patchcords Catalog Number 889N F4HKNM Straight Female to Straight Male ArmorStart auxiliary adapter power tees allow connecting devices to the power trunk line using an associated power drop cordset Catalog Number 898N 543ES NKF Auxiliary power drop cable Catalog number 889D R4HJDM 18 AWG wire Right Female to Straight Male Control Power Media Patchcords Example Catalog Number 889N F65GFNM Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 49 Chapter2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Figure 28 Interconnect Diagram Incoming Control Power M22 24V DC Only ArmorBlock amp ArmorPoint Pin 1 V Unswitched tae AS Motor AS Motor 1732D 1738 amp o o Pin V Common Controller Controller 1732DS A2 black Q Pin 3 Not used green VO Power Pin 4 Not used blank A2 Az A2 A2 User Pin V Switched Pwrs AN bhee A3 A1 A3 Al Pin Not used white PE PE romae A F a a3 FEMALE 2 Control es O
130. 2 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Tripped Warning X Running Fwd X Running Rev X Ready X Net Ctl Status X Net Ref Status X At Reference X DrvOpto1 X DrvOpto2 X Keypad Jog X Keypad Hand X HOA Status X 140M On X Contactor 10 X Contactor 2 Refers to Source Brake contactor status Refers to Output contactor status 146 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Dnet Status Parameter Number 6 Access Rule GET This parameter provides status of the DeviceNet connection Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 31 Default Value 0 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 0 X Exp Cnxn X 10 Cnxn X Exp Flt X 10 Fit 10 Idle X X X Reserved X ZIP 1 Cnxn X ZIP 1 Fit X ZIP 2 Cnxn X ZIP 2 Flt X ZIP 3 Cnxn X ZIP 3 Flt X ZIP 4 Cnxn X ZIP 4 Fit Starter Command Parameter Number 7 This parameter provides the command the starter Actes Rule GET SET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 255 Default Value 0 Bit Function 7 6 5 4 2 1
131. 3 OutB DN IdlState 44 OutB DN IdlValue Basic Program 131 Motor NP Volts 132 Motor NP Hertz 133 Motor OL Current 134 Minimum Freq 135 Maximum Freq 136 Start Source 137 Stop Mode 138 Speed Reference 139 Accel Time 1 140 Decel Time 1 141 Reset To Defalts 142 Reserved 143 Motor OL Ret Miscellaneous 45 Keypad Mode 46 Keypad Disable 47 Set To Defaults 56 Base Enclosure 57 Base Option 58 Wiring Option 59 Starter Enclosure 60 Starter Option Advanced Program 151 Digital In1 Sel 152 Digital In2 Sel 153 Digital In3 Sel 154 Digital In4 Sel 155 Relay Out Sel 156 Relay Out Level 157 Relay Out LevelF 158 Reserved 159 Reserved 160 Reserved 161 Reserved 162 Reserved 163 Reserved 164 Reserved 165 Reserved 166 Reserved 167 Accel Time 2 168 Decel Time 2 169 Internal Freq 170 Preset Freq 0 171 Preset Freq 1 172 Preset Freq 2 173 Preset Freq 3 174 Reserved 175 Reserved 176 Reserved 177 Reserved 178 Jog Frequency 179 Jog Accel Decel 180 DC Brake Time 181 DC Brake Level 182 DB Resistor Sel 183 S Curve Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Drive DeviceNet 48 Drive Control 49 Drvin PrFltState 50 Drvin PrFitValue 51 Drvin DNFitState 52 Drvin DNFitValue 53 Drvin DNFitState 54 Drvin DNFitValue 55 High Speed En 184 Boost Select 185 Reserved 186 Reserved 187 Reserved 188 Maximum Voltage 189 Current Limit 1 190 Motor OL Select 191 PWM Frequency 192 Auto Rstrt
132. 31 PID Trim Lo 232 PID Ref Sel 233 PID Feedback Sel 234 PID Prop Gain 235 PID Integ Time 236 PID Diff Rate 237 PID Setpoint 238 PID Deadband 239 PID Preload 240 Stp Logic 0 241 Stp Logic 1 242 Stp Logic 2 243 Stp Logic 3 244 Stp Logic 4 245 Stp Logic 5 246 Stp Logic 6 247 Stp Logic 7 250 Stp Logic Time 0 251 Stp Logic Time 1 252 Stp Logic Time 2 253 Stp Logic Time 3 254 Stp Logic Time 4 255 Stp Logic Time 5 256 Stp Logic Time 6 257 Stp Logic Time 7 260 EM Brk Off Delay 261 EM Brk On Delay 262 MOP Reset Sel Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 DeviceLogix Group Hdw Inputs Parameter Number 1 Access Rule GET This parameter provides status of hardware inputs Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 15 Default Value 0 Bit Function 3 2 1 0 X Input 0 X Input 1 X Input 2 X Input 3 Network Inputs Parameter Number 2 Access Rule GET This parameter provides status of network inputs Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
133. 33 Zone 3 ZIP 34 Zone 3 ZIP 35 Zone 3 ZIP 36 Zone 3 ZIP 37 Zone 3 ZIP 38 Zone 3 ZIP 39 Zone 3 ZIP 40 Zone 3 ZIP 41 Zone 3 ZIP 42 Zone 3 ZIP 43 Zone 3 ZIP 44 Zone 3 ZIP 45 Zone 3 ZIP 46 Zone 3 ZIP 47 Zone 3 ZIP 48 Zone 4 ZIP 49 Zone 4 ZIP 50 Zone 4 ZIP 51 Zone 4 ZIP 52 Zone 4 ZIP 53 Zone 4 ZIP 54 Zone 4 ZIP 55 Zone 4 ZIP 56 Zone 4 ZIP 57 Zone 4 ZIP 58 Zone 4 ZIP 59 Zone 4 ZIP 60 Zone 4 ZIP 61 Zone 4 ZIP 62 Zone 4 ZIP 63 Zone 4 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Tripped Warning Running Fwd Running Rev Ready reserved reserved reserved User In 1 User In 2 User In 3 User In 4 HOA 140M Stat reserved reserved Input 0 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Input 4 Input 5 Input 6 Input 7 Input 8 Input 9 reserved reserved reserved reserved Logic Ena reserved Chapter 10 243 Chapter 10 ArmorStart ZIP Configuration Finding ZIP bits in the The 64 ZIP bits are available for use in DeviceLogix programs in the list of Device Logix Editor Network Input Points Function Block Editor File Edit View Communications Tools Help Network Input Points For Help press F1 Available Function Blocks 80 Saved Select Network Input Points in the DeviceLogix editor toolbar and scroll down past the first 16 Network Inputs The 64 ZIP bits are available for use in the list as sho
134. 378 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 Communications Renewal Parts Appendix Control Module Renewal Part Product Selection Figure 98 Bulletin 280 281 Control Module Renewal Part Catalog Structure 280 D F 12Z N B R Option1 Option 2 Bulletin Number T on Pil 7 i i 280 Full Voltage Starter 281 Reversing Starter Option 2 SM Safety Monitor Option 1 3 Hand Off Auto Selector Keypad 3FR Hand Off Auto Selector Keypad D DeviceNet with Forward Reverse Enclosure Type Motor Connection F Type 4 12 IP67 R Roung Overload Selection Contactor Size Control Voltage Current Range A 0 24 1 2 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC B Ge DEA 122 12D 12B c 1 1 5 5A 23Z 23D 23B Control Module D 3 2 16 A N Control Module Only Table 180 Full Voltage Starters IP67 Type 4 12 Up to 480V AC Current kw Hp Cat No Rating A 230VAC 400VAC 200VAC 230VAC 460VAC 575V AC 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC 50 Hz 50Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 0 24 1 2 0 18 0 37 0 5 0 5 280D F12Z NA R 280D F12D NA R 280D F12B NA R 0 5 2 5 0 37 0 75 0 5 0 5 1 15 280D F12Z NB R 280D F12D NB R 280D F12B NB R 1 1 5 5 1 1 2 2 1 1 3 3 280D F12Z NC R 280D F12D NC R 280D F12B NC R 3 2 16 4 75 3 5 10 10 280D F23Z ND R 280D F23D ND R 280D F23B ND R Table 181 Reversing Starters IP67 Type 4 12 Up
135. 3B N R 15 2 0 A 0A 284D FHD4POZ N R 284D FHD4POD N R 284D FHD4POB N R 22 30 6 0A 284D FHD6POZ N R 284D FHD6POD N R 284D FHD6POB N R 30 50 7 6A 284D FHD7P6Z N R 284D FHD7P6D N R 284D FHD7P6B N R Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 381 Appendix Renewal Parts Table 187 Bulletin 284 Control Module with Sensorless Vector Control IP67 Type 4 12 Up to 600V Input Voltage kw Hp Output 24V DC 120 VAC 240 V AC Current Control Voltage Control Voltage Control Voltage 200 240V 0 4 0 5 23A 284D FVB2P3Z N R 284D FVB2P3D N R 284D FVB2P3B N R sik 0 75 1 0 5 0A 284D FVB5PO0Z N R 284D FVB5POD N R 284D FVB5P0B N R 15 2 0 7 64 284D FVB7P6Z N R 284D FVB7P6D N R 284D FVB7P6B N R 380 480V 0 4 0 5 14A 284D FVD1P4Z N R 284D FVD1P4D N R 284D FVD1P4B N R a 0 75 1 0 234A 284D FVD2P3Z N R 284D FVD2P3D N R 284D FVD2P3B N R 15 2 0 4 0A 284D FVD4P0Z N R 284D FVD4POD N R 284D FVD4P0B N R 2 2 3 0 6 0A 284D FVD6PO0Z N R 284D FVD6POD N R 284D FVD6P0B N R 3 0 5 0 7 64 284D FVD7P6Z N R 284D FVD7P6D N R 284D FVD7P6B N R 382 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Base Module Bulletin Renewal Parts Base Module Renewal Part Product Selection Figure 100 Bulletin 284 Base Module Renewal Part Catalog Structure 284 D F N 10 C Options ame Number Communications D DeviceNet l Enclos
136. 5 Table 28 Explicit Message Response Get_Attribute_Single Bit location within Word 15 8 7 0 TXID STATUS Word 0 PORT SIZE Word 1 SERVICE MACID Word 2 DATA Word 3 e Transmission ID TXID The scanner uses this value to track the transaction to completion and returns the value with the response that matches the request that is downloaded by the SLC 500 processor The TXID data size is one byte e Command This code instructs the scanner how to administer the request A listing of these codes can be found in the 1747 SDN User Manual Publication 1747 5 8 The Command data size is one byte e Status The Status code provides the communication module s status and its response e Port The physical channel of the scanner where the transaction is to be routed The port setting can be zero channel A or one channel B The Port data size is one byte Note that the 1747 SDN has only one channel and so this value is always set to zero e Size This identifies the size of the transaction body in bytes The transaction body begins at word 3 The maximum size is 58 bytes The Size data size is one byte e Service This code specifies the type of request being delivered The Service data size is one byte Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 209 Chapter8 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Setting up the Data File 210 e MACID The DeviceNet network nod
137. 5 having its own power feed Distance 1 Distance 2 Distance 3 Distance 4 Distance 5 Equivalent Distance Run 1 15 m 50 ft 4 15 m 50 ft 3 15 m 50 ft 2 15 m 50 ft 152 m 500 ft Run 2 15 m 50 ft 15 m 50 ft 15 m 50 ft 15 m 50 ft 15 m 50 ft 76 m 250 ft Therefore Run 1 needs to be 10 AWG while Run 2 can be either 12 AWG or 10 AWG Figure 90 Two Run Wiring Solution e Conveyor e Conveyor e Conveyor j Conveyor e Conveyor g E Section 1 g Section 2 g Section 3 g 2 Section 4 g 2 Section 5 oja oja ejg jg a git git git git git a EE ae eae ea Supply re 12 AW 362 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Example 2 24V DC Control Design Considerations Appendix E Centrally locate the power supply in Example 1 Conveyor Line Configuration Figure 91 Centrally Located Power Supply Distribution Conveyor Section 1 gE gE Conveyor Section 2 gE gE Conveyor Section 3 gF gE gF Conveyor Section 4 gE gE Conveyor Section 5 gE 24V DC D4 D5 14 AW Power 14 wo D1 D2 Supply D Distance 1 Distance 2 Distance 3 Distance 4 Distance 5 Equivalent Distance Run 1 15 m 50 ft 15 m 50 ft 2 46 m 150 ft Run 2 0m 0ft 3 15 m 50 ft 2 15 m 50 ft 46 m 150 ft Therefore both runs can be 14 AWG The controllers on s
138. 50 16 4 5 284R 120P1K2 120 0 26 52 124 100 13 124 10 Note Always check the resistor ohms against minimum resistance for drive being used Note Duty Cycle listed is based on full speed to zero speed deceleration For constance regen at full speed duty cycle capability is half of what is listed Application Type 1 represents maximum capability up to 100 braking torque where possible Application Type 2 represents more than 100 braking torque where possible up to a maximum of 150 Figure 97 Dynamic Brake Resistor Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes 5 3 4 EB NS a Ka S GROUND 7 F L 3 Table 179 Dynamic Brake Resistor Approximate Dimensions Cat No A B D E F G H J mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in 284R 091P500 89 3 215 5 23545 60 2 127 1254 60 2 50 1 5 784R 360P500 3 54012 8 46 0 2 9 25 0 2 236 0 08 5 0 49 236 0 08 1 97 0 06 284R120P1K2 koa Eg Feng EA Length is user selectable based on the suffix added to the catalog number For a length of 500 10mm add M05 to the end of the catalog number For a length of 1000 10mm add M1 to the end of the catalog number
139. 60 75 100 12515 175 xe of P132 Motor NP Hertz of P132 Motor NP Hertz of P132 Motor NP Hertz Altitude Derating 292 Altitude Rating for Bulletin 280 281 e No altitude derating up to 2000 m 6562 ft Altitude Rating for Bulletin 284 0 5 Hp No Derating up to 3000 m 9843 ft e 1 Hp No Derating up to 3000 m 9843 ft e 2 Hp Derate 1 per 100 m 328 ft above 1000 m 3281 ft 3 Hp No Derating up to 3000 m 9843 ft e 5 Hp Derate 1 per 100 m 328 ft above 1000 m Example Application requires 2600 m for a SHp ArmorStart e 2600 m 1000 m 1600 m e 1600 100 16 e 16 1 16 Derate output amps by 16 e 1 16 7 6amp 6 4amp It is possible to extend the operational range of the units if the ambient temperature is lower than 40 C 104 F or if line reactors are used Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Electronic Data Sheets DOL Type Product Codes and Name Strings Appendix B Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Electronic Data Sheets EDS files are specially formatted ASCII files that provide all of the information necessary for a configuration tool for example RSNetWorx for DeviceNet to access and alter the parameters of the device The EDS file contains all of the device information number of parameters groupings parameter name minimum maximum and default values units data format and scaling EDS files for all the ArmorStart distributed motor controller units ar
140. 81 ATTENTION To avoid shock hazard disconnect main power before working on the controller motor or control devices 1 Disconnect from the power source Remove the motor cable communication cables and all other cables connected to the inputs and outputs X Loosen the four mounting screws on the Starter Module Unplug the Control module from the base by pulling the module forward Loosen the four mounting screws on the Terminal Access Cover Plate Remove the cover plate Loosen the terminal screws o N AYN w Remove all wires from the terminal block Figure 60 Bulletin 280 281 Base Module Removal Base Module Communication Cable Terminal Access Cover Plate Note DeviceNet base module is shown 270 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Installation of Base Module ATTENTION To avoid shock hazard disconnect main power before working on the controller motor or control devices Re install the conduit fittings and wires onto the terminal block Tighten the terminal screws Install the terminal cover plate Tighten the four mounting screws on the terminal access cover plate Install the Control Module Tighten the four mounting screws Nana wk Y N Install the motor cable communication cables and all other cables connected to the inputs and outputs 8 Mount the Base Module with the four mounting screws Figu
141. AQs and to sign up for product notification updates In addition we offer multiple support programs for installation configuration and troubleshooting For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit http www rockwellautomation com services online phone Installation Assistance If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manual You can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running United States or Canada 1 440 646 3434 Outside United States or Canada Use the Worldwide Locator at http www rockwellautomation com rockwellautomation support overview page or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative New Product Satisfaction Return Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to help ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number call the phone number above to obtain one to your distributor to complete the return process Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure Documentation Feedback Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better I
142. Allows consumed data to be placed within the Zone Analog Data Table This offset is application specific For ArmorStart LT it represents a WORD offset into the Zone Analog Data Table 101 MAC ID This attribute is used so that MAC ID can be entered for a consuming instance instead of Zone Connection ID in a EDS file When this attribute is changed the Zone Connection ID attribute value is updated to reflect the new Connection ID 103 Point Mask This attribute is used so that a mask value of type DWORD can be used in an EDS file parameter for the Zone Point Mask since arrays are not supported in EDS parameters When this attribute is changed the Zone Point Mask attribute value is updated to reflect the new mask value 114 Zone Control This attribute is used to choose the IO Connection type that is consumed whether security is enabled and whether the consumed data is fragmented See parameters 134 137 for the bit enumerations 116 Analog Mask This attribute is used so that a mask value of type WORD can be used in an EDS file parameter for the Zone Analog Mask since arrays are not supported in EDS parameters When this attribute is changed the Zone Analog Mask attribute value is updated to reflect the new mask value The following common services are implemented for the ZIP Object Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Rockwel
143. Data 1 9 Data 1 8 Tag Name Status_140M Data reserved reserved 140M On HOA User In 3 User In 2 User In 1 User In 0 Table 33 Example ControlLogix Output Address Consumed Assembly Instance 160 Default Consumed Standard Distributed Motor Controller Byte 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Address Local 1 0 Local 1 0 Local 1 0 Local 1 0 Local 1 0 Local 1 0 Local 1 0 Local 1 0 Data 1 7 Data 1 6 Data 1 5 Data 1 4 Data 1 3 Data 1 2 Data 1 1 Data 1 0 Tag Name Control_ OutB Control_Out Control_ fault A Reset Data User Out B User Out A reserved reserved reserved Fault Reset Run Rev Run Fwd 214 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Explicit Messaging with ControlLogix Setting Up the MSG Instruction Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Chapter 8 The ControlLogix platform requires significantly less structure to initiate an explicit message The explicit message Request and Response is configured within the MSG function The MSG function can be found in the Input Output tab of RSLogix 5000 Notice that in the ControlLogix program example rung 6 is the only required logic to complete the explicit message request MSG Message Message Control a A tag name must be given to the MSG function before the rest of the information can be defined In this example a tag was created with the name explicit_mess After the instruction has been named
144. Default Value See Table 11 Toactivate 170 Preset Freq 0 set 138 Speed Reference to option 4 Preset Freq 0 3 Table 11 170 173 Preset Freq Options Values 170 Default 0 0 Hz 171 Default 5 0 Hz Provides a fixed frequency command value when 151 153 Digital Inx Sel is set to 4 Preset 172 Default 10 0 Hz Frequencies 173 Default 20 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 400 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz Input State of Digital In 1 I Input State of Digital In 2 I Input State of Digital In 3 I Frequency Source Accel Decel Parameter Used 0 Terminal 05 when 0 Terminal 06 when 0 Terminal 07 when Parameter 151 4 Parameter 152 4 Parameter 153 4 0 0 0 170 Preset Freq 0 Accel Time 1 Decel Time 1 1 0 0 171 Preset Freq 1 Accel Time 1 Decel Time 1 0 1 0 172 Preset Freq 2 Accel Time 2 Decel Time 2 1 1 0 173 Preset Freq 3 Accel Time 2 Decel Time 2 Toactivate 170 Preset Freq 0 set 138 Speed Reference to option 4 Preset Freq 0 3 Whena Digital Input is set to Accel 2 and Decel 2 and the input is active that input overrides the settings in this table Jog Frequency Parameter Number 178 Related Parameters 135 151 152 179 Sets the output frequency when the jog command is issued Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 240 0 Default Value 10 0 Jog Accel Decel Parameter Number 179 Related Parameters 151 152 178 Sets the acceleration and deceleration time
145. EN P September 2015 93 Chapter 3 94 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Overload Class This parameter allows the installer to select the overload class 1 Overload Class 10 2 Overload Class 15 3 Overload Class 20 OL Reset Level This parameter allows the installer select the Thermal Capacity that an overload can be cleared Parameter Number 107 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group Starter Setup Units Xx x Amps Minimum Value 1 Maximum Value 3 Default Value 1 Parameter Number 108 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group Starter Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 75 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Parameter Programming Parameter Group Listing Chapter 4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers This chapter describes each programmable parameter and its function for Bulletin 284 Volts per Hertz Controllers Each distributed motor controller type has a common set of parameters followed by a set of parameters that pertain to the individual starter type See Chapter 7 DeviceNet Commissioning for instructions in using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet to modify parameter settings IMPORTANT Resetting the Factory Default Values Parameter 47 Set to Defaults allows the installer to reset all parameter to the factory default values It also resets the MACID to i
146. FN 10 C 0 5 2 5 0 37 0 75 0 5 0 5 1 280D FN 10 C 1 1 5 5 1 1 2 2 1 1 3 280D FN 10 C 3 2 16 4 7 5 3 5 10 280D FN 25 C Table 184 Bul 280 Full Voltage Starters amp Bul 281 Reversing Starters IP67 Type 4 12 Up to 575V AC with ArmorConnect Connectivity Current Rating A kW Hp Cat No 230V AC 400V AC 200V AC 230V AC 460V AC 50 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 0 24 1 2 0 18 0 37 0 5 280D FN 10 R 0 5 2 5 0 37 0 75 0 5 0 5 1 280D FN 10 R 1 1 5 5 1 1 2 2 1 1 3 280D FN 10 R 3 2 16 4 75 3 5 10 280D FN 25 R Table 185 Motor Cables Description Current Rating A Cable Rating Length Cat No m ft 90 M22 Motor Cordset 0 24 1 2 IP67 Type 4 12 3 9 8 280 MTRM22 M3 ae 6 19 6 280 MTR22 M6 14 45 9 280 MTR22 M14 90 M35 Motor Cordset 3 2 16 IP67 Type 4 12 3 9 8 280 MTRM35 M3 6 19 6 280 MTR35 M6 14 45 9 280 MTR35 M14 90 Male Straight Female 0 24 1 2 IP67 Type 4 12 1 3 3 280 MTR22 M1D M22 Patchcords a y a 3 9 8 380 MTR22 M3D 90 Male Straight Female 3 2 16 IP67 Type 4 12 1 33 280 MTR35 M1D M35 Patchcords 3 9 8 280 MTR35 M3D 380 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Renewal Parts Appendix I Control Module Renewal Part Product Selection Figure 99 Bulletin 284 Control Module Renewal Part Catalog Structure 284 D F H D2P3 D N R Option1 Option2 Option3 Bulletin Number 284 VFD Starter Communications D DeviceNet Enclosu
147. Fault Communication loss exists between the Dynamic Brake board and the main control board This is also enunciated in the Trip Status parameter 4 bit 10 called Internal Comm fault Ifthe ArmorStart Fault LED blinks 16x s check parameter 61 If value is 42 DB1 Fault check the following e DBI Resistor Overtemperature Fault e DBI Overcurrent Fault e DBI Undercurrent Fault e DBI Open Fault e DBI VBus Link Fault This is also enunciated in the Trip Status parameter 4 bit 15 called Miscellaneous Fault If the ArmorStart Fault LED blinks 16x s check parameter 61 If value is 43 check the following e DBI Switch Fault The DB1 option provides the following warning e DB1 Thermal Warning occurs once the resistor reaches 75 of maximum thermocapacity Once at 100 a DB1 over temperature occurs When a Dynamic Brake Fault is detected a DB1 Fault code 42 is present in the Last Pr Fault parameter 61 It is also enunciated in the Trip Status parameter 4 bit 15 called Miscellaneous Fault 262 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Ifa communication loss exists between the Dynamic Brake board and the main control board a DB1 Comm fault code 41 is present in the Last Pr Fault parameter 61 It is also enunciated in the Trip Status parameter 4 bit 10 called Internal Comm fault DB1 Resistor Overtemperature Fault Control Supervisor Object DB1 Fault Att
148. GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 108 Default Value 4 Parameter Number 15 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 108 Default Value 5 Parameter Number 16 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 108 Default Value 6 Parameter Number 17 Access Rule GET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 8 Default Value 1 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 Produced 1 0 Size Parameter Number 18 This parameter reflects the produced Access Rule E 0 data size in bytes Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 8 Default Value 2 Starter COS Mask Parameter Number 19 This parameter allows the installer to peste GEANT define the change of state conditions Data Type WORD that results in a change of state message being produced Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 16383 Default Value 16149 16157 Bulletin 280 products Bulletin 281 products Bit Function 13 12 11 10 6 5 4 3 2 1 Tripped X Warning X Running Fwd X Running Rev X Ready X Res
149. Input Off state Current lt 1 5mA input ating Input Filter Software Selectable Off to On Settable from 0 64 ms in 1 ms increments On to Off Settable from 0 64 ms in 1 ms increments Input Compatibility N A IEC 1133 Type 1 Number of inputs 4 Sensor Source Voltage Status Only 11 25V DC from DeviceNet Current Available 50 mA MAX per Input 200 mA Total Rated Operation Voltage 240V AC 30V DC 240V AC 30V DC Rate Insulation Voltage 250V 250V 50 60 Hz 50 60 Hz Type of control circuit Electromechanical Relay Output Ratings Sourced Kind of Current AC DC not to be used as an AC DC power supply from Control Circuit Conventional Thermal Current Total of both outputs lt 2 A Type of Contacts Normally Open N 0 Number of Contacts 2 Service Life Mechanical 50M operations 18K operations hr Electrical 100K operations 1 8K operations hr 278 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Maximum Switching Capacity AC inductive loa coso 0 4 Switching current A Switching voltage V Operating Temperature Range Specifications Appendix A Electrical Service Life 500 es Cee ee ee eee ee ees G6B 1114P C US 300 250 VAC 30 VDC resistive load 2 SS SS SE SS M ay a Ss a es as 50 a SSS 30 Bs sF G6B 11 oh a 250 VAC 30 VDC inductive load coso
150. Instance 52 Produced Required ODVA Produced Instance 120 Produced Custom Parameter Based Word Wise Assembly 160 Consumed Default Consumed Instance for DOL and SoftStart units 161 Produced Default Produced Instance for DOL and SoftStart units 162 Consumed Standard Consumed Instance for DOL and SoftStart with Network Inputs 163 Produced Standard Produced Instance for DOL and SoftStart with Network Outputs 164 Consumed Default Consumed Instance for Inverter type units 165 Produced Default Produced Instance for Inverter type units 166 Consumed Standard Consumed Instance for Inverter type units with Network Inputs 167 Produced Standard Produced Instance for Inverter type units with Network Outputs 170 Consumed PowerFlex Native Format Consumed Instance 171 Produced PowerFlex Native Format Produced Instance 181 Produced User Inputs 182 Consumed Consumed Network Bits a k a Network Inputs 183 Produced Produced Network Bits a k a Network Outputs 184 Produced Trip Status Bits 185 Produced Starter Status Bits 186 Produced DeviceNet Status Bits 187 Consumed Starter Control Bits 188 Consumed Drive Control Bits 189 Produced Warning Status Bits 190 Produced 1799 ZCI0 Bits Custom Parameter Based Word Wise 1 0 Assembly Table 118 Custom Parameter Based Word Wise Produced Assembly Instance Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit1 Bit 0 Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 0 Param low byte Value of the para
151. Logix data table 80 Zone 3 Mask Bit enumerated consumed data mask for zone 3 Each bit represents a byte in consumed data up to 8 bytes in length Ifa mask bit is set the corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix data table 81 Zone 4 Mask Bit enumerated consumed data mask for zone 4 Each bit represents a byte in consumed data up to 8 bytes in length Ifa mask bit is set the corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix data table Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 233 Chapter 10 Param 82 ArmorStart ZIP Configuration Parameter Name Zone 1 Offset Parameter Description The byte offset into the ZIP data portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place the chosen consumed data bytes for zone 1 83 Zone 2 Offset The byte offset into the ZIP data portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place the chosen consumed data bytes for zone 2 84 Zone 3 Offset The byte offset into the ZIP data portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place the chosen consumed data bytes for zone 3 85 Zone 4 Offset The byte offset into the ZIP data portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place the chosen consumed data bytes for zone 4 86 Zone 1 EPR The Expected Packet Rate in msec for the zone 1 consuming connection If consumed data is not received in 4 times this value the zone connection times out and Zone 1 Health reports 1
152. Manufacturer Littlefuse PN 021602 5 Cooper Bussman PN KTK R 7 or Littlefuse PN KLKROO7 T Dimension mm in 20 0 8 x 5 0 2 38 1 1 5 x 10 2 0 4 Figure 64 Control Voltage and Output Fuse Replacement Output Fuse Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Control Voltage Fuse Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Table 48 Source Brake Fuse Replacement Bulletin 284 only Specification Source Control Brake Fuse Cat No W25172 260 12 Description 3 0A UL Listed Class CC CSA HRC 1 Rejection Feature Current 3 0A Interrupting Capacity 200ka Voltage Rating 600V Maximum Manufacturer Cooper Bussman PN KTK R 3 or Littlefuse PN KLKROO3 T Dimension mm in 38 1 1 5 x 10 2 0 4 Figure 65 Source Brake Fuse Replacement Bulletin 284 only Source Control Brake Fuses Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 275 Chapter12 Troubleshooting Notes 276 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Appendix A Specifications Bulletin 280 281 Electrical Ratings UL NEMA IEC Rated Operation Voltage 200 575V 200 575V Rate Insulation Voltage 600V 600V Rated Impulsed Voltage 6kV 6kV Dielectric Withstand 2200V AC 2500V AC Operating Frequency 50 60 Hz 50 60 Hz Power Circuit Utilization Category N A AC 3
153. Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 0 Parameter Number 224 Related Parameters 191 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value 188 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 0 1 0 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Torque Perf Mode Stop drive before changing this parameter Enables disables sensorless vector control operation 0 V Hz 1 Sensrls Vect Motor NP FLA Set to the motor nameplate full load amps Autotune Stop drive before changing this parameter Provides an automatic method for setting Parameter 228 IR Voltage Drop and Parameter 229 Flux Current Ref that affect sensorless vector performance Parameter 226 Motor NP FLA must be set to the motor nameplate full load amps before running the Autotune procedure Provides an automatic method for setting A128 IR Voltage Drop and A129 Flux Current Ref that affect sensorless vector performance Parameter A126 Motor NP FLA must be set to the motor nameplate full load amps before running the Autotune procedure 0 Ready Idle Default 1 Static Tune 2 Rotate Tune Ready 0 Parameter returns to this setting following a Static Tune or Rotate Tune Static Tune 1 A temporary command that initiates a non rotational motor stator resistance test for the best possible automatic setting of A128 IR
154. NT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1 Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value 0 9 0 1 Set Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries to a value other than 0 2 Set Parameter 193 AutoRstrt Delay to a value other than 0 Clear an Overvoltage Undervoltage or Heatsink OvrTmp Fault without Restarting the Drive 1 Set Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries to a value other than 0 2 Set Parameter 193 AutoRstrt Delay to 0 this parameter is used in an inappropriate application Do not use this ATTENTION Equipment damage and or personal injury may result if function without considering applicable local national and international codes standards regulations or industry guidelines Auto Rstrt Delay Sets time between restart attempts when Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries is set to a value other than zero Parameter Number 193 Related Parameters 192 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 300 0 sec Default Value 1 0 sec Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 181 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Start at PowerUp Stop drive before changing this parameter Enables disables a feature that allows a Start or Run command to automatically cause the drive to resume running at command speed after the drive input is restored Require
155. Network Status BOOL 0 No Override go to safe state Override 1 Override run local logic 105 Get Set Comm Status BOOL 0 No override go to safe state Override 1 Override run local logic Table 162 Discrete Output Group Instance 2 Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Number of Instances USINT 4 4 Get Binding Array of 5 6 7 8 UINT 7 Get Set Fault Action BOOL 0 Fault Value Attribute 1 Hold Last State 8 Get Set Fault Value BOOL 0 0FF1 0N 9 Get Set Idle Action BOOL 0 Idle Value Attribute 1 Hold Last State 10 Get Set Idle Value BOOL 0 0FF1 0N 113 Get Set Pr Fault Action BOOL 0 Pr Fault Value Attribute 1 Ignore 114 Get Set Pr Fault Value BOOL 0 0FF1 0N The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Output Group Object Table 163 Discrete Output Group Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single 350 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Appendix C Control Supervisor Object CLASS CODE 0x0029 No class attributes are supported A single instance instance 1 of the Control Supervisor Object is supported Table 164 Instance 1 Control Supervisor Object a Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Set Run FWD BOOL These Run outputs
156. Network menu and then choosing Online Choose the appropriate DeviceNet PC interface In this example a 1784 PCIDS module is chosen Other common DeviceNet interfaces are the 1770 KFD and 1784 PCD Note DeviceNet drivers must be configured using RSLinx before being available to RSNetWorx Click OK RSNetWorx notifies the user to upload or download devices before viewing configuration Click OK RSNetWorx will now browse the network and display all of the nodes it has detected on the network For some versions of RSNetWorx software the ArmorStart EDS files and icon may not be included and shows up as an Unregistered Device If the screen appears like the example below continue with Building and Registering an EDS file DeviceNet RSNetYrorx for DeviceNet oo Unrecognized C DeviceNet e Device Category _ Barcode Scanner 63 _ DPito DeviceNet _ DeviceNet to SCANg 4 7 Dodge EZLINK 6 If RSNetWorx recognizes the device as an ArmorStart skip ahead to the following section Changing the Node address MAC ID Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 DeviceNet Commissioning Chapter 7 Building and Registering an The EDS file defines how RSNetWorx for DeviceNet communicates to the ArmorStart Follow the steps below to build and register the EDS file EDS File i To register a device you must first obtain the EDS file from the following we
157. O a a e 5 aina E E means aide Ba ANANE TERR E NRA Power Control Safety Monitor Inputs and Ground Wiring Standard Conduit Knockout Size 00 0 c cece cece eee e ee Terminal Designationsy 54 sacuieieasace 194s usa kok tesueewen es sues Optional Lockitig Clip re sus sontanses ere a EE E nines ArmorConnect Power Media cccccececccscceevececenens Description aisses rirererr isita EENET Rove eres os ak aeRO On Machine Hard wired Stop Category 0 Station F Stop CCU nn k eitin eg OAc laa eet a ides Cad ates ual BIRO ArmorStart with ArmorConnect Connectivity 4 Installing ArmorConnect Power Media using CordSets ArmorConnect Cable Ratings s 0tiscoxnay stoke nieouwweenkets Branch Circuit Protection Requirements for ArmorConnect Three Phase Power Media cccccccuceccccncvecees AC Supply Considerations for Bulletin 284 units Ungrounded and High Resistive Distribution Systems Diseotinecting MOY sscitayvitadias iueod wie todelaweareeseedes Group Motor Installations for USA and Canada Markets Wiring and Workmanship Guidelines 00 0 0 e ees DeviceNet Network Installation cccccecuceccecncveeees Other DeviceNet System Design Considerations Electromagnetic Compatibilitye sited secannsnana neh enicrcaeweporracrat General Notes Bulletin 284 only cee eee eee eee e ees GloUN dig
158. Overload Trip Class Bulletin 280 281 204 Setting the Motor FLA Bulletin 284 2s vevarevieytese aad eee 205 Chapter 8 Logic Controller Application Example with Explicit Messaging 207 Programming the 1747 SLC o ncctinwiet a Oparpuas ate Sones edventuate 208 VOMapping Nast a Sia cite taht gael cdc e an Ree AO td 208 Explicit Messaging with SLC 0 30 iw sce cdsled vee dberdsevawsaa seins 209 Setting up the Data Pilecs sessesnaahed Soancierea andreas ees nen neend 210 Sequence of Events 2 uveor ssrin di eM ee 210 Programming the 1756 ControlLogix 0 c cece cece eee eee 214 VOMapping esa oh i wile oe Siok SoG gus ua Naat Marien eka SS 4 214 Explicit Messaging with ControlLogix 00 0 0 cece eee eee 215 Setting Up the MSG Instruction lt 2 cckcl eure he Maite hoe tot 215 Chapter 9 Description 24 35 derengin Eae EE eases anes bebwdaeaeateuads 219 DeviceLogix Programming o 3 ies tein atte ok Suh cae S wea Badlk 220 DeviceLogix Function Block Editor Example 005 220 ArmorStart Motion and Keypad Disable with DeviceLogix 223 DeviceLogix Ladder Editor Example cis 3ividssvese sv eseeeseeees 223 ArmorStart 280 and 281 Status Bits cece eee eee 224 Bulletin 280 and 281 ArmorStart Fault Bits 004 225 Bulletin 280 and 281 ArmorStart Outputs 000005 226 Bulletin 280 and 281 ArmorStart Produced Network Bits 227 Bulletin 284 ArmorStart Status Bits
159. Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 107 Chapter 4 108 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Last PR Fault 1 Hdw Short Ckt 2 Reserved 3 Motor Overload PF Fault Code 7 4 Drive Overload PF Fault Code 64 5 Phase U to Gnd PF Fault Code 38 6 Phase Vto Gnd PF Fault Code 39 7 Phase W to Gnd PF Fault Code 40 8 Phase UV Short PF4 Fault Code 41 9 Phase UW Short PF Fault Code 42 10 Phase VW Short PF Fault Code 43 11 Ground Fault PF Fault Code 13 12 Stall PF Fault Code 6 13 Control Pwr Loss 14 Control Pwr Fuse 15 Input Short 16 Output Fuse 17 Over Temp 18 Heatsink Ovrlmp PF Fault Code 8 19 HW OverCurrent PF Fault Code 12 20 SW OverCurrent PF Fault Code 63 21 DNet Power Loss 22 Internal Comm 23 Drive Comm Loss PF Fault Code 81 24 Power Loss PF Fault Code 3 25 Under Voltage PF Fault Code 4 26 Over Voltage PF Fault Code 5 27 MCB EEPROM 28 Base EEPROM 29 Drive EEPROM PF Fault Code 100 30 Wrong Base 31 Fan RPM below minimum 32 Power Unit PF Fault Code 70 33 Drive 10 Brd PF Fault Code122 34 Restart Retries PF Fault Code 33 35 Drive Aux In Fit PF Fault Code 2 36 Analog Input PF Fault Code 29 37 Drv Param Reset PF Fault Code 48 38 SCV Autotune PF Fault Code 80 39 Sourc
160. Qa lt 200 300 400 500 600 700 of Full Load Current 282 Note For 280 and 281 if an overload fault occurs it may require 60 s or more before a fault reset is allowed Refer to Overload Class Parameter 107 Thermo Utilization parameter 105 and OL Reset Level parameter 108 to adjust the reset time Note For 280 and 281 when the mechanical motor brake voltage is applied using power from the load side of the ArmorStart controller this current adds to the load and may result in a phase imbalance or overload if the FLA of the motor and the brake current are similar in scale Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Specifications Appendix A Contactor Life Load Curves 280 1_ _12 100 C12 280 1_ _23 100 C23 Life Load Curves AC 3 Switching of squirrel cage motors while starting U 230 400 460V Operating cycles Rated operating current AC 3 A AC 3 amp AC 4 10 AC 4 Mixed operation of squirrel cage motors U 400 460V O1E 06 Operating cycle 10E 04 19 1 0 Rated operating current AC 3 AC 4 A Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 283 AppendixA Specifications Maximum Operating Rates AC 3 Switching of squirrel cage motors while starting Uk 230 460V Relative operating time 40 Starting time tA 0 25 s AC 4 Inching of squirrel cage motors Ue 230 460V Starting time tA 0 25 s
161. Reading the Control Supervisor Object Ifa DB1 fault occurs the Control Supervisor Object provides the detailed information specific to the fault Create an Explicit Message Instruction such as Class 0029hex Instance 000 Lhex Attribute 158 A bit enumerated WORD of information is returned See the CIP section for details FAN Fault Handling with Firmware 66 21 of 284 The Fan Fault handler was modified in firmware 66 21 of the 284 Operation If the RPM of the internal fan drops below the minimum threshold a Warning bit in Stater Status Parameter 5 is set and the Warning Status Parameter 62 Bit 13 hardware warning is set A 24 hour count down timer begins If the warning flag is set continuously for the 24 hr period and time expires a F14 LED Flashes 14 times Hardware fault occurs In addition Last Pr Fault Parameter 61 shows Fan RPM fault If within the 24 hr period the fan rpm climbs above the minimum threshold the warning flags is removed and timer reset and turned off Starter Status Warning Bit 5 When set to 1 indicates a Warning ifa Fan RPM issue occurs The warning bit can also be triggered by other warning type faults found in parameter 62 Warning Status Parameter 62 Bit 13 turns to a 1 indicating a Hardware warning Hardware warning is an OR of two warnings Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Annunciation using PLC Logic To determine when
162. StrtrDN FitState This parameter with Parameter 27 defines how the starter responds when a DeviceNet fault occurs When set to 1 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 goes to DnFit Value on DN faults as determined by Parameter 27 StrtrDN FitValue This parameter determines if the starter is commanded in the event of a DevceNet fault 0 OFF 1 0N StrtrDN IdIState This parameter with Parameter 29 defines how the starter responds when a DeviceNet network is idle When set to 1 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 goes to DnFlt Value on DN faults as determined by Parameter 29 0 Go to Idle Value 1 Hold Last State StrtrDN IdlValue This parameter determines the state that starter assumes when the network is idle and Parameter 28 is set to 0 0 0FF 1 0N Parameter Number 25 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 26 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 27 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 28 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Valu
163. Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 113 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Starter Enclosure Parameter Number 59 Access Rule GET Bit0 1P67 Data Type WORD Bit 1 NEMA 4X G Mi Bits 2 15 reserved oup Be Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Starter Option Parameter Number 60 Access Rule GET Bit 0 HOA Keypad Data Type WORD Bit 1 Safety Monitor G Mi Bit 2 Source Brake Poup Be Bit 3 Control Brake Units H Bit 4 Dynamic Brake Minimum Value 0 Bit 5 Output Contactor Maximum Value 66535 Bit 6 EMI Filter Default Value 0 Bit 7 0 10V Analog In Bits 8 15 Reserved Drive DeviceNet Group Drive Control Parameter Number 48 Access Rule GET This parameter provides the status of drive parameters Data Type WORD Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 4095 Default Value 0 Bit Function 11 10 9 5 4 3 0 X Accel 1 En Accel 2 En Decel 1 En X Decel 3 En X Freq Sel 0 X Freq Sel 1 Freq Sel 2 Reserved s an Drvin1 X Drv In2 X Drv In3 X Drv In 4 114 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bullet
164. User Manual Allen Bradley ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller Catalog Numbers 280 281 284 G a O oa a e j o Rockwell Allen Bradley Rockwell Software Automation Important User Information Read this document and the documents listed in the additional resources section about installation configuration and operation of this equipment before you install configure operate or maintain this product Users are required to familiarize themselves with installation and wiring instructions in addition to requirements of all applicable codes laws and standards Activities including installation adjustments putting into service use assembly disassembly and maintenance are required to be carried out by suitably trained personnel in accordance with applicable code of practice If this equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation I
165. When asked if you would like to register this device click the Next button 9 Click the Finish button After a short while RSNetWorx will update your online screen by replacing the unrecognized device with the name and icon given by the EDS file you have just registered 200 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 DeviceNet Commissioning Chapter 7 Using the Node 1 Choose Node Commissioning from the Tools menu at the top of the Commissioning Tool Inside RSNetWorx for DeviceNet screen 2 Click Browse to prompt a screen similar to the one below to appear Device Selection Ss AB_DFI 1 Data Hig H a TCP 1 Ethernet 3 Select the ArmorStart at node 63 and then click OK The node commissioning screen has the Current Device Settings entries completed It will also provide the current network baud rate in the New ArmorStart Settings area Do not change the baud rate unless you are certain that this value needs to be changed Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 201 Chapter7 DeviceNet Commissioning System Configuration 202 4 Enter the desired node address in the New Device Settings section In this example the new node address is 5 Click Apply to apply the new node address 5 When the new node address has been successfully applied the Current Device Settings section of the window is updated as follows If an error occurs check
166. X Running Rev X Ready X Net Ctl Status X Net Ref Status X At Reference X DrvOpto1 X DrvOpto2 X Keypad Jog X Keypad Hand X HOA Status X 140M On X Contactor 1 X Contactor 2 Refers to Source Brake contactor status Refers to Output contactor status 100 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Dnet Status Parameter Number 6 Access Rule GET This parameter provides status of the DeviceNet connection Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 5 4 3 2 X Exp Cnxn 10 Cnxn X Exp Flt X 10 Fit X 10 Idle X Reserved X ZIP 1 Cnxn X ZIP 1 Flt X ZIP 2 Cnxn X ZIP 2 Flt X ZIP 3 Cnxn X ZIP 3 Flt X ZIP 4 Cnxn X ZIP 4 Fit Starter Command Parameter Number 7 This parameter provides the command the starter Access Rule GET SET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 255 Default Value 0 Bit Function 7 4 3 2 1 Run Fwd X Run Rev X Fault Reset X Jog Fwd X Jog Rev
167. Y on the Bulletin 284 distributed motor controller Standard Distributed Motor Controller Output Consumed Assemblies Instance 164 is the default output consumed assembly for Inverter Type distributed motor controllers Table 130 Instance 164 Default Consumed Inverter Type Distributed Motor Controller Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 User Out B User Out A JogRev Jog Fwd Fault Run Rev Run Fwd Reset 1 Drive In 4 Drive In 3 Drive In 2 Driveln1 Decel2 Decel1 Accel 2 Accel 1 2 Comm Frequency Command Low xxx x Hz 3 Comm Frequency Command High xxx x Hz Instance 166 is the standard output consumed assembly for Inverter Type distributed motor controllers with network inputs Table 131 Instance 166 Consumed Inverter Type Starter with Network Inputs Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 User Out B User Out A Jog Rev JogFwd Fault Reset RunRev Run Fwd 1 Driveln4 Driveln3 Driveln2 Driveln1 Decel 2 Decel 1 Accel 2 Accel 1 2 Comm Frequency Command Low xxx x Hz 3 Comm Frequency Command High xxx x Hz 4 Net In 8 Net In 7 Net In 6 Net In 5 Net In 4 Net In 3 Net In 2 Net In 1 5 NetIn16 NetIn15 NetIn14 NetIn13 NetIn12 NetIn11 NetIn 10 Net In 9 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 333 Appendix C 334 Bulletin 284 CIP In
168. ZIP is enabled 12 Data Size The size in bytes of the data to be produced or consumed If any of the FragmentedIO bits are set in the Zone Control attribute this value is 32 If all FragmentedIO bits are clear in the Zone control Attributes then this value is 8 14 Data Security Disable Enables disables data security checking for the connection Enabling data security protects against a ZIP producer being replaced and not having the correct ZIP configuration set Enabling data security also protects against the consumption of data from the wrong device type The default value for this attribute is 0 enabled 15 Zone Analog Data Type This attribute defines the analog data type used in the Zone Analog Data Table Data type value codes are given in the CIP Common Spec Table Identification Codes and Descriptions of Elementary Data Types For ArmorStart LT this attribute returns the value 0xC7 UINT 16 Zone Analog Mask Allows for the selection of the consumed data within a consumed message for use by in the Zone Analog Data Table Each single bit in the mask represents a corresponding piece of analog data in the consumed message packet whose data type is given by the Zone Analog Data Type attribute For ArmorStart LT each bit in the Mask represents a WORD of consumed data Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B 17 Zone Analog Offset
169. _2 _ Runf onward When Freqctrol 1 and2 on Preset Freqency 3 I Feact t Preset Frequency 2 2 Once you exit the DeviceLogix editor verify that the logic is Enabled otherwise the preset frequency control does not operate This simple PLC program is used to select one of three preset speeds speed 1 2 or 3 For the purpose of this example speed 1 2 amp 3 are BOOL bits but they can be any valid input Notice that there is an interlock for speed 1 and speed 2 to verify they do not trigger at the same time which would accidently cause speed 3 to run Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 369 Appendix G 370 Examples Operation When bit Speed_1 is ON then the 284 accelerates to 10 Hz or decelerate using accel decel Time 2 When bit Speed_2 is ON then the 284 accelerates to 30 Hz or decelerate using accel decel Time 2 When bit Speed_3 is ON then the 284 accelerates to 60 Hz or decelerate using accel decel Time 2 If bit Speed_1 and Speed_2 are ON the 284 does not accelerate or decelerates using decel Time 2 Speed_3 takes precedence over Speed_1 or Speed_2 MainProgram MainRoutine aloj e Seele m aled of lel e a R d 1 Download the finished program file to the PLC In order for the parameters and DeviceLogix program to update in the device ensure the PLC is in program mode Program OF F
170. able of Contents Specifications Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Reading the Control Supervisor Object 000 0000 265 Hardware Fault Fan RPM Warning vz lt iwaraebacs eu puatesonetys 266 FAN Fault Handling with Firmware 66 21 of 284 266 Operationig resci ser re e e Ea Be aE GESETEL AEE 266 Annunciation using PLC Logie 2 57 cccitecenieln iad dno he Ree nes 266 Control Module Replacement Bulletin 280 281 45 267 Removal of Starter Moduiles i 5 5c cidcbcddes obhakatienecaeveds 267 Installation of Control Module 00 0 cece cece eeecece 267 Control Module Replacement Bulletin 284 005 268 Removal of Control Module n n visconti dake ne eees dees 268 Installation of Control Module 0 0 c cece cece eee ee 269 Base Module Replacement Bulletin 280 281 0000 270 Removal of Base Module 0 cccccecucscseevaveeucecs 270 Installation of Base Module 0cccucseeeecaseeceucs 271 Base Module Replacement Bulletin 284 eee eee 272 Removal of Base Module cccccececccceceevecucece 272 Installation of Base Module 0ccccceesencaceccencs 273 Fuse Replacements radii its teeete tet ede Sta ee ee eer 274 Appendix A Bullet 280528 ect Win tis ot ete ed iene he eet BRU ols al 277 Contactor Life Load Gurvess4 s405 Siasaxadedeeeadsass 283 Bulletin 284 seerne SeA dace haere os PEN A ok Crok
171. al current for the fuse ampacity is calculated in the following table Motor Hp Motor FLC A TD Fuse Current A 10 14 24 5 5 7 6 7 6 2 3 4 4 72 1 2 1 3 15 1 2 1 3 15 1 2 1 3 15 Total Fuse Current 46 4 Therefore the standard fuse available not exceeding 46 4 A is a 40 A fuse To calculate the wire ampacity and therefore the size of the motor branch conductor we use NEC 430 24 and calculate the sum of 125 of the largest motor s FLC plus the FLC of the other motors in the group The conductor ampacity calculation is given in the following table Motor Hp Motor FLC A Wire Current A 10 14 14A x 1 25 17 5 5 7 6 7 6 2 3 4 4 89 1 2 1 3 15 1 2 1 3 15 1 2 1 3 15 Total Fuse Current 39 4 From NEC Table 310 16 8 AWG is used for the motor branch circuit Per NEC 430 28 the individual motor tap conductors can be sized down to one third of the ampacity of the trunk but nort less than 125 of the specific motor s FLC on the tap This reduction is further conditionally based on the tap being not more than 25 ft NFPA 79 7 2 10 4 and Table 7 2 10 4 restrict the size reduction by the size of the branch circuit fuse size and tap conductor size For the above case a 40 A time delay fuse was used NFPA 79 Table 7 2 10 4 indicates that the smallest tap conductor can be 12 AWG NEC Table 310 16 for wire ampacity allows 12 AWG 25 A to be used in all taps for this appl
172. alue Read Only Parameter Number 109 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units Minimum Value F122 Maximum Value F2 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 110 Related Parameter 101 199 Access Rule GET Data Type LINT Group Display Group Units 0 01 1 Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value 9999 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 112 Related Parameters 136 138 151 154 Digital Inx Sel must be set to 4 169 170 177 Preset Freq X 240 247 StepLogic Control Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9 Default Value 5 164 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Contrl In Status Status of the control terminal block control inputs Bit 0 Start Run FWD input Bit 1 Direction Run REV Input Bit 2 Stop Input Bit 3 Dynamic Brake Transistor On Default Value Dig In Status Parameter Number Status of the control terminal block digital inputs Bit 0 Digital IN 1 Sel Bit 1 Digital IN 2 Sel Bit 2 Digital IN 3 Sel Bit 3 Digital IN 4 Sel Comm Status Status of communications ports Bit 0 Receiving Data Bit 1 Transmitting Data Bit 2 Internal Communications Bit 3 Communication Error Default Value Elapsed Run Tim
173. ammable Parameters Chapter 3 Zone 4 Mask Parameter Number 81 A Rul GET SET Bit enumerated consumed data mask nes l for zone 4 Each bit represents a byte in Data Type BYTE consumed data up to 8 bytes in length If a mask bit is set the corresponding Group ZIP Parameters consumed data byte is placed in the R DeviceLogix data table Units _ MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 255 Default Value 0 Zone 1 Offset Parameter Number 82 A Rul GET SET The byte offset into the ZIP data eee l portion of the DeviceLogix data table Data Type UINT to place the chosen consumed data bytes for zone 1 Group ZIP Parameters Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 7 Default Value 0 Zone 2 Offset Parameter Number 83 A Rul GET SET The byte offset into the ZIP data SA l portion of the DeviceLogix data table Data Type UNIT to place the chosen consumed data bytes for zone 2 Group ZIP Parameters Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 7 Default Value 0 Zone 3 Offset Parameter Number 84 A Rul GET SET The byte offset into the ZIP data es portion of the DeviceLogix data table Data Type UNIT to place the chosen consumed data bytes for zone 3 Group ZIP Parameters Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 87 Chapter 3 88 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters
174. aram Reset PF Fault Code 48 38 SCV Autotune PF Fault Code 80 39 Source Brake 40 Reserved 41 DB1 Comm 42 DB1 Fault 43 DB Switch Short 45 Incompatible Drive Firmware Parameter Number 61 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 45 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Warning Status Parameter Number 62 Access Rule GET This parameter warns the user of a condition without faulting Data Type WORD Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Bit Warning 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 0 X Reserved X Reserved Reserved X Reserved X Reserved X Control Power X 10 Warning X Reserved X Phase Imbalance X DeviceNet X Reserved Reserved Reserved Hardware X Reserved X Miscellaneous Whena Dynamic Brake Thermal Warning is detected a Miscellaneous Warning bit 15 is reported in the Warning Status parameter Rockwell Automation Publication
175. arameter provides the status of Acess Rule ga the starter command Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 255 Default Value 0 Bit Function 7 6 5 4 3 1 0 X Run Fwd X Run Rev Fault Reset X Reserved X Reserved X Reserved X User Out A X User Out B Network Override Parameter Number 8 This parameter allows for the local Access Aule GENSET logic to override a Network fault Data Type BOOL 0 Disable 1 Enable Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Comm Override Parameter Number 9 This parameter allows for local logic to Access Rule GET SET override the absence of an 1 0 Data Type BOOL connection 0 Disable Group DeviceLogix 1 Enable Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 DeviceNet Group Autobaud Enable When this parameter is enabled the device attempts to determine the network baud rate and set its baud rate to the same provided network traffic exists At least one node with an established baud rate must exist on the network for autobaud to occur 0 Disable 1 Enable Consumed 1 0 Assy This parameter selects the format of the 1 0 data consumed Enter a Consumed 1 0 assembly instance number to select a data format Produced 1 0 Assy This parameter selects the format of the 1 0 data produced Ente
176. are supported Table 144 Connection Object instance 8 11 Attributes Attribute Access Rule Name Data Value ID Type 1 Get State USINT 0 nonexistant 1 configuring 3 established 2 Get Instance Type USINT 1 I 0 Connection 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT 0x20 COS unacknowledged 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT FFFF not producing data 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT 01101xxxxxx xxxxxx node address 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT OxFO unacknowledged 7 Get Produced Connection Size UNT 0 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 8 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in milliseconds 12 Get Watchdog Action USINT 2 auto reset 13 Get Produced Connection Path Length UNT 0 14 Get Produced Connection Path 0 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Length UNT 8 16 Get Consumed Connection Path 21 0E 03 25 01 00 30 02 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Appendix C The following services are implemented for the Connection Object Table 145 Connection Objects Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance 0x05 No Yes Reset Ox0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Discrete Input Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0008 The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Input Point Object Table 146 Discrete Input Poi
177. are to e Extend the working life of the DC bus capacitors by reducing the associated heating impact that is caused by ripple noise currents in these capacitors e Reduce the impact of line disturbances on other equipment that result VFD input switching e Reduce the RMS input current that is associated with peak changes in current that results from VFD input switching allowing the use of smaller input conductors and transformers e Mitigate the impact of power system transients on the drive Repeated line disturbances in current and voltage can lead to premature input power structure failure for AC drives One way to mitigate these types of issues is to add impedance to the incoming power line to the drive Impedance comes in the form of transformers line reactors and conductors When a large power distribution system gt 100 kVA is feeding many small VFDs the associated input impedance can be lower than 1 This low impedance can result in voltage and current disturbances that negatively impact performance and the overall life of an AC drive A line reactor is one possible solution to absorb these power line disturbances This does not mean that a reactor must be used in every situation Conductors add impedance On Machine solutions are generally further away from the power distribution panel therefore the length of cable adds impedance Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 365 AppendixF System Design Co
178. aro er 4 Inputs Micro M12 real eg Source Brake i Connector Motor DeviceNet Connector Connection a 0 10V Ground Mini M18 ynamic Terminal Brake Connector Analog Input Available only with the Bulletin 284 with sensorless vector control Figure 20 Bulletin 284 ArmorStart with ArmorConnect R a Al LA fe VS a i we ring l Control Control Power h Power Ground Three Phase Power Ground Three Phase Power Terminal Terminal 40 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Mount Orientation Operation Wiring Installation Wiring and Maintenance Chapter 2 The recommended mounting orientation of ArmorStart is the normal vertical configuration This is especially important for the Bulletin 284 This ensures proper airflow over the heat sink Improper mounting or debris buildup reduces airflow and increases internal temperatures This may reduce the overall life of the product For alternate mounting contact your local sales representative The ArmorStart distributed motor controllers can operate three phase squirrel cage induction motors as follows e Bulletin 280D 281D 0 24 16 A 200V AC 230V AC 460V AC 50 60 Hz e Bulletin 284D
179. ase power media only fuses can be used for the motor branch circuit protective device for the group motor installations The following fuse types are recommended Class CC T or J type fuses Maximum Ratings Voltage V 480Y 277 480 480 600Y 347 600 600 Sym Amps RMS 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA Time Delay Fuse 50A 30A 30A 30A Non Delay Fuse 100A 60A 60A 60A AC Supply Considerations for Ungrounded and High Resistive Distribution Systems Bulletin 284 units 52 ATTENTION The Bulletin 284 contains protective MOVs that are referenced to ground These devices should be disconnected if the Bulletin 284 is installed on an ungrounded and high resistive distribution system A Disconnecting MOVs To prevent drive damage the MOVs connected to ground must be disconnected if the drive is installed on an ungrounded and high resistive distribution system where the line to ground voltages on any phase could exceed 125 of the nominal line to line voltage To disconnect the MOVs remove the jumper that is shown in Figure 30 on page 2 53 1 Before installing the Bulletin 284 unit loosen the four mounting screws 2 Unplug the starter module from the base unit by pulling the module forward Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Chapter 2 CAUTION Do not apply the EMI filter option to grounded or ungrounded Delta power sources The EMI option requires a
180. ata Sheets EDS files are specially formatted ASCII files that provide all of the information necessary for a configuration tool e g RSNetWorx for DeviceNet Revision 3 21 Service Pack 2 or later to access and alter parameters of the device The EDS file contains all of the device information number of parameter groupings parameter name minimum maximum and default values units data format and scaling EDS files for all the ArmorStart distributed motor controllers units are available from the Internet at www ab com networks eds They may also be built automatically by some configuration tools since much of the information necessary for an EDS file may be extracted from the ArmorStart distributed motor controller IMPORTANT The correct EDS revision is seen only when the ArmorStart 284 has network control power and 3 phase power applied The EDS revision is a calculation of the VFD firmware and the ArmorStart firmware Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 325 AppendixC Bulletin 284 CIP Information VFD Type Product Codes and Name Strings 326 Product codes for the Bulletin 284 variable frequency drives are based on the Horse Power rating and Supply Voltage rating of the distributed motor controller Table 107 lists the product codes and name strings for the Bulletin 284 distributed motor controllers Table 107 Bulletin 284 Product Codes and Name Strings
181. b page http www ab com networks eds After obtaining the files do the following 1 Right mouse click the Unrecognized Device icon and choose Register Device from the menu 2 Click Next The following screen appears Rockwell Software s EDS Wizard Options What task do you want to complete 3 Choose Register an EDS file s as shown above and then click the Next button 4 Choose to Register a single file and specify the file name or use the Browse button to locate the EDS file on your computer If connected to the Internet you may use the Download EDS file button to automatically search for the correct EDS file Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 199 Chapter7 DeviceNet Commissioning Rockwell Software s EDS Wizard Registration f Electronic Data Sheet file s will be added to your oe Us Software applications iig pooo O OOS ti 5 Click the Next button 6 The following screen displays any warning or errors if a problem occurs while registering the file Ifa problem occurs insure that you have the correct file and try again Click the Next button when no errors occur 7 Select an alternative icon by highlighting the new device and clicking Change Icon Once you have selected an icon click OK and then click the Next button Rockwell Software s EDS Wizard Change Graphic Image You can change the graphic image that is associated ae a Motor Starter 8
182. being consumed for zone 1 Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Zone 2 Key Parameter Number 95 Access Rule GET SET When the Security Enable bit for zone 1 is enabled this value must match the value of the Device Data Type UINT Value Key parameter in the device whose data is being consumed for zone 2 Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 121 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Zone 3 Key Parameter Number 96 Access Rule GET SET When the Security Enable bit for zone 1 is enabled this value must match the value of the Device Data Type UINT Value Key parameter in the device whose data is being consumed for zone 3 Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Zone 4 KEY Parameter Number 97 Access Rule GET SET When the Security Enable bit for zone 1 is enabled this value must match the value of the Device Data Type UINT Value Key parameter in the device whose data is being consumed for zone 4 Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Device Value Key Parameter Number 98 Access Rule GET SET This va
183. blication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Reset Fault Tripped Fault Reset B3 0 I 1 O 1 3 ie ba 2 cS aE E 1 16 18 1747 SDN 1747 SDN Rung 5 The fault reset bit will unlatch the trip and warning User Out A and B bit Fault Reset User Out B O 1 O 1 4 E Cu 18 23 1747 SDN 1747 SDN User Out A O 1 L____ u 22 1747 SDN Rung 6 Once Run Fwd is ON and a trip does not exist the timer will call the explicit message once every 10 seconds Run Fwd Tripped O 1 I T4 0 TON Timer On Delay L CEN gt 16 16 DN Timer T4 0 1747 SDN 1747 SDN Time Base 1 0 CDN gt Preset 10 lt Accum 0 lt Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Chapter 8 Rung 7 The COP function sends the explicit message to the MO file for processing each time the timer done bit T4 0 DN is set Tripped T4 0 COP 0007 Copy File DN Source N7 0 1747 SDN Dest MO0 1 224 Length 32 Rung 8 When the explicit message response is ready the COP command moves the data from the M1 1 224 file to N7 10 Explicit Message Response ready Il COP 0008 J E Copy File 15 Source M1 1 224 1747 SDN Dest N7 10 Length 32 Explicit Message Response ready I1 Aip 15 1747 SDN 0009 END gt Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 213 Chapter 8 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Programming the 1756 ControlLogix Instance 161 Default Produced Standard Distributed Motor Controller 1 0
184. blication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 189 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers ATTENTION Rotation of the motor in an undesired direction can occur A N during this procedure To guard against possible injury and or equipment damage it is recommended that the motor be disconnected from the load before proceeding If the Autotune routine fails an F80 SVC Autotune fault is displayed IR Voltage Drop Value of volts dropped across the resistance of the motor stator Flux Current Ref Value of amps for full motor flux EM Brk Off Delay Sets the time that the drive remains at minimum frequency before ramping to the commanded frequency and energizing the brake coil relay when Parameter 137 Stop Mode is set to option 8 or 9 190 Parameter Number 228 Related Parameters 227 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1V AC Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 230 Default Value Based on Drive Rating Parameter Number 229 Related Parameter 227 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 01 A Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value Motor NP Volts Default Value Based on Drive Rating Parameter Number 260 Related Parameters 137 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UNIT Group Advanced Setup Units 0 01 sec Minimum Value 0 01 sec Maximum Value 10 sec Defaul
185. blication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 239 Chapter 10 ArmorStart ZIP Configuration First set the Zone Macld parameters as shown below ArmorStart 281D 1 1 5 5A 120VAC PIX General Device Parameters 0 Defaults EDS File DeviceLogix Groups On Line Upload From Device All parameters x Single Restore Default Values Download To Device C All Parameter Help SEMEL ID Parameter Current Value A Reserved 0 A Reserved a AutoRun Zip Enabled Zone ProducedEPR Zone ProducedPIT _ Zone 1Macid Zone 2 Macld Zone 3 Macld Zone 4 Macld Zone 1 Health Zone 2 Health Zone 3 Health Zone 4 Health Zone 1 Mask 00000011 he gt Leave the Zone EPR parameters at their default value of 75 msec This tells the ArmorStart that if no data for a zone is consumed for a period of 300 msec four times the EPR the zone connection should time out and the health status should be set to Not Healthy Also leave the Zone Control parameters at their default telling the ArmorStart to consume Change of State Data for each zone and to disable data security checking Since data security checking is disabled parameters 94 98 can be left at their default values of 0 z ArmorStart 281D 1 1 5 5A 120VAC General Device Parameters 0 Defaults EDS File DeviceLogix Groups On Line Upload From Device All parameters v Single Restore Default Values Download To Device C All Paramet
186. c Status bits such as Running Fwd are tagged SBO SB1 SB2 etc Outputs such as Run Reverse are tagged DOPO DOP1 etc Produced Network Bits such as Fault Reset are tagged PNBO PNB1 etc This document helps users interpret the naming conventions Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 223 Chapter9 Using DeviceLogix ArmorStart 280 and 281 Status Bits The screen capture below shows how to choose status bits in the ladder editor The following table contains the status bit definitions for ArmorStart 280D and 281D units Status Bit Declaration 0 Tripped 1 Running Fwd 2 Running Rev 3 Ready 4 Net Ctl Status 5 At Reference 6 Keypad Hand 7 HOA Status 8 140M On 9 Explicit Msg Cnxn Exists 10 10 Cnxn Exists 11 Explicit Cnxn Fault 12 l0 Cnxn Fault 13 10 Cnxn Idle 14 Current Flowing 15 Keypad Hand Direction 224 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Using DeviceLogix Chapter 9 Bulletin 280 and 281 ArmorStart Fault Bits The screen capture below shows how to choose fault bits in the ladder editor DIP INT gt CNB INT O Ei SB INT Latch tt Counter 4 5 e 7 ima Timer AAAA The following table contains the fault bit definitions for Bulletin 280D and 281D ArmorStart units Fault Bit Declaration 0 Sho
187. ccess Rule Name DataType Value 1 Get Set Acknowledge Timer UINT milliseconds 2 Get Retry Limit USINT 1 3 Get COS Producing Connection UINT 4 Instance The following common services are implemented for the Acknowledge Handler Object Table 102 Acknowledge Handler Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B Overload Object No class attributes are supported for the Overload Object CLASS CODE 0x002c A single instance instance 1 of the Overload Object is supported for Bulletin 280 281 Table 103 Overload Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Set FLA Setting BOOL Xxx x Amps 4 Get Set Trip Class USINT 1 10 2 15 3 20 5 Get Average Current UINT xxx x Amps 7 Get Thermal Utilized USINT xxx FLA 8 Get Current L1 UINT Xxx x Amps 9 Get Current L2 UINT Xxx x Amps 10 Get Current L3 UINT xxx x Amps 190 Get Set FLA Setting Times 10 BOOL XXx x Amps 192 Get Avg Current Times 10 UINT XXxx x Amps 193 Get Current L1 Times 10 UINT xxx x Amps 194 Get Current L2 Times 10 UINT 195 Get Current L3 Times 10 UINT The following common services are implemented for the Overload Object Table 104 Acknowledge Handler Object Common Service
188. cel Time Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Parameter Number 135 Related Parameters 101 102 113 134 178 211 213 215 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Setup Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 240 Default Value 60 0 Parameter Number 137 Related Parameters 136 180 182 205 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 7 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 138 Related Parameters 101 102 112 139 140 151 152 169 170 173 210 211 213 232 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 5 Default Value 5 Parameter Number 139 Related Parameters 138 140 151 152 167 170 173 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Setup Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 sec Maximum Value 600 0 sec Default Value 10 0 sec Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 127 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Decel Time 1 Sets the rate of deceleration for all speed decreases Maximum Freq _ Decel Rate Decel Time Reset To Defaults Stop drive before changing this parameter Resets all parameter values to factory defaults 0 Ready Idle Default 1 Factory Rset
189. ces Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single 0x4B No Yes Allocate_Master Slave _Connection_Set 0x4C No Yes Release_Master Slave _Connection_Set Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 297 AppendixB Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Assembly Object CLASS CODE 0x0004 Custom Parameter Based Word wise 1 0 Assemblies 298 The following class attributes are supported for the Assembly Object Table 59 Assembly Object Class Attributes All of the various instances of the assembly object support attribute 3 The following table summarizes the various instances that are supported Table 60 DeviceNet Assembly Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Type Description 3 Consumed Required ODVA Consumed Instance 52 Produced Required ODVA Produced Instance 120 Produced Custom Parameter Based Word Wise Assembly 160 Consumed Default Consumed Instance for DOL and SoftStart units 161 Produced Default Produced Instance for DOL and SoftStart units 162 Consumed Standard Consumed Instance for DOL and SoftStart with Network Inputs 163 Produced Standard Produced Instance for DOL and SoftStart with Network Outputs 181 Produced User Inputs 182 Consumed Consumed Network Bits a k a Network Inputs 183 Produced Produced Network Bits a k a Network Outputs
190. ces should be less than the maximum distance allowed for the selected gauge Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 361 AppendixE 24V DC Control Design Considerations Example 1 Conveyor Line Configuration Five sections of Conveyor are to be wired up See Figure 89 Each section of conveyor has a conveyor motor and a diverter motor Assume that they are 50 feet apart The conveyor motors may be started in sequence but it is possible that all five of the diverter motors could start simultaneously All controllers are Bulletin 280 ArmorStart units with the HOA keypad Assume that the conveyor motors are sequenced on and are running before the diverters start Figure 89 e Conveyor e Conveyor e Conveyor oj Conveyor e Conveyor g Section 1 g Section 2 g Section 3 g Section 4 g z Section 5 E sja mL mal mal 24V DC gl gl gl gl g Power Suppl SERY D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Calculate the effective wire lengths Distance 1 Distance 2 Distance 3 Distance 4 Distance 5 Equivalent Distance Run 1 15 m 50 ft 5 15 m 50 ft 4 15 m 50 ft 3 15 m 50 ft 2 15 m 50 ft 1 229 m 750 ft Based on this calculation there is no wire gauge that can be taken 228 6 m 750 ft so the fifth section is required to have its own run Example 1 re calculated with section
191. circuit breaker 140M has tripped Determine cause of trip Try to reset the circuit breaker using the disconnect handle If the conditions continue check power wiring or replace based module This cannot be disabled 2 Drive Overload Drive An excessive motor load exists 1 Reduce load so drive output current does not exceed the current Controlled Codes 7 and 64 set by Parameter 133 Motor OL Current 2 Verify Parameter 184 Boost Select setting 3 Drive rating of 150 for 1 minute 4 Reduce load or extend Accel Time two hundred percent or when 3 seconds has been exceeded 3 Drive Phase Short Drive 1 Phase U V or W to Gnd A phase to ground fault has been Check the wiring between the drive and motor Check motor for Controlled Codes 38 43 detected between the drive and motor in this phase grounded phase Check the motor and drive output terminal wiring 2 Phase UV UW or VW Short Excessive current has been detected for a shorted condition Replace drive if fault cannot be cleared between these two output terminals 4 Drive Ground Fault Drive A current path to earth ground has been detected at one or more of Check the motor and external wiring to the drive output terminals for Controlled Code 13 the drive output terminals a grounded condition 5 Drive Stall Drive Code 6 Drive is unable to accelerate motor Increase Parameters 139 167 Accel Time x or reduce load so drive Controlled output current does not exceed the curren
192. ck the state of the network power supply and look for DeviceNet media problems This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default 11 Reserved Not Used 12 Reserved Not Used 13 EEPROM Fault This is a major fault which renders the ArmorStart inoperable Possible causes of this fault are transients induced during EEprom storage routines If the fault was initiated by a transient power cycling should clear the problem otherwise replacement of the ArmorStart may be required This fault cannot be disabled 14 Hardware Fault This fault indicates that a serious hardware problem exists Check for a base starter module mismatch If no mismatch exists refer to parameter 61 for additional fault detail The ArmorStart may need to be replaced if the fault persists Hdw Fit is the factory enabled default setting This fault cannot be disabled Table 37 Motor Does Not Start No Output Voltage to the Motor LED Status Indication Possible Cause Possible Solutions Fault or Network Status Led indicates a fault condition See Fault Description See Table 36 and or Table 46 addressing fault conditions No Fault condition indicated Three Phase is absent Check power system Check three phase power wiring and correct if necessary Display is blank Control voltage is absent Check control wiring and polarity Correct if necessary Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 253 Chapter 12 Troublesho
193. code 0x0C Object State Conflict is returned by the Set service Five Instances of the ZIP object are supported Instances 1 4 are ZIP consumers and Instance 5 is the ZIP producer Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 319 Appendix B Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Attribute ID Access Rule NV Name Data Type Description of Attribute Semantics of Values 1 Set NV Zone Connection ID UDINT The Connection ID For producing connections Set access not required 2 Get NV Zone Health BOOL Health status of the connection 0 healthy 1 not healthy 3 Set Get for NV Zone Point Mask STRUCT of Masks individual bytes in a consumed Struct of producers USINT Array Message for use by in Zone Point Data USINT 4 of BYTE table Masking results in a byte packed Array 4 of BYTE Image Producers return USINT 0 4 Set NV Zone Point Offset UINT Specifies an offset into the 8 byte Zone Get access for producers Point Data table to place masked data Producers return UINT 0 5 Set NV Zone RPI UINT Requested Packet Interval RPI of the ms producing or consuming connection This value is placed in the Expected Packet Rate attribute of the connection 6 Set NV Zone PIT UINT Production Inhibit Time PIT of ms producing connection object Required for 1 0 client connections except those with production trigger of Cyclic 7 Get Set NV Zon
194. ction Rating 0 75 in Lock Nut_ gt C y 4 1in LockNut f J Thomas amp Betts Cord Grip Thomas amp Betts Cord Grip Cat No 2940NM Cat No 2931NM 0 75 in Stain Relief Cord Connector in Stain Relief Cord Connector Cable Range 0 31 0 56 in gt it Cable Range 0 31 0 56 in Used with Control Power Media Used with Three Phase Power Cordset Example Media Cordset Example Cat No 889N M65GF M2 Cat No 280 PWR22G M1 Figure 34 Cord Grips for ArmorStart Devices with 25 A Short Circuit Protection Rating 0 75 in Lock Nut gt f 9 lt a _ 1in LockNut od Thomas amp Betts Cord Grip Thomas amp Betts Cord Grip Cat No 2931NM Cat No 2942NM 0 75 in Stain Relief Cord Connector 1in Stain Relief Cord Connector Cable Range 0 31 0 56 in _ Cable Range 0 70 0 95 in Used with Control Power Media Used with Three Phase Power Cordset Example Media Cordset Example Cat No 889N M65GF M2 Cat No 280 PWR35G M1 Shield Terminating Connectors The cable connector that is selected must provide good 360 contact and low transfer impedance from the shield or armor of the cable to the conduit entry plate at both the motor and the ArmorStart LT for electrical bonding SKINTOP MS SC MS SCL cable grounding connectors and NPT PG adapters from LAPPUSA are good examples of this type of shield terminating gland Figure 35 Terminating the Shield with a Connector Metal co
195. cy according to Parameter 179 Jog Accel Decel and ramps to stop when input becomes inactive A valid start overrides this command 13 10V In Ctrl Option with Factory Installed option A10 0 10V Analog Input Selects 0 10V or 10V as the frequency reference Start source is not changed 16 MOP Up Increases the value of Parameter 169 internal Freq at a rate 2 Hz per second Default of Parameter 169 is 60 Hz 17 MOP Down Decreases the value of Parameter 169 internal Freq at a rate 2 Hz per second Default of Parameter 169 is 60 Hz 27 Em Brk RIs If EM Brake function is enabled this input releases the brake 170 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 155 Relay Out Sel Parameter Number 155 Related Parameters 133 156 192 240 247 Sets the condition that changes the state of the output relay contacts 250 257 260 261 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 22 Default Value 22 Table 15 Options Description 0 Ready Fault Default Relay changes state when power is applied This indicates that the drive is ready for operation Relay returns drive to shelf state when power is removed or a fault occurs 1 At Frequency Drive reached commanded frequency
196. d Assy Word 3 17 Consumed 10 Size 18 Produced 10 Size 19 Starter COS Mask 20 Net Out COS Mask 21 DNet Voltage 84 Zone 3 Offset 85 Zone 4 Offset 86 Zone 1 EPR 87 Zone 2 EPR 88 Zone 3 EPR 89 Zone 4 EPR 90 Zone 1 Control 91 Zone 2 Control 92 Zone 3 Control 93 Zone 4 Control 94 Zone 1 Key 95 Zone 2 Key 96 Zone 3 Key 97 Zone 4 Key 98 Device Value Key 99 Zone Ctrl Enable Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Table 8 Parameter Group Listing Starter Protection 22 Breaker Type 23 PrFitResetMode 24 Pr Fault Enable 25 Pr Fault Reset 26 StrtrDN FitState 27 StrtrDN FitValue 28 StrtrDN IdlState 29 StrtrDN IdlValue 61 Last Pr Fault 62 Warning Status Display Group 101 Output Freq 102 Commanded Freq 103 Output Current 104 Output Voltage 105 DC Bus Voltage 106 Drive Status 107 Fault 1 Code 108 Fault 2 Code 109 Fault 3 Code 110 Process Display 112 Control Source 113 Contrl In Status 114 Dig In Status 115 Comm Status 116 Control SW Ver 117 Drive Type 118 Elapsed Run Time 119 Testpoint Data 120 Analog In0 10V 121 Analog In 4 20 mA 122 Reserved 123 Reserved 124 Drive Temp User 1 0 30 Off to On Delay 31 On to Off Delay 32 In Sink Source 33 OutA Pr FitState 34 OutA Pr FitValue 35 OutA DN FitState 36 OutA DN FitValue 37 OutA DN IdlState 38 OutA DN IdlValue 39 OutB Pr FitState 40 OutB Pr FitValue 41 OutB DN FitState 42 OutB DN FitValue 4
197. d Motor Controller Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 At Reference Net Ref Status NetCtl Ready Running Running Alarm Tripped Status Rev Fwd 1 Contactor 2 Contactor 1 140M HOA User In 4 User In 3 User In 2 User In 1 1 2 On 2 Output Frequency Low xxx x Hz 3 Output Frequency High xxx x Hz Refers to output contactor status Refers to source brake contactor status Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Appendix C Instance 167 is input produced assembly for Inverter Type distributed motor controllers with Network Outputs Table 136 Instance 167 Produced Inverter Type Starter with Network Options Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 At Reference Net Ref Status NetCtl Ready Running Running Alarm Tripped Status Rev Fwd 1 Contactor 2 Contactor 1 140M HOA User In 4 User In 3 User In 2 User In 1 o 2 On Status 2 Output Frequency Low xxx x Hz 3 Output Frequency High xxx x Hz 4 Net Out 8 Net Out 7 Net Out NetOut NetOut4 NetOut3 NetOut2 NetOut1 6 5 5 NetOut15 NetOut NetOut NetOut12 NetOut11 NetOut10 NetOut9 14 13 6 ZIP Device Value Key Low 7 ZIP Device Value Key High Refers to output contactor status Refers to source brake contactor status PowerFlex Native Asse
198. dix H DeviceNet Media 0 cece cece cece cece enc eeeceeeeenneens 379 Sensor Mediasi vn saahectcic tied Pee whe bale tesa tain of ica 380 Appendix I Bulletin 280 281 0 cece eee cece cece eeenenneaeaaees 383 Part Catalog Structure lt 05 aes sah cmanenet anes duna eas poses 383 Control Module Renewal Part Product Selection 383 Bull tin 280 sic voces Fa ee ak ewan chika eee ence E 384 Part Catalog Structure cascn ckueeiu oon oes ae ahe eeweeegnde as 384 Base Module Renewal Part Product Selection 384 Bulletin 284 Control Module 0 2 0c eee eee eee ennenen 385 Pare Catalog Structure cacisss eames nage COn rer E aS sea DEN 385 12 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Table of Contents Base Module Renewal Part Product Selection 385 Bulletin 284 Base Module gs csiasuic scene tebe a4 eats peckeie dae 387 Part Catalog Stiucture iia ties dee elan aa o iet 387 Base Module Renewal Part Product Selection 05 387 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 13 Table of Contents 14 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Introduction Description Chapter 1 Product Overview This chapter provides a brief overview of the features and functionality of the Bulletin 280 281 and 284 ArmorStart distributed motor controllers ArmorStart distributed motor controllers offer a
199. e Accumulated time drive is outputting power Time is displayed in 10 hour increments Analog In0 10V The percent value of the voltage at 1 0 terminal 13 100 10V Parameter Number 113 Related Parameter 102 134 135 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 0 114 Related Parameter 151 154 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 115 Related Parameter 203 207 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 0 Parameter Number 118 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 10hrs Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9999 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 120 Related Parameter 210 211 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 100 0 Read Only Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 165 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Output Power The output power present at T1 T2 and T3 Output Power Fctr The angle in electrical degrees between motor voltage and current Drive Temp Present operating temperature of the drive power section Counter Status The current value of the counter when counter is enabled Timer S
200. e other capabilities shown in the table that are not reviewed in this example Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 367 Appendix G 368 Examples Figure 93 shows all of the available network outputs supported by the 284 See Table 172 for the preset frequencies defined in parameters 170 171 172 and 173 of the 284 Also note the truth table that selects each of those frequencies For example if Freq Cntl bit 2 1 1 1 and 0 0 then the controller frequency is based on Parameter 172 Preset Freq 2 Figure 93 284E Produced Network Bits in DeviceLogix Output _Name Name DataType z Hardware Boolean Output a Network Boolean Output PtOODeviceOut BOOLEAN Pt01DeviceOut BOOLEAN PtO2DeviceOut BOOLEAN PtO3DeviceOut BOOLEAN Pt04DeviceOut BOOLEAN PtOSDeviceOut BOOLEAN PtO6DeviceOut BOOLEAN PtO7DeviceOut BOOLEAN PtOSDeviceOut BOOLEAN PtOSDeviceOut BOOLEAN Pt1ODeviceOut BOOLEAN Pti1DeviceOut BOOLEAN Pti2DeviceOut BOOLEAN Pti3DeviceOut BOOLEAN Pti4DeviceOut BOOLEAN ResetFauit BOOLEAN AccelCtr_O BOOLEAN AccelCtri_1 BOOLEAN DecelCtri_O BOOLEAN Freq a Table 172 Parameters Accel 2 Accel 1 Description 0 0 No Command 0 1 Accel 1 Enable 1 0 Accel 2 Enable 1 1 Hold Accel Rate Selected Decel 2 Decel 1 0 0 No Command 0 1 Decel 1 Enable 1 0 Decel 2 Enable 1 1 Hold Decel Rate Selected Fre
201. e 0 Parameter Number 29 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 153 Chapter 5 154 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Last PR Fault 1 Hdw Short Ckt 2 Reserved 3 Motor Overload PF Fault Code 7 4 Drive Overload PF Fault Code 64 5 Phase U to Gnd PF Fault Code 38 6 Phase Vto Gnd PF Fault Code 39 7 Phase W to Gnd PF Fault Code 40 8 Phase UV Short PF4 Fault Code 41 9 Phase UW Short PF Fault Code 42 10 Phase VW Short PF Fault Code 43 11 Ground Fault PF Fault Code 13 12 Stall PF Fault Code 6 13 Control Pwr Loss 14 Control Pwr Fuse 15 Input Short 16 Output Fuse 17 Over Temp 18 Heatsink Ovrlmp PF Fault Code 8 19 HW OverCurrent PF Fault Code 12 20 SW OverCurrent PF Fault Code 63 21 DNet Power Loss 22 Internal Comm 23 Drive Comm Loss PF Fault Code 81 24 Power Loss PF Fault Code 3 25 Under Voltage PF Fault Code 4 26 Over Voltage PF Fault Code 5 27 MCB EEPROM 28 Base EEPROM 29 Drive EEPROM PF Fault Code 100 30 Wrong Base 31 Fan RPM below minimum 32 Power Unit PF Fault Code 70 33 Drive 10 Brd PF Fault Code122 34 Restart Retries PF Fault Code 33 35 Drive Aux In Fit PF Fault Code 2 36 Analog Input PF Fault Code 29 37 Drv P
202. e 0 Zone 4 Health Parameter Number 77 Access Rule GET Read Only consumed connection status for zone 4 Data Type BOOL 0 Healthy G JPP 1 Unhealthy roup arameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Zone 1 Mask Parameter Number 78 Access Rule GET SET Bit enumerated consumed data mask for zone 1 Each bit represents a byte in consumed data up to 8 Data Type BYTE bytes in length If a mask bit is set the corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix y data table Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 255 Default Value 0 Zone 2 Mask Parameter Number 79 Access Rule GET SET Bit enumerated consumed data mask for zone 2 Each bit represents a byte in consumed data up to 8 Data Type BYTE bytes in length If a mask bit is set the corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix yp data table Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 255 Default Value 0 Zone 3 Mask Parameter Number 80 Access Rule GET SET Bit enumerated consumed data mask for zone 3 Each bit represents a byte in consumed data up to 8 Data Type BYTE bytes in length If a mask bit is set the corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix y data table Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 255 Default Value 0 118 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controll
203. e Brake 40 Reserved 41 DB1 Comm 42 DB1 Fault 43 DB Switch Short 45 Incompatible Drive Firmware Parameter Number 61 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 45 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Warning Status This parameter warns the user of a condition without faulting Parameter Number 62 Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Warning Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Control Power 10 Warning Reserved Phase Imbalance DeviceNet Reserved Reserved Reserved Hardware Reserved Miscellaneous Whena Dynamic Brake Thermal Warning is detected a Miscellaneous Warning bit 15 is reported in the Warning Status parameter User 1 0 Group Off to On Delay Parameter Number 30 Access Rule This parameter allows the instal
204. e Connection Object Table 82 Connection Objects Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance 0x05 No Yes Reset Ox0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Input Point Object Table 83 Discrete Input Point Object Class Attributes 1 Get Revision UINT 2 2 Get Max Instance UINT 4 Four instances of the Discrete Input Point Object are supported All instances contain the following attributes Table 84 Discrete Input Point Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 0N 115 Get Set Force Enable BOOL 0 Disable 1 Enabl e 116 Get Set Force Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 0N The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Input Point Object Table 85 Discrete Input Point Object Instance Common Services Service Code Service Name Implemented for Class Instance 0x0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Discrete Output Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0009 o Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Output Point Object Table 86 Discrete Output Point Object Class Attributes 1 Get Revision UINT 1 2 Get Max Instance UINT 4 Four
205. e Considerations 56 e Using an EMI filter with any drive rating may result in relatively high ground leakage currents Therefore the filter must only be used in installations and solidly grounded bonded to the building power distribution ground Grounding must not rely on flexible cables and should exclude any form of plug or socket that would permit inadvertent disconnection Some local codes may require redundant ground connections The integrity of all connections should be periodically checked e When using a shielded motor cable the drain wire should be bonded to chassis ground at the motor The recommended motor connection should use a shielded concentric connector This provides 360 shielding A single point connection can be used but is less effective A point connection attaches the motor ground and shield to the chassis Connect a grounding conductor to the terminal provided as standard on each ArmorStart distributed motor controller See Table 3 for grounding provision location This terminal ground connection by itself is generally sufficient for US installations Again some local codes may require redundant ground connections There is also an externally available ground terminal The external ground post and plate is at the same potential as the chassis ground which also connected to the internal ground terminals European installations require this redundant ground connection See Installation and Wiring section for
206. e Key UINT The security key attribute for the Access Rule of Get only for producing connection connections 8 Set NV ZIP Auto Run BOOL Configure the ZIP producing connection 0 disable to auto allocate on power up 1 enable 9 Get NV Associated Connection UINT The instance number of the connection For systems that dynamically allocate Instance object associated with this ZIP instance connections the access rule can be Set 10 Set NV Connection Path UINT Number of bytes of the Connection Length Path attribute 11 Set prod NV Connection Path EPATH Specifies an application object whose Consumed path Get cons data is to be produced or is to receive 21 0e 03 2501003002 consumed data Produced path Produced assy path 12 Set cons NV Data Size UINT The size of the data to be produced or Consumed 32 or 8 Get prod consumed Produced size of produced assembly 13 Get NV Connection Direction BOOL The direction of data flow for the 0 Producing connection instance represented by this 1 Consuming instance For systems that dynamically allocate connections the access rule can be Set 14 Set NV Data Security Disable BOOL Enables data security checking forthe O enable connection Get access for producers 1 disable Producers return the value 0 Default 0 15 Set NV Zone Analog Data Type UINT Data type from CIP Common 0xC7 UINT Spec Table C 6 1 Identification Codes of Elementary Data Types 16 S
207. e PWM frequency setting Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 2 0 Hz Maximum Value 16 0 Hz Default Value 4 0 Hz Figure 37 co By F 7 7 a F 4 sa 52 4 7 8 8 0 11 12 14 1 Comins Frequency itty Auto Rstrt Tries Parameter Number 192 Related Parameter 155 193 Set the maximum number of times the drive attempts to reset a fault and restart Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9 Default Value 0 Clear a Type 1 Fault and Restart the Drive 1 Set Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries to a value other than 0 2 Set Parameter 193 AutoRstrt Delay to a value other than 0 Clear an Overvoltage Undervoltage or Heatsink OvrTmp Fault without Restarting the Drive 1 Set Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries to a value other than 0 2 Set Parameter 193 AutoRstrt Delay to 0 136 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 ATTENTION Equipment damage and or personal injury may result if this parameter is used in an inappropriate application Do not use this function without considering applicable local national and international codes standards regulations or industry guidelines Auto Rstrt Delay Sets time between restart attempts when Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries is set to a value other than zero Reverse Disable
208. e Restart Retries PF Drive unsuccessfully attempted to reset a fault and resume running Correct the cause of the fault and manually clear Controlled Drive Code for the programmed number of Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries Reference 33 16 Drive Misc Fault PF Drive Heatsink temperature exceeds a predefined value The drive was Check for blocked or dirty heat sink fins Verify that ambient Controlled Code Reference 2 8 commanded to write default values to EEprom The autotune function temperature has not exceeded 40 C 104 F and mounted properly 29 48 and 80 was either cancelled by the user or failed If DB1 option installed see P61 for additional diagnostics Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 1 Clear the fault or cycle power to the drive 2 Program the drive parameters as needed Restart procedure 3 Check for DB1 fault and see DB1 diagnostics 255 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting Parameter 61 Fault Code 13 Control Power Loss Fault 11 Detail Parameter 61 provides a more granular description of the faults that occur e An F11 protection fault indicates that the internal communication has stopped e There is a 10 second delay before an F11 Internal Comm fault is present e Common causes of an Internal Comm fault The local ArmorStart Disconnect switch is in the OFF position 3 Phase line power feeding the ArmorStart is not connected or is turned OFF
209. e SET a condition without faulting Data Type WORD Group Starter Protection Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Bit Warning 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 X reserved reserved X Phase Loss X reserved X reserved X Control Power X 10 Warning X reserved X Phase Imbalance X DeviceNet X reserved X reserved X reserved X Hardware X reserved X reserved User 1 0 Off to On Delay Parameter Number 30 This parameter allows the installer to Access Rule GENSET program a time duration before an Data Type UINT input is reported ON Group User 1 0 Units ms Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65 000 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 77 Chapter 3 78 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters On to Off Delay This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration before an input is reported OFF In Sink Source This parameter allows the installer to program the inputs to be sink or source 0 Sink 1 Source OutA Pr FitState This parameter with Parameter 34 defines how Output A responds when a protection trip occurs When set to 1 Output A continues to operate as command via the network When set to 0 Output A opens or closes as determined by setting in Parameter 34 OutA Pr FitValue This parameter determines the state the Out A assumes when a trip occurs and Parameter 33 is set to 0
210. e UINT Group Display Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 Hz Default Value Read Only 162 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Commanded Freq Value of the active frequency command Displays the commanded frequency even if the drive is not running Output Current Output Current present at T1 T2 T3 Output Voltage Output Current present at T1 T2 T3 DC Bus Voltage Present DC Bus voltage level Drive Status Present operating condition of the drive Bit 0 running Bit 1 Forward Bit 2 Accelerating Bit 3 Decelerating Parameter Number 102 Related Parameters 101 113 134 135 138 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 Hz Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 103 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 01 Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value Drive rated amps x 2 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 104 Related Parameters 131 184 188 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units WAC Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 230V 460V or 600V AC Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 105 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units WDC Minimum Value Based on Drive Rating Maxi
211. e address of the device for which the transaction is intended is identified here The slave device must be listed in the scanner module s scan list and be on line for the explicit message transaction to be completed e Class The desired DeviceNet class is specified here e Instance This code identifies the specific instance within the object class towards which the transaction is directed The value zero is reserved to denote that the transaction is directed towards the class itself versus a specific instance within the class e Attribute This code identifies the specific characteristic of the object towards which the transaction is directed The attribute data size is one word The following table lists the most common transaction types get information and set information and the appropriate service class instance and attribute that corresponds to the type Table 29 Common Configuration Examples for ArmorStart Transaction Type Service Class Instance Attribute Get_Attribute_Single Ox0E OxOF Par 1 Set_Attribute_Single 0x10 Ox0F Par 1 The numeric values are in a hexadecimal format This is the actual parameter number The code 1 specifies the value of the instance parameter Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Sequence of Events Word TXID Command Port Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Chapter 8 Use the following sequenc
212. e available from the Internet at http www ab com networks eds They may also be built automatically by some configuration tools since all of the information necessary for a basic EDS file may be extracted from the ArmorStart distributed motor controller Product codes for DOL starters and DOL Reversing starters are based on the Overload relay current rating and the control power rating of the starter The following table lists the product codes for the Bulletin 280 distributed motor controllers Table 50 Bul 280 Distributed Motor Controller Product Codes and Name Strings 280D Device Type Product Code Contactor Overload Control Power Size Code Current Rating Voltage 22 Ox8A 100C 12 0 24 1 2A 24V DC 22 0x81 100C 12 0 5 2 5A 24V DC 22 0x82 100C 12 1 1 5 5A 24V DC 22 0x83 100C 23 3 2 16A 24V DC 22 Ox8B 100C 12 0 24 1 2A 120V AC 22 0x84 100C 12 0 5 2 5A 120V AC 22 0x85 100C 12 1 1 5 5A 120V AC 22 0x86 100C 23 3 2 16A 120V AC 22 Ox8C 100C 12 0 24 1 2A 240V AC 22 0x87 100C 12 0 5 2 5A 240V AC 22 0x88 100C 12 1 1 5 5A 240V AC 22 0x89 100C 23 3 2 16A 240V AC 0x8D 22 Motor Starter Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 293 AppendixB Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information DOL Reversing Type Product The following table lists the product codes for the Bulletin 281 distributed motor Cod e St controll S
213. e fault Bit 11 Major Unrecoverable fault 6 Get Serial Number UDINT Unique Number for Each Device 7 Get Product Name Structure of String Length USINT Product code specific ASCII String STRING See Table 107 8 Get State USINT Returns the value 3 Operational 9 Get Configuration UINT Unique value depending on output of Consistency Value the parameter checksum algorithm 10 Get Set Heartbeat Interval USINT In seconds Default 0 The following common services are implemented for the Identity Object Table 111 Identity Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Name Code Class Instance Ox0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x05 No Yes Reset 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Message Router CLASS CODE 0x0002 No class or instance attributes are supported The message router object exists only to rout explicit messages to other objects 328 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Appendix C DeviceNet Object CLASS CODE 0x0003 The following class attributes are supported for the DeviceNet Object Table 112 DeviceNet Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get Revision UINT 2 A single instance Instance 1 of the DeviceNet Object is supported The following instance attributes are supported Table 113 DeviceNet Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Acc
214. e following class attributes are supported for the Identity Object CLASS CODE 0x0001 Table 53 Identity Object Class Attributes AetributeID AccessRule Name DataType Value a al Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 295 Appendix B Identity Objects Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information A single instance of the Identity Object is supported The following instance attributes are supported Table 54 Identity Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get Vendor UINT 1 2 Get Device Type UINT 22 or 133 3 Get Product Code UINT See Table 50 and Table 51 4 Get Revision Structure of Indicates Software Firmware Revision Number Major Revision USINT Minor Revision USINT 5 Get Status WORD Bit 0 0 not owned 1 owned by master Bit 2 0 Factory Defaulted 1 Configured Bit 8 Minor Recoverable fault Bit 9 Minor Unrecoverable fault Bit 10 Major Recoverable fault Bit 11 Major Unrecoverable fault 6 Get Serial Number UDINT Unique Number for Each Device 7 Get Product Name Structure of String Length USINT Product code specific ASCII String STRING See Table 50 and Table 51 8 Get State USINT Returns the value 3 Operational 9 Get Configuration Consistency Value UINT Unique value depending on output of the parameter checksum algorithm 10 Get Set Heartbeat Interval USINT In seconds Default 0 The following common services ar
215. e i zone 1 is enabled this value must Data Type UINT match the value of the Device Value Key parameter in the device whose Group ZIP Parameters data is being consumed for zone 1 Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 Zone 2 Key Parameter Number 95 A Rul GET SET When the Security Enable bit for eer zone 2 is enabled this value must Data Type UINT match the value of the Device Value Key parameter in the device whose Group ZIP Parameters data is being consumed for zone 2 R Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Zone 3 Key Parameter Number 96 A Rul GET SET When the Security Enable bit for TENY f zone 3 is enabled this value must Data Type UINT match the value of the Device Value Key parameter in the device whose Group ZIP Parameters data is being consumed for zone 3 Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Zone 4 KEY Parameter Number 97 A Rul GET SET When the Security Enable bit for DANS zone 4 is enabled this value must Data Type UINT match the value of the Device Value Key parameter in the device whose Group ZIP Parameters data is being consumed for zone 4 Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 De
216. e implemented for the Identity Object Table 55 Identity Object Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x05 No Yes Reset 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Message Router No class or instance attributes are supported The message router object exists CLASS CODE 0x0002 296 only to rout explicit messages to other objects Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 DeviceNet Object CLASS CODE 0x0003 Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B The following class attributes are supported for the DeviceNet Object Table 56 DeviceNet Object Class Attributes A single instance instance 1 of the DeviceNet Object is supported The following instance attributes are supported Attribute ID 1 Table 57 DeviceNet Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get Set Node Address USINT 0 63 2 Get Set Baud Rate USINT 0 125K 1 250K 2 500K 5 Get Allocation Info Structure of Allocation Choice BYTE Allocation_byte Master Node Addr USINT 0 63 address 255 unallocated 8 Get MAC ID Switch Value BOOL 0 63 Allocation_byte Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Explicit messaging Polled 1 0 COS 1 0 Cyclic 1 0 Acknowledge Suppression The following services are implemented for the DeviceNet Object Table 58 DeviceNet Object Common Servi
217. e of events as a guide for establishing explicit messages in your SLC ladder logic 1 Put the explicit message request data into an integer N file of the SLC 500 processor 2 Use the file copy instruction COP to copy the explicit message request data that was entered in step 1 to the MO File words 224 256 3 Use the examine if closed instruction XIC to monitor bit 15 of the scanner s module status register for an indication that it has received a response from the ArmorStart 4 Copy the data from the M1 file words 224 256 into a file in the SLC 500 processor using the file copy instruction COP The following example shows the exact data format to perform a Get Attribute Single request This message will specifically access parameter 104 Average Current The first three words are shown segmented into two bytes corresponding to the upper and lower bytes shown in the explicit message request table Table 27 Note The data in the table is shown in a hexadecimal format Therefore parameter 104 decimal is equal to 68 hexadecimal 0x68 Table 30 Get_Attribute_Single Request MACID Class 1 2 3 Size Service 4 5 6 7 N7 x TXID Status Port 06 0E 04 000F Table 31 Get_Attribute_Single Response MACID Size Data 0068 0001 Service Word 10 11 12 13 N7 x 06 OE 04 x Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015
218. e of the network power supply A3 A1 terminal and PrFltReset DC Lost look for media problems This fault can be disabled and is disabled by Mode Unswitched Power default 11 No Internal Comm See Communication with either the control module VFD or Control See section Fault 11 Detail If the problem persists replace the unit Parameter 61 for module has stopped details on this fault F81 is a VFD fault This could also happen if control power is lost 12 Drive DC Bus Fault Drive Power Loss DC bus voltage remained below 85 of nominal Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or line power Controlled Codes Reference 3 UnderVoltage DC but voltage fell below the minimum value interruption Check the input fuses Monitor the AC line for high line 4 and5 OverVoltage DC bus voltage exceeded maximum value voltage or transient conditions Bus overvoltage can also be caused by motor regeneration Extend the decel time or install dynamic brake option 13 No EEprom PF Drive The checksum read from the board does not match the checksum Set Parameter 141 Reset to Defaults to Option 1 Reset Defaults Code Reference 100 calculated 14 No Hdw Fit PF Drive Failure has been detected in the drive power section or drive control 1 Cycle power Codes Reference 70 and 1 0 section See Last Protection Fault parameter 61 for details 2 If Fan RPM fault replace the fan and 122 3 Replace drive if fault cannot be cleared 15 Driv
219. e predefined Group 2 connection set A ZIP consuming device does not have to enable AutoRun ZIP if it is a consumer only or if a scanner is used to allocate the producing connections 9 Associated Connection Instance The instance number of the connection object associated with this ZIP instance Initial DeviceNet implementations of the ZIP object implements this attribute with Get access and associate ZIP instances with predefined connection instances Future implementations are allowed to dynamically allocate connections and associate them with a ZIP instance This attribute would then be implemented with Set access 10 Connection Path Length The number of bytes of the Connection Path attribute For consuming connections this value is written to the consumed_connection_path_length attribute of the connection object when ZIP is enabled For producing connections this value is written to the produced_connection_path_length attribute of the connection object when ZIP is enabled 11 Connection Path For consuming connections this attribute specifies the application object that is to receive the consumed data This value is written to the consumed_connection_path attribute of the connection object when ZIP is enabled For producing connections this attribute specifies the application object whose data is to be produced This value is written to the produced_connection_path attribute of the connection object when
220. e when the drive is running at Parameter 134 Minimum Freq When set to a value other than zero Parameter 110 Process Display indicates the duration of the process Process Time Hi Scales the time value when the drive is running at Parameter 135 Maximum Freq When set to a value other than zero Parameter 110 Process Display indicates the duration of the process Parameter Number 206 Related Parameters 115 205 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 1 sec Maximum Value 60 0 sec Default Value 15 0 sec Parameter Number 214 Related Parameter 133 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Hz Maximum Value 10 0 Hz Default Value 2 0 Hz Parameter Number 215 Related Parameters 110 134 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UNIT Group Advanced Setup Units Hz Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value 99 99 Default Value 0 00 Parameter Number 216 Related Parameters 110 135 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UNIT Group Advanced Setup Units Hz Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value 99 99 Default Value 0 00 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 139 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Notes 140 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Parameter Prog
221. ear proper Personal Protective Equipment PPE Follow ALL Regulatory requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment PPE gt gt gt Trademark List Allen Bradley ArmorConnect ArmorPOINT ArmorStart ControlLogix DeviceLogix On Machine PowerFlex RSLogix 5000 RSNetWorx SLC and StepLogic are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies European Communities EC Directive Compliance If this product has the CE mark it is approved for installation within the European Union and EEA regions It has been designed and tested to meet the following directives Low Voltage and EMC Directives This product is tested to meet Council Directive 73 23 EEC Low Voltage and 89 336 EEC and Council Directive 89 336 EC Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC by applying the following standard s Bulletin 280 281 EN 60947 4 1 Low voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 4 1 Contactors and motor starters Electromechanical contactors and motor starters Bulletin 284 EN 61800 3 Adjustable speed electronic power drive systems Part 3 EMC product standard including specific test methods This product is intended for use in an industrial environment Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P June 2015 Notes 4 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P June 2015 Product Overview Installati
222. ection three are considered to have no length since the power supply is very close to the units 24V DC Power Supply Capacity Sizing The 24V DC power supply current rating required for an ArmorStart system can be calculated by the following formula I supply N 25A K 3A J 3A L 425A M N No of 280 281 ArmorStart units with the HOA K No of ArmorStart 280 281 that will be commanded start simultaneously K 1 minimum J No of ArmorStart 280 281 that will be commanded to hold in at any time L No of 284 ArmorStart Units M Current drawn by customer loads Example Calculation of 24V DC Power Supply Requirements Size the power supply for Example 1 Conveyor Line Configuration Each starter has a 0 1 A customer load I supply 10 17 5 710 5 063 0 425 10 1 I supply 1 7 3 55 315 0 1 6 57 A Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 363 Appendix E System Design 24V DC Control Design Considerations Considerations When Using 16 AWG Control Wiring The use of 16 AWG requires more consideration when determining the number and location of the power supplies since it is effectively limited to 38 1 m 125 ft Re working example 1 using 16 AWG shows that two power supplies are required Figure 92 Conveyor Section 1 gE ak Conveyor Section 2 gE gE 16 AWG 24V DC Power Supply 16 AWG Othe
223. ector control Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 25 Chapter 1 26 Product Overview Dynamic Brake Bulletin 284 only A 3 meter 9 8 ft 3 pin cable for connection to a dynamic brake module is provided as standard when this option is selected See Appendix H for available dynamic brake modules Dynamic Brake Resistor Bulletin 284 only The IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistor plug and play design offers simplicity in writing and installation The factory installed option of DB1 must be selected to have the quick disconnect connectivity The cable length of the IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistor is available in two lengths 0 5 m 1 6 ft and 1 m 3 3 ft See Appendix H for available IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistors Control Brake Contactor Bulletin 284 only An internal contactor is used to switch the electromechanical motor brake On Off The motor brake is powered from the control voltage circuit A customer accessible 3 0 A fuse is provided to protect the brake cable An open fuse is detected over the network via Last Protection fault parameter 61 One 3 meter 9 8 ft 3 pin cable for connection to the motor brake is provided as standard when this option is selected See Appendix G for manual activation instructions Output Contactor Bulletin 284 only An internal contactor is sourced from the control voltage to isolate the load side of the Bulletin 284 ArmorStart distributed motor controller When control p
224. ency Emissions Class A Radiated Emissions Class A Group 1 Equivalent to C2 emissions EMC Immunity Levels Electrostatic Discharge 4kV contact and 8 kV Air Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Field 10V m Fast Transient 2kV Surge Transient 1 kV LL 2 KV L N Earth Overload Characteristics Overload Current Range 0 5 2 5 A 1 1 5 5 A 3 2 16A Trip Classes Qo 10 15 20 Trip Rating 120 of FLC setting Number of poles 3 Other Rating DeviceNet Specifications DeviceNet Supply Voltage Rating Range 11 25V DC 24V DC Nominal DeviceNet Input Current 167 mA 24V DC 4 0 W 364 mA 11V DC 4 0 W External Devices powered by DeviceNet Sensors Inputs 4 50 mA total 200 mA Total w max Sensor Inputs 4 367 mA 24V DC 8 8 W DeviceNet Input Current Surge 15 A for 250 ps DeviceNet Communications Baud Rates 125 250 500 kbps Maximum Distance 500 m 1630 ft 125 kbps 200 m 656 ft 250 kbps 100 m 328 ft 500 kbps Certifications cULus File No E3125 UL 508 EN IEC 60947 4 1 CE Marked per Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and EMC Directive 89 336 EEC Refer to Motor Overload Trip Curves on page 282 280 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Specifications Appendix A Pinout Diagrams Figure 66 External Connections for Input Connector f Pin 1 V Out 2 th n Hae in 3 Comm 3 Pin 4 Input 4 Pin 5 NC No Con
225. er 194 Related Parameters 192 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 195 Related Parameters 106 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 196 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 197 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value 182 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 wlo Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 SW Current Trip Enables disables a software instantaneous within 100 ms current trip Process Factor Scales the output frequency value displayed by Parameter 110 Process Display Output Freq x Process Factor Process Display Fault Clear Stop drive before changing this parameter Resets a fault and clears the fault queue Used primarily to clear a fault over network communications 0 Ready Idle Default 1 Reset Fault 2 Clear Buffer Parameters 107 109 Fault x Code Program Lock Protects parameters against change by unauthorized personnel 0 Unlocked 1 Locked Comm Loss Action Selects the drive s response to a loss of the co
226. er 285 IP Dynamic Brake Resistor Ratings 00 cece eee eee 290 Oyerload wtvesiict ok Saree rnana EE ENEEK RE eae 292 Appendix B Electronic Data Sheets eenunuuuecccecrrrrnrerescrrrreree 293 DOL Type Product Codes and Name Strings 0 00085 293 DOL Reversing Type Product Codes and Name String 294 DeviceNet OD ects 5 x cacnsiiwanokdasass stm eax sew E EAR haces 295 Identity Object CLASS CODE 0x0001 0 0 cece eee 295 Identity Objects iiss sak vs vi cto cotati Fat aaNet cece eet 295 Message Router CLASS CODE 0x0002 0c sce e eee 296 DeviceNet Object CLASS CODE 0x0003 0 000 e sees 297 Assembly Object CLASS CODE 0x0004 cee eee 298 Custom Parameter Based Word wise I O Assemblies 298 Word wise Bit Packed Assemblies 00c0c eee eeeeeeee 288 Standard Distributed Motor Controller I O Assemblies 300 Standard Distributed Motor Controller Output Consumed Assemblies aia wat dn a shea ua aed Oea 300 Standard Distributed Motor Controller Input Produced ABS ein Hess tae aaa Ses ae Se oe A eee 301 Connection Object CLASS CODE 0x0005 0008 302 Discrete Input Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0008 306 Discrete Output Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0009 307 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Table of Contents D
227. er Help SETA tna ID Parameter Current Value Zone 2 Offset Zone 3 Offset Zone 4 Offset Zone 1EPR 75 mSec Zone 2 EPR 75 mSec Zone 3 EPR 75 mSec Zone 4 EPR 75 mSec Zone 1 Control XXXX0010 Zone 2 Control XXXXO0 10 Zone 3 Control XXXX0010 Zone 4 Control XXXX00 10 Zone 1 Key Zone 2 Key Zone 3 Key 240 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 ArmorStart ZIP Configuration Chapter 10 Set the Zone Masks to the value of 00000011 binary This tells each zone to map bytes 1 and 2 to the DeviceLogix Data Table ArmorStart 281D 1 1 5 5A 120VAC General Device Parameters 0 Defaults EDS File DeviceLoaix Groups All parameters Se Restore Default Values C All Parameter Help Parameter Upload From Device Single Download To Device Start Monitor Current Value zone 3 Health zone 4 Health Zone 1 Mask zone 2 Mask zone 3 Mask zone 4 Mask zone 1 Offset Zone 2 Offset Zone 3 Offset Zone 4 Offset Zone 1 EPR Zone 2 EPR Zone 3 EPR Zone 4 EPR Healthy 00000011 00000011 0 2 4 6 75 mSec 75 mSec 75 mSec 75 mSec Cancel Apply Help Set the Zone Offsets as shown below This maps zone 1 data to byte 0 of the DeviceLogix Data Table zone 2 data to byte 2 of the DeviceLogix Data Table zone 3 data to byte 4 of the DeviceLogix Data Table and zone 4 data to byte 6 of the DeviceLogix Data Table Arm
228. er Number 28 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 29 Access Rule GET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 75 Chapter 3 76 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Last PR Fault 0 None 1 Hardware Short Circuit 2 Software Short Circuit 3 Motor Overload 4 Reserved 5 Phase Loss 6 12 Reserved 13 Control Power Loss 14 Control Power Fuse 15 1 0 Short 16 Output Fuse 17 Overtemp 18 Reserved 19 Phase Imbalance 20 Reserved 21 DNet Power Loss 22 Internal Comm 23 26 Reserved 27 MCB EEPROM 28 Base EEPROM 29 Reserved 30 Wrong Base 31 Wrong CTs 32 100 Reserved Parameter Number 61 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Starter Protection Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 Warning Status Parameter Number 62 This parameter warns the user of Access Ryl
229. er than 0 Clear an Overvoltage Undervoltage or Heatsink OvrImp Fault without Restarting the Drive 1 Set 192 Auto Rstrt Tries to a value other than 0 2 Set 193 Auto Rstrt Delay to 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 257 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting Auto Restart Reset Run The Auto Restart feature provides the ability for the drive to automatically perform a fault reset followed by a start attempt without user or application intervention This allows remote or unattended operation Only certain faults are allowed to be reset Certain faults Type 2 that indicate possible drive component malfunction are not resettable Caution should be used when enabling this feature since the drive attempts to issue its own start command based on user selected programming Table 39 Fault Types Descriptions and Actions No Fault Type Description Action F2 Auxiliary Input 1 Auxiliary input interlock is open 1 Check remote wiring 2 Verify communications F3 Power Loss 2 DC bus voltage remained below 85 of 1 Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or line power interruption nominal 2 Check input fuses F4 UnderVoltage 1 DC bus voltage fell below the minimum Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or line power interruption value F5 OverVoltage 1 DC bus voltage exceeded maximum value Monitor the AC line for high line voltage
230. erFlex Native Format Produced Assembly Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Faulted Alarm Deceling Acceling Rot Fwd Cmd Running Ready Fwd 1 Drvin4 Drvin3 Drvin2 Stat Drvin1 Param Ctlfm ReffmNet At Ref Stat Stat Locked Net 2 Drive Error Code low 3 Drive Error Code high 336 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Connection Object CLASS CODE 0x0005 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Appendix C No class attributes are supported for the Connection Object Multiple instances of the Connection Object are supported Instances 1 2 and 4 from the Group 2 predefined master slave connection set Instances 5 and 6 are available explicit UCMM connections Instance 1 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Explicit Message Connection The following Instance 1 attributes is supported Table 140 Connection Object Instance 1 Attributes Attribute ID Access Name Data Value Rule Type 1 Get State USINT 0 non existent 1 configuring 3 established 4 timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 0 Explicit Message 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT 0x83 Server Transport Class 3 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT 10xxxxxx011 xxxxxx node address 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT 10xxxxxx100 XXXXXX node address 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT 0x22 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT
231. ers Chapter 4 Zone 4 Mask Parameter Number 81 Access Rule GET SET Bit enumerated consumed data mask for zone 4 Each bit represents a byte in consumed data up to 8 Data Type BYTE bytes in length If a mask bit is set the corresponding consumed data byte is placed in the DeviceLogix y data table Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 255 Default Value 0 Zone 1 Offset Parameter Number 82 Access Rule GET SET The byte offset into the ZIP data portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place the chosen consumed Data Type UINT data bytes for zone 1 Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 7 Default Value 0 Zone 2 Offset Parameter Number 83 Access Rule GET SET The byte offset into the ZIP data portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place the chosen consumed Data Type UNIT data bytes for zone 2 Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 7 Default Value 0 Zone 3 Offset Parameter Number 84 Access Rule GET SET The byte offset into the ZIP data portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place the chosen consumed Data Type UNIT data bytes for zone 3 Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Zone 4 Offset Parameter Number 85 Access Rule GET SET The byte offset into the ZIP data portion of the DeviceLogix data table to place
232. erved X Reserved Reserved Input 0 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 HOA Status 140M On Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 71 Chapter 3 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Net Out COS Mask Parameter Number 20 This parameter sets the bits that pete CET SET triggers a COS message when network Data Type WORD outputs change state Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 Bit Function 14 13 12 11 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 X Net Output 0 X Net Output 1 X Net Output 2 X Net Output 3 X Net Output 4 X Net Output 5 X Net Output 6 X Net Output 7 X Net Output 8 X Net Output 9 Net Output 10 Net Output 11 Net Output 12 Net Output 13 X Net Output 14 Dnet Voltage Parameter Number 21 This parameter provides the voltage Access Rule a measurement for the DeviceNet Data Type UINT network Group DeviceNet Units XX Xx Volts Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 6500 Default Value 0 72 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Starter Protection Group Breaker Type This pa
233. ess Name Data Type Value Rule 1 Get Set Node Address USINT 0 63 2 Get Set Baud Rate USINT 0 125K 1 250K 2 500K 3 1M 5 Get Allocation Info Structure of Allocation_byte e Allocation Choice BYTE 0 63 address e Master Node Addr e USINT 255 unallocated 8 Get MAC ID Switch Value BOOL 0 63 See Table 114 Table 114 Allocation_byte Bit 0 Explicit messaging Bit 1 Polled 1 0 Bit4 CoS 1 0 Bit5 Cyclic 1 0 Bit6 Acknowledge Suppression The following services are implemented for the DeviceNet Object Table 115 DeviceNet Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Name Ox0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single 0x4B No Yes Allocate_Master Slave _Connection_Set 0x4 No Yes Release_Master Slave _Connection_Set Assembly Object CLASS CODE 0x0004 The following class attributes are supported for the Assembly Object Table 116 DeviceNet Assembly Object nrbe eeste Wane Datatype Vou Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 329 AppendixC Bulletin 284 CIP Information All of the various instances of the assembly object support Attribute 3 Table 117 summarizes the various instances that are supported Table 117 DeviceNet Assembly Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Type Description 3 Consumed Required ODVA Consumed
234. ess Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 197 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 wlo 137 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers SW Current Trip Enables disables a software instantaneous within 100 ms current trip Process Factor Scales the output frequency value that is displayed by Parameter 110 Process Display Output Freq x Process Factor Process Display Fault Clear Stop drive before changing this parameter Resets a fault and clears the fault queue Used primarily to clear a fault over network communications 0 Ready Idle Default 1 Reset Fault 2 Clear Buffer Parameters 107 109 Fault x Code Program Lock Protects parameters against change by unauthorized personnel 0 Unlocked 1 Locked Comm Loss Action Selects the drive s response to a loss of the communication connection or excessive communication errors 0 Fault Default Drive will fault on an F81 Comm Loss and coast to stop 1 Coast Stop Stops drive via coast to stop 2 Stop Stops via Parameter 137 Stop Mode setting 3 Continu Last Drive continues operating at communication commanded speed that is saved in RAM
235. et NV Zone Analog Mask STRUCT of Masks individual data units of the type Struct of Get for USINT defined in the Zone Analog Data Type USINT 2 producers in a consumed message for use by in Array of Zone Analog Data table Each bit in a Array 2 of BYTE BYTE BYTE mask represents one unit WORD Producers return USINT 0 REAL etc of consumed data 17 Set NV Zone Analog Offset UINT Specifies an offset into the 8 byte Zone Get access for producers Get for Point Data table to place masked data Producers return UINT 0 producers 101 Set NV Zone MACID USINT Reflects attribute 1 for ArmorStart LT 103 Set NV Point Mask DWORD Reflects attribute 3 for ArmorStart LT This attribute matches the Array 4 structure element in attribute 3 114 Set NV ZoneControl BYTE Choose consumed 10 connection Semantics of this bit enumerated value are the properties same as params 134 137 116 Set NV Analog Mask WORD Reflects attribute 16 for ArmorStartLT This attribute matches the Array 2 structure element in attribute 16 320 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B Attribute Semantics 1 Zone Connection ID Contains the Consumed_Connection_Id attribute for the connection represented by this object instance The default value is OxFFFF For consuming connections the value 0xFFFF disables the consumption of data for the connection For producing connections this
236. et Freq 1 Related Parameters 138 139 140 151 152 152 153 172 Preset Freq 2 167 168 240 247 250 257 173 Preset Freq 3 Access Rule GET SET 174 Preset Freq 4 Data Type UINT 175 Preset Freq 5 Group Advanced Program Group 176 Preset Freq 6 Units 0 1Hz 177 Preset Freq 7 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 Default Value See Table 17 Table 17 170 177 Preset Freq Options Values 170 Default 0 0 Hz 171 Default 5 0 Hz Provides a fixed frequency command value when 151 153 Digital Inx Sel is set to 4 Preset 172 Default 10 0 Hz Frequendes 173 Default 20 0 Hz 174 Default 30 0 Hz 175 Default 40 0 Hz 176 Default 50 0 Hz 177 Default 60 0 Hz Min Max 0 0 400 0 Hz Display 0 1 Hz Input State of Digital In 1 I Input State of Digital In 2 I Input State of Digital In 3 I Frequency Source Accel Decel Parameter Used 0 Terminal 05 when 0 Terminal 06 when 0 Terminal 07 when Parameter 151 4 Parameter 152 4 Parameter 153 4 0 0 0 170 Preset Freq 0 Accel Time 1 Decel Time 1 1 0 0 171 Preset Freq 1 Accel Time 1 Decel Time 1 0 1 0 172 Preset Freq 2 Accel Time 2 Decel Time 2 1 1 0 173 Preset Freq 3 Accel Time 2 Decel Time 2 0 0 1 174 Preset Freq 4 Accel Time 3 Decel Time 3 1 0 1 175 Preset Freq 5 Accel Time 3 Decel Time 3 0 1 1 176 Preset Freq 6 Accel Time 4 Decel Time 4 1 1 1 177 Preset Freq 7 Accel Time 4 Decel Time 4 Toactivate 170 Preset Freq 0 set 138 Speed Re
237. et Produced Connection Path Length UINT 8 14 Get Set Produced Connection Path 21040025 assy inst 00 30 03 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Length UINT 8 16 Get Set Consumed Connection Path 21040025 assy inst 00 30 03 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Appendix C Instance 4 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Change of State Cyclic I O Message Connection The following Instance 4 attributes are supported Table 142 Connection Object Instance 4 Attributes Attribute ID Access Name Data Value Rule Type 1 Get State USINT 0 non existent 1 configuring 3 established 4 timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 1 1 0 Connection 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT 0x00 Cyclic unacknowledged 0x03 Cyclic acknowledged 0x10 COS unacknowledged 0x13 COS acknowledged 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT 01101xxxxxx XXXXXX node address 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT 10xxxxxx101 xxxxxx node address 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT 0x02 acknowledged Ox0F unacknowledged 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0 8 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 0 8 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in milliseconds 12 Get Watchdog Action USINT 0 transition to timed out 1 auto delete 2 auto reset 13 Get Produced Connection Path Length UINT 8 14 Get Produced Connection Path
238. etOut1 5 ZIP CCV Low 6 ZIP CCV High Standard Distributed Motor Controller 1 0 Assemblies Standard distributed motor controller I O Assemblies are available on all Starter Types Standard Distributed Motor Controller Output Consumed Assemblies Instance 3 is the required output consumed assembly defined in the DeviceNet Motor Starter Profile 332 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Appendix C Table 127 ODVA Starter Bye eur ene bis ota es o BRT BRO Run Fwd Instance 160 is the default output consumed assembly for Bulletin 280 281 distributed motor controllers Table 128 Instance 160 Default Consumed Standard Distributed Motor Controller Bye fonr one os att Bio 0 User Out B User Out A com Cia Run Fwd Reset Instance 162 is the standard output consumed assembly with Network Inputs for Bulletin 280 281 distributed motor controllers Table 129 Standard Consumed Starter with Network Inputs Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 User OutB User Out A Fault Reset Run Rev Run Fwd 1 Net In 8 Net In 7 Net In 6 Net In 5 Net In 4 Net In 3 Net In 2 Net In 1 2 NetIn16 NetIn15 NetiIn14 NetIn13 Netin12 NetIn11 NetIn 10 Net In9 Bulletin 284 Distributed Motor Controller 1 0 Assemblies Bulletin 284 distributed motor controller I O Assemblies are available ONL
239. eter to check command and output is for presence of signal 0 Hz Check Parameter 102 Commanded Freq to verify correct command Incorrect reference None e Check Parameter 112 Control Source for correct source source is being selected Check Parameter 114 Dig In Status to see if inputs are selecting an via remote device or alternate source Verify settings for Parameters 151 154 Digital Inx digital inputs Sel e Check Parameter 138 Speed Reference for the source of the speed reference Reprogram as necessary Some applications None Disable parameter 217 Bus Regulation The drive will react faster to create an intermittent changes in speed voltage regeneration e This could also cause DC bus voltage faults if an external resistor is not condition and the bus attached regulator tries to compensate Table 42 Motor and or Drive Does Not Accelerate to Commanded Speed Cause s Indication Corrective Action Acceleration time is None Reprogram Parameter 139 Accel Time 1 or Parameter 167 Accel excessive Time 2 e Try changing parameter 184 Boost selection to a value of 5 to 14 starting with 5 Excess load or short None e Compare Parameter 103 Output Current with Parameter 189 acceleration times force the drive into current Current Limit Remove excess load or reprogram Parameter 139 Accel Time 1 or limit slowing or stopping acceleration Parameter 167 Accel Time 2 Check for improper se
240. etin 280D 281D or 284D distributed motor controller DeviceLogix DeviceLogix is a standalone Boolean program that resides within the ArmorStart distributed motor controller DeviceLogix is programmed using Boolean math operations such as AND OR NOT Timers Counters and Latches DeviceLogix can run as a standalone application independent of the network However 24V DC must be supplied at the DeviceNet connector to power the inputs Peer to peer Communications ZIP The zone control capabilities of ArmorStart distributed motor controllers are ideal for large horsepower 0 5 10 Hp motored conveyors The ArmorStart distributed motor controllers have built in DeviceNet communications DeviceLogix technology and the added Zone Interlocking Parameters ZIP which allow one ArmorStart to receive data directly from up to four other DeviceNet nodes without going through a network scanner These direct communications between conveyor zones are beneficial in a merge diverter or accumulation conveyor application Optional Safety Monitor The Safety Monitor Option allows for independent monitoring of the output status of the device The function is implemented using a normally closed contact that complies with EN IEC 60947 5 1 for mechanically linked contacts Two terminal blocks are provided as the inputs that may be used with an external safety circuit The external safety circuit monitors the status of the contactor Rockwell Auto
241. etts Cord Grip Part Number 2931NM Part N 2940NM 0 75 in Stain Relief Cord Connector fol mae a pt Connector Cable Range 0 31 0 56 in _ Cable Range 0 31 0 56 in Used with Control Power Media Used with Three Phase Power Cordset Example Catalog Number Media Cordset Example Catalog 889N M65GF M2 Number 280 PWR22G M1 Cord Grips for ArmorStart Devices with 25 A short circuit protection rating 0 75 in Lock Nut gt lt g 1 in Lock Nut od a Tomes Bons Coro Grip Thomas amp Betts Cord Grip Part Number 2931NM 0 75 in Stain Relief Cord Connector He ee ted c t Cable Range 0 31 0 56 in e E Used with Control Power Media pa j Aeae Cordset Example Catalog Number ee A m ree 889N M65GF M2 Media Cordset Example Catalog Number 280 PWR35G M1 Terminal Designations Description Color Code A1 Control Power Input Blue A2 Control Power Common Black PE Ground Green Yellow 1 L1 Line Power Phase A Black 2 12 Line Power Phase B White 3 13 Line Power Phase C Red Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 51 Chapter 2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance ArmorConnect Cable Ratings The ArmorConnect power media cables are rated per UL Type TC 600V 90 C Dry 75 C Wet Exposed Run ER or MTW 600V 90 C or STOOW 105 C 600V CSA STOOW 600V FT2 Branch Circuit Protection Requirements for ArmorConnect Three Phase Power Media When using ArmorConnect three ph
242. etup Units Hz Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value 99 99 Default Value 0 00 Parameter Number 216 Related Parameters 110 135 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UNIT Group Advanced Setup Units Hz Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value 99 99 Default Value 0 00 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 185 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Bus Reg Mode Enables the bus regulator 0 Disable 1 Enabled Current Limit 2 Maximum output current that is allowed before current limiting occurs This parameter is only active if Parameters 151 152 153 and 154 Digital Inx Sel is set to 25 Current Lmt2 and is active Skip Frequency Sets the frequency at which the drive will not operate Parameter Number 217 Related Parameters Access Rule GET SET Data Type UNIT Group Advanced Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 1 Parameter Number 218 Related Parameters 133 151 152 153 154 189 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1A Minimum Value 0 1A Maximum Value Drive rated amps x 1 8 Default Value Drive rated amps x 1 5 Parameter Number 219 Related Parameters 220 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 Hz Default Value 0 0 Hz 186 Rockwell Aut
243. ey iretes eae Nee ateeee tees 161 Display Groupies pies sacha eds E eae eae dae eae RA 162 Basic Program Groups achacuprtawytanses elas wpe EVEEN Ea hae 167 Advanced Program Groupe cidccr saya ta eel cuae vee ede e hays boul 170 Clear a Type 1 Fault and Restart the Drive 0 181 Clear an Overvoltage Undervoltage or Heatsink Ovr Tmp Fault without Restarting the Diivesco23 52 ni vata sete everett ee 181 Chapter 6 Introductions syste nate aE etal E EE eeu 193 Keypad Descriptions cere secede da eek ated ig 193 Keypad Disable and HOA via Parameter Modification 196 Chapter 7 Establishing a DeviceNet Node Address 0 0c cece eens 197 Node Commissioning using Hardware 0000 cscs ee ee eee 197 Node Commissioning using Software 0 00 c cece cece ee eee 198 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 7 Table of Contents Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Using DeviceLogix ArmorStart ZIP Configuration Building and Registering an EDS File 0 0 cece eee 199 Using the Node Commissioning Tool Inside RSNetWorx For Wevice er dank hts aed eee eek alates dead A Bie Uddin 201 System Conhipuration scyenceixaseeesedubwssdesy av her se antioeaes 202 Using Automap feature with default Input and Output I O Asse DIOS 5 05 eget a sean r ch oo tales ca he etnies 203 Default Input and Output I O Assembly Formats 203 Setting the Motor FLA and
244. f the user to thoroughly inspect the equipment before accepting the shipment from the freight company Check the item s received against the purchase order If any items are damaged it is the responsibility of the user not to accept delivery until the freight agent has noted the damage on the freight bill Should any concealed damage be found during unpacking it is again the responsibility of the user to notify the freight agent The shipping container must be left intact and the freight agent should be requested to make a visual inspection of the equipment Remove all packing material wedges or braces from within and around the starter Remove all packing material from device s After unpacking check the nameplate catalog number s against the purchase order The controller should remain in its shipping container before installation If the equipment is not to be used for a period of time it must be stored according to the following instructions to maintain warranty coverage e Store in a clean dry location e Store within an ambient temperature range of 25 85 C 13 185 F e Store within a relative humidity range of 0 95 noncondensing e Do not store equipment where it could be exposed to a corrosive atmosphere e Do not store equipment in a construction area Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 29 Chapter2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance General Precautions Precau
245. f you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA DU002 available at http www rockwellautomation com literature Rockwell Automation maintains current product environmental information on its website at http www rockwellautomation com rockwellautomation about us sustainability ethics product environmental compliance page Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A Kar Plaza Is Merkezi E Blok Kat 6 34752 erenk y stanbul Tel 90 216 5698400 www rockwellautomation com Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 2496 USA Tel 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Europe Middle East Africa Rockwell Automation NV Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel 32 2 663 0600 Fax 32 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Supersedes Publication XXXX X X X Month Year Copyright 2015 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the U S A
246. fault DB1 Switch is recorded It is the user s responsibility to provide an input power contactor to each ArmorStart with a drive The user must write logic to control open the input contactor to the ArmorStart in the event of a DB1 Switch Fault The Instruction Literature provides information on how to connect the input contactor and how to implement the logic Troubleshooting Attempt to reset the fault by removing all power to the unit and restarting If the fault persists replace control module Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Troubleshooting Chapter 12 DB1 Open Fault Control Supervisor Object DB1 Fault Attribute Bit 4 A DBI Open fault is issued when Bus Voltage is greater than the DB1 Voltage Level and no DBI resistor current has been detected If 5 consecutive samples of Drive Bus Voltage greater than the DB1 Level is detected along with no DB1 resistor current flow then an open DBI fault is recorded This fault is intended to notify the customer of an open DBI resistor or open wire The fault is disabled when the DB1 Resistor Sel Parameter 182 is Disabled Troubleshooting DB1 monitor expected to see current flow and measured none Likely cause is an open DBI resistor loose DB1 resistor connector or open wire in DB1 cable Check DB1 cable connector for tightness If problem persists remove DBI resistor cable connector from unit and check DBI resistance If DBI re
247. fault Value 0 Device Value Key Parameter Number 98 A Rul GET SET This value is produced in the last 2 SES bytes of data when one of the ZIP Data Type UINT assemblies is chosen for data production Group ZIP Parameters Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 91 Chapter3 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Starter Display 92 Zone Ctrl Enable Global enable for ZIP peer to peer messaging This parameter must be disabled before any changes to the ZIP configuration for the device can be made 0 Disable 1 Enable Phase A Current This parameter provides the current of Phase A measured n increments of 1 10 of an ampere Phase B Current This parameter provides the current of Phase B measured in increments of 1 10 of an ampere Phase C Current This parameter provides the current of Phase C measured in increments of 1 10 of an ampere Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Parameter Number 99 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group ZIP Parameters Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 PhaseACurrent PaameterNumber iT Access Rule GET SET Data Type INT Group Starter Display Units XX x Amps Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 1
248. ference to option 4 Preset Freq Whena Digital Input is set to Accel 2 and Decel 2 and the input is active that input overrides the settings in this table Jog Frequency Parameter Number 178 Related Parameters 135 151 152 153 154 179 Sets the output frequency when the jog command is issued Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0 Default Value 10 0 174 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Jog Accel Decel Parameter Number 179 Related Parameters 178 151 152 153 154 Sets the acceleration and deceleration time when a jog command is issued Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 600 0 Default Value 10 0 DC Brake Time Parameter Number 180 Related Parameters 137 181 Sets the length of time that DC brake current is injected into the motor See Parameter 181 DC Brake Access Rule GET SET Ji Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 99 9 Setting of 99 9 Continuous Default Value 0 0 DC Brake Level Parameter Number 181 Related Parameters 137 180 reg a ea ae amps applied to the motor when Parameter 137 Stop Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Ad
249. for details Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Table 14 Digital Inputs Options Options Description 1 Acc and Dec2 When active Parameter 167 Accel Time 2 and Parameter 168 Decel Time 2 are used for all ramp rates except Jog e Can only be tied to one input 2 Jog e When input is present drive accelerates according to the value set in Parameter 179 Jog Accel Decel and ramps to the value set in Parameter 178 Jog Frequency e When the input is removed drive ramps to a stop according to the value set in Parameter 179 Jog Accel Decel e Avvalid Start command overrides this input 4 Preset Freq See Parameters 170 173 and 174 177 Parameters 151 and 152 Default 6 Comm Port This option is the default setting 7 Clear Fault When active clears active fault 8 RampStop CF Causes drive to immediately ramp to stop regardless of how Parameter 137 Stop Mode is set 9 CoastStop CF Causes drive to immediately ramp to stop regardless of how Parameter 137 Stop Mode is set 10 DCInjStop CF Causes drive to immediately begin a DC Injection stop regardless of how Parameter 137 Stop Mode is set 11 Jog Forward Drive accelerates to Parameter 178 Jog Frequency according to Parameter 179 Jog Accel Decel and ramps to stop when input becomes Parameter 154 inactive A valid start overrides this command Default 12 Jog Reverse Drive accelerates to Parameter 178 Jog Frequen
250. formation Standard Distributed Motor Controller Input Produced Assemblies Instance 52 is the required input produced assembly defined in the DeviceNet Motor Starter Profile Table 132 Instance 52 ODVA Starter e mR7 ee s oe ots oR o So Pf ring a Instance 161 is the default input produced assembly for the Bulletin 280 281 distributed motor controller Table 133 Instance 161 Default Produced Standard Distributed Motor 0 Ready Running Running Tripped Rev Fwd 1 140MOn HOA Stat UserIn3 User In 2 User In 1 User In 0 Instance 163 is the standard input produced assembly with Network Outputs for the Bulletin 280 281 distributed motor controller Table 134 Instance 163 Standard Produced Starter with Network Outputs Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Ready Running Running Alarm Tripped Rev Fwd 1 140M0n HOA User In 4 User In 3 User In 2 User In 1 2 Net Out8 NetOut7 NetOut6 NetOutS NetOut4 NetOut3 NetOut2 NetOut1 3 Logic Net Out15 NetOut NetOut NetOut12 NetOut11 NetOut10 Net Out9 Enable 14 13 Stat 4 ZIP Device Value Key Low 5 ZIP Device Value Key High Inverter Type Distributed Motor Controller Input Produced Assemblies Instance 165 is the default input produced assembly for Inverter Type distributed motor controllers Table 135 Default Produced Inverter Type Distribute
251. frequency where brake frequency is applied when Parameter 184 Boost Select 0 Custom V Hz and Parameter 225 Torque Perf Mode 0V Hz Maximum Voltage Sets the highest voltage that the drive outputs Current Limit 1 Maximum output current that is allowed before current limiting occurs Motor OL Select Drive provides Class 10 motor overload protection Setting 0 2 select the derating factor for rt overload function 0 No Derate 1 Min Derate 2 Max Derate of P133 Motor OL Current 100 80 60 40 20 0 0 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Figure 41 Overload Trip Curves No Derate 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 of P132 Motor NP Hertz Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 of P133 Motor OL Current Min Derate 100 8 Lit 40 2 0 0 23 50 of P132 Motor NP Hertz 75 100 125 150 175 200 of P133 Motor OL Current Parameter Number 187 Related Parameters 131 132 134 135 184 185 186 188 225 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Hz Maximum Value 400 0 Hz Default Value 15 0 Hz Parameter Number 188 Related Parameters 104 185 186 187 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Advanced Program Group VAC Minimum Value 20V AC Maximum Value Drive Ra
252. function will get and report back the average current to the tag named explicit_data Status_tripped Ondelay_timer DN lt Local 1 1 Data 1 0 gt MSG kM Type CIP Generic CEND Message Control explicit mess lt DN gt L lt ER gt Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 217 Chapter8 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Notes 218 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Description Chapter 9 Using DeviceLogix The DeviceLogix system is a standalone Boolean program that resides within the ArmorStart distributed motor controller The program is embedded in the product software so that there is no additional module that is required to use this technology RSNetWorx noun for the DeviceNet network are required to program the device In addition to the actual programming DeviceLogix can be configured to operate under specific situations It is important to note that the DeviceLogix program only runs if the logic has been enabled This can be done within the Logic Editor of RSNetWorx The operation configuration is accomplished by setting the Network Override and Communication Override parameter The following information describes the varying levels of operation e Ifboth overrides are disabled and the logic is enabled the ONLY time DeviceLogix runs is if there is an active I O connection with a master i e the master is in Run m
253. gnal level is greater than or equal to 1 5V Ifusing a 0 10V analog input set parameter 210 Anlg In0 10V Lo to a minimum of 20 i e 2 volts Default Value Parameter Number 222 Related Parameters 210 211 232 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units See Table 19 for details Minimum Value Maximum Value F29 Analog Input Loss Uses P037 Stop Mode Drive runs at zero speed reference Drive runs at minimum frequency Drive runs at maximum frequency Table 19 Options Description 0 Disabled Default 1 Fault F29 2 Stop 3 Zero Ref 4 Min Freq Ref 5 Max Freq Ref 6 Int Freq Ref 10V Bipolar Enbl Enables disables bipolar control In bipolar mode direction is commanded by the sign of the reference Options 0 Unipolar In Default 0 10V only 1 Bipolar In 10V Default Value Var PWM Disable Stop drive before changing this parameter Enables disables a feature that varies the carrier frequency for the PWM output waveform that is defined by Parameter 191 PWM Frequency 0 Enabled 1 Disabled Disabling this feature when low frequency condition exists may result in IGBT stress and nuisance tripping Drive runs at internal frequency Parameter Number 223 Related Parameters 138 211 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units
254. gure 48 Bulletin 284 Hand Off Auto Selector Keypad with JOG and Direction Arrow Functions A BR eter ova lt Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 195 Chapter6 HOA Keypad Operation The following state transition matrix summarizes the Jog HOA behavior when Parameter 45 Keypad Mode is set to 1 momentary HAND STOP HAND FWD HAND REV JOG FWD JOG REV AUTO If FWD LED Set REV LED If FWD LED If FWD LED Ignore Ignore Ignore Else If REV LED Set FWD LED Set REV LED Set REV LED Else If REV LED Else If REV LED Set FWD LED Set FWD LED If FWD LED transition to JOG FWD Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore If REV LED Transition to JOG REV C N Command motor off and Transition to AUTO Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore N J y If FWD LED transition to HAND FWD Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore m Else If REV LED Transition to HAND REV S No Key Pressed Ignore Ignore Ignore Command motor off Command motor off Ignore and transition to and transition to HAND STOP HAND STOP N Ignore Command motor off Command motor off Command motoroff Command motoroff Command motor off OFF and transition to and transition to and transition to and transition to and Transition to LO J HAND STOP HAND STOP HAND STOP HAND STOP HAND STOP The following state transition matrix summarizes the Jog HOA behavior when Parameter 45 Keypad Mode is set to 0 maintained
255. hen value 0x80 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT 01111xxxxxx XXXXXX node address 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT 10xxxxxx101 xxxxxx node address 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT 0x21 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0to8 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 0to8 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in ms 12 Get Set Watchdog Action USINT 0 transition to timed out 1 auto delete 2 auto reset 13 Get Produced Connection Path Length UINT 8 14 Get Set Produced Connection Path 21040025 assy inst 00 30 03 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Length UINT 8 16 Get Set Consumed Connection Path 21040025 assy inst 00 30 03 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 303 AppendixB Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Instance 4 is the Predefined Group 2 Connection Set Change of State Cyclic I O Message Connection The following instance 4 attributes are supported Table 79 Connection Object Instance 4 Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get State USINT 0 nonexistant 1 configuring 3 established 4 timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 1 1 0 Connection 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT 0x00 Cyclic unacknowledged 0x03 Cyclic acknowledged 0x10 COS unacknowledged 0x13 COS acknowledged 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT 01101xxxxxx XXXXXX node address 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT 10xxxxxx101 xxxx
256. ication Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 357 Appendix D 358 Group Motor Installations See the final group motor circuit design in the following figure 8 AWG motor branch trunk 12 AWG motor trunk tap conductors are permissible with 40A Time Delay fuse 14 AWG are permissible with 50A Inverse Time circuit breaker NFPA 79 Table 7 2 10 4 40A Time Delay or 50A Inverse Time CB 14A FLC 10 HP Note the ArmorStart and motor cable are UL Listed together and supplied by Rockwell Automation If the group motor design was carried out with the intent to use an inverse time circuit breaker from NEC Table 430 52 to the rules of NEC 430 53C start with the largest motor 10 Hp and calculate 14 A x 250 35 A to this add the FLC of the 5 Hp motor 7 6 A plus the other calculated drive currents for the motors controlled by the VFD ArmorStarts The calculated drive currents are given in the following table Motor Hp Motor FLC A Inverse Time CB Current A 10 14 35 5 7 6 7 6 2 3 4 4 89 1 2 1 3 15 1 2 1 3 15 1 2 1 3 15 Total Fuse Current 56 94 Therefore for the standard inverse time circuit breaker available not exceeding 56 94 A a 50 A inverse time circuit breaker is used This design also allows the use of 8 AWG for the motor branch circuit Continuing and applying NEC 430 28 the individual motor tap conductors can be sized down to o
257. ice Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance 0x0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 307 AppendixB Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Discrete Output Point Object DOP Instances 3 and 4 Special Behavior Special Requirements There are many sources that can affect an output point s value an I O message an explicit message local logic network fault and idle conditions and protection fault conditions An output point must know how to select which source of data to use to drive its value attribute An output that is not used in a DeviceLogix program behaves much the same as in the DeviceNet Specification One notable addition to DOP behavior for the ArmorStart implementation is that Protection Fault Action and Protection Fault Value attributes determine the behavior of the DOP when the ArmorStart faults on a protection fault The following State Transition Diagram is used for DOP Instances 3 and 4 when they are not in use in a DeviceLogix Program Figure 79 State Transition Diagram Unbound DOP Instances 3 and 4 Non Existant Power On Available Protection Fault DNet Fault Connection Transitions to Established DNet Fault Connection Transitions to Established Protection Fault Reset Protection Fault Protection Fault 308 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P Septembe
258. ice Name Class Instance Ox0E Discrete Input Group Object CLASS CODE 0x001D No class attributes are supported for the Discrete Input Group Object A single instance of the Discrete Input Group Object is supported It contains the following attributes Table 159 Discrete Input Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Number of Instances USINT 4 4 Get Binding Array of UINT List of DIP instances 6 Get Set Off_On_Delay UINT in usec 7 Get Set On_Off_Delay UINT In usec Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 349 AppendixC Bulletin 284 CIP Information The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Input Group Object Table 160 Discrete Input Group Object Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Discrete Output Group Object CLASS CODE 0x001E No class attributes are supported for the Discrete Output Group Object Two instances of the Discrete Output Group Object are supported They contain the following attributes Table 161 Discrete Output Group Instance 1Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Number of Instances USINT 10 4 Get Binding Array of List of DOP instances 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 UINT 10 6 Get Set Command BOOL 0 idle 1 run 104 Get Set
259. iceNet object classes Table 108 DeviceNet Object Classes Class Object 0x0001 Identity 0x0002 Message Router 0x0003 DeviceNet 0x0004 Assembly 0x0005 Connection 0x0008 Discrete Input Point 0x0009 Discrete Output Point 0x000F Parameter Object 0x0010 Parameter Group Object 0x001D Discrete Input Group 0x001E Discrete Output Group 0x0029 Control Supervisor 0x002B Acknowledge Handler 0x00B4 DN Interface Object Identity Object CLASS CODE 0x0001 The following class attributes are supported for the Identity Object Table 109 Identity Object Class Attributes Attribute ID AccessRule Name Data Type Value 1 Get UINT 1 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 327 AppendixC Bulletin 284 CIP Information Identity Object A single instance of the Identity Object is supported The following instance attributes are supported Table 110 Identity Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Name Data Type Value Rule 1 Get Vendor UINT 1 2 Get Device Type UINT 22 or 133 3 Get Product Code UINT See Table 107 4 Get Revision Structure of Major Revision USINT Indicates Software Firmware Revision Minor Revision USINT Number 5 Get Status WORD Bit 0 0 not owned 1 owned by master Bit 2 0 Factory Defaulted 1 Configured Bit 8 Minor Recoverable fault Bit 9 Minor Unrecoverable fault Bit 10 Major Recoverabl
260. ime seconds Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 19 Chapter1 Product Overview Bulletin 284 Sensorless Vector Performance Volts per Hertz Torque Per Unit e Drive automatically provides auto boost IR compensation and slip 3 0 2 5 2 0 1 5 1 0 compensation Provides excellent speed regulation and high levels of torque across the entire speed range of the drive and improved speed regulation even as load increases Most cost effective performance when sensorless vector control is not required To select this method of operation select H for the Mode of Operation that is listed in the catalog structure See Publication 280 SG001 Frequency HZ Sensorless Vector Control Torque Per Unit 20 Sensorless Vector Control provides exceptional speed regulation and high levels of torque across the entire speed range of the drive The Autotune feature allows the Bulletin 284 ArmorStart distributed motor controller to adapt to individual motor characteristics To select this method of operation select V for the Mode of Operation that is listed in the catalog structure See Publication 280 SG001 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Product Overview Chapter 1 Description of Features Overload Protection The ArmorStart distributed motor controller incorporates as standard electronic motor overload protection This overload protection
261. imensions for 1 Hp and below 230V AC 2 Hp and below 460V AC with Conduit Entrance CR option a T T lo H jil jil jil H J SS e 3 0 ea 2 2 f MOTOR CONNECTION 266 9 10 51 373 14 69 Eai i aR J O O O 195 W k 17 681 o 0 7 67 9 3 o 0 0 of URURUA 1 CONDUIT OPENING r H i 1 85 0 75 CONDUIT OPENING Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 35 Chapter2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All dimensions are subject to change Figure 15 Dimensions for 1 Hp and below 230V AC 2 Hp and below 460V AC IP67 Type 4 12 with Daisy Chain DR option Conduit Entrance 420 38 16 55 1 Hp or less 230V AC 2 Hp or less 480 575V AC 444 38 17 50 3 Hp or greater 480 575V AC 290
262. in 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Drvin PrFitState This parameter with Parameter 50 defines how the Drive Digital Inputs 1 2 responds when a protection trip occurs When set to 1 Drive Digital Inputs 1 2 continue to operate as command via the network When set to 0 Drive Digital Inputs 1 4 Parameters 151 154 opens or closes as determined by setting in Parameter 50 0 Go to PrFit Value 1 Ignore PrFlt Drvin PrFitValue This parameter determines the state of Drive Digital Inputs 1 2 assumes when a trip occurs and Parameter 49 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close Drvin DNFItState This parameter with Parameter 52 defines how the Drive Digital Inputs 1 2 responds when a DeviceNet fault occurs When set to 1 Drive Digital Inputs 1 2 hold last state occurs When set to 0 goes to DnFlt Value on DN faults as determined by Parameter 52 0 Go to Fault Value 1 Hold Last State Drvin DNFIt Value This parameter determines if the drive commands in the event of a DeviceNet fault 0 0FF 1 0N Drvin DNidIState This parameter with Parameter 54 defines how the Drive Digital Input 1 2 responds when a DeviceNet network is idle When set to 1 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 goes to DnFit Value on DN faults as determined by Parameter 54 0 Go to Fault Value 1 Hold Last State
263. ined Master Slave connection set is still available for allocation by a network master The ZIP object also provides a means for ensuring that system configuration is secure A 16 bit Zone Key instance attribute is calculated for each ZIP Producer which is based on the device configuration and the Identity Object device key attributes The Zone Key value is manually read by the user from the ZIP producer and manually written to the Zone Key of the ZIP Consumers that consumes the data as part of the system configuration process When the Data Security Enable attribute is enabled ZIP Producers place the 16 bit Zone Key at the end of each produced I O message When security is disabled for a producer the Zone Key is still placed at the end of each produced I O message ZIP Consumers assume that the last 16 bits of each consumed I O message contains the Zone Key When the Data Security Enable attribute is enabled for a consumer the consumed Zone Key is compared to the ZIP consumer s stored Zone Key If they do not match the Zone Health instance attribute is set to 1 not healthy When security is disabled for a consumer the consumed Zone Key is ignored The selection of I O Assemblies that contain the 16 bit Zone Key is verified for both producing and consuming connections when ZIP is enabled Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Electronic Data Sheets Appendix C Bulletin 284 CIP Information Electronic D
264. ing Specifications EMC Emission levels Conducted Radio Frequency Emissions Class A Radiated Emissions Class A Group 1 Equivalent to C2 emissions EMC immunity levels Electrostatic Discharge 4 KV contact and 8 kV Air Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Field 10 V m Fast Transient 2kV Surge Transient 1 kV LL 2 KV L N Earth Overload Characteristics Trip Class 10 Overload Protection t overload protection 150 for 60 seconds 200 for 30 seconds Number of poles 3 DeviceNet Specifications DeviceNet Supply Voltage Rating Range 11 25V DC 24V DC Nominal DeviceNet Input Current 167 mA 24V DC 4 0 W 364 mA 11V DC 4 0 W External Devices powered by DeviceNet Sensors Inputs 4 50 mA total 200 mA Total w max Sensor Inputs 4 367 mA 24V DC 8 0 W DeviceNet Input Current Surge 15 A for 250 us DeviceNet Communications Baud Rates 125 250 500 kbps Distance Maximum 500 m 1630 ft 125 kbps 200 m 656 ft 250 kbps 100 m 328 ft 500 kbps Certifications cULus File No E207834 UL 508C EN 50178 EN 61800 3 EN 60947 1 CE Marked per Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and EMC Directive 89 336 EEC Internal Fan Fan L10 Operation data 80K hours at 40C and 98K hours at 25 C 77 F ambient Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Specifications Appendix A Line
265. inimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Table 16 Analog Output Options Options Output Range Minimum Output Maximum Output Value A066 Analog DIP Switch Position Related Value Out High Parameter 0 OutFreq 0 10 0 10V 0V 0Hz P035 Maximum Freq 0 10V 101 1 OutCurr 0 10 0 10V OV 0 Amps 200 Drive Rated Output Current 0 10V 103 2 OutVolt 0 10 0 10V OV 0 Volts 120 Drive Rated Output Volts 0 10V 104 3 OutPowr 0 10 0 10V OV 0kW 200 Drive Rated Power 0 10V 122 4 TstData 0 10 0 10V OV 0000 65535 Hex FFFF 0 10V 119 15 OutTorg 0 10 0 10V OV 0 Amps 200 Drive Rated FLA 0 10V 129 Note Only output range 0 10V applies with the factory installed A10 option Analog Out High Parameter Number 166 Access Rule GET SET Scales the maximum output value for parameter 165 source setting Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 800 Default Value 100 Accel Time 2 Parameter Number 167 Related Parameters 139 151 152 153 154 170 173 When active sets the rate of acceleration for all speed increases except for jog 174 177 240 247 Maximum Freq _ Accel Rate Access Rule GET SET Accel Time Data Type UINT aed Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec aes Minimum Value 0 0 OF Param le Time wParam Maximum Value 600 0 s Ke or TeS Default Value 20 0 Accel Decel Time x Time x 172
266. installation is located so that inadvertent operation is minimized then other installation locations with acceptable access can be provided The ArmorStart distributed motor controller contains the equivalent of 0 76 m 30 in of DeviceNet drop cable s electrical characteristics and therefore 0 76 m 30 in of drop cable must be included in the DeviceNet drop cable budget for each ArmorStart in addition to actual drop cable required for the installation Other DeviceNet System Design Considerations The separation of the control power and DeviceNet power is recommended as a good design practice This minimizes the load on the DeviceNet supply and prevents transients that may be present on the control power system from influencing the communication controls For additional information regarding 24V DC control power system design see Appendix E The following guidelines are provided for Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC installation compliance General Notes Bulletin 284 only e The motor Cable should be kept as short as possible to avoid electromagnetic emission and also capacitive currents e Conformity of the drive with CE EMC requirements does not guarantee an entire machine installation complies with CE EMC requirements Many factors can influence total machine installation compliance Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 55 Chapter2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Grounding Motor Cabl
267. instances of the Discrete Output Point Object are supported The following table summarizes the DOP instances Table 87 Discrete Output Point Object Instance Attributes Instance ID Name Alternate Mapping Description 1 Run Fwd Output 0029 01 03 Run Forward output For all starter types this output is hard wired from the ArmorStart CPU to the actuator 2 Run Rev Output 0029 01 04 Run Reverse output For all starter types this output is hard wired from the ArmorStart CPU to the actuator 3 User Output A none These are the 2 ArmorStart user outputs 4 User Output B none All instances contain the following attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 0N 5 Get Set Fault Action BOOL 0 Fault Value attribute 1 Hold Last State 6 Get Set Fault Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 0N 7 Get Set Idle Action BOOL 0 Fault Value attribute 1 Hold Last State 8 Get Set Idle Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 0 113 Get Set Pr Fault Action BOOL 0 Pr Fault Value attribute 1 Ignore 114 Get Set O Pr Fault Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 0 115 Get Set Force Enable BOOL 0 Disable 1 Enable 116 Get Set Force Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 0N For DOP instances 1 and 2 attributes 113 and 114 have Get only access and their values are always 0 The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Output Point Object Table 88 Discrete Output Object Common Services Serv
268. irculating fan to support heat conduction in high ambient applications This fan operates with control power and cannot be controlled by any other means If the fan were to slow down to a minimum RPM the 284 will fault This fault is displayed as a Hardware Fault F14 Parameter 61 Last Pr Fault indicates a FAN RPM fault This fault can be reset and the unit will continue to operate normally for 24 hours that should allow time to schedule preventive maintenance After 24 hours a fault will occur Replace the fan with PN 284 FAN See Chapter 12 Hardware Fault Fan RPM Warning for information regarding the monitoring of the Fan RPM 284 Firmware 66 21 prior levels require the fan to be replaced before restarting Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 59 Chapter2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Notes 60 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Chapter 3 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Introduction This chapter describes each programmable parameter and its function Parameter Programming Each distributed motor controller type has a common set of parameters followed by a set of parameters that pertain to the individual starter type See Chapter 7 DeviceNet Commissioning for instructions in using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet to modify parameter settings IMPORTANT Resetting the Factory Default Values Parameter 47 Set to Defaults allows the installer to reset all
269. is accomplished electronically with an Z 2t algorithm The ArmorStart distributed motor controller has overload protection that is programmable via the communication network providing the user with flexibility If an overload fault were to occur dependent on the overload class and the thermo utilization it may require up to 60 seconds or more before a fault reset is allowed The Bulletin 280 281 overload trip class can be selected for class 10 15 and 20 protection Ambient insensitivity is inherent in the electronic design of the overload Figure 4 Overload Trip Curves of Full Load Current Class 10 Class 15 10000 10000 ty 3 1000 2 o E E Qa 2 Cold e 100 F 100 cog g Hot 2 Hot x x lt ET 8 Q Q Q Q lt lt 1 1 O 100 2200300 00r lt 200 3600 200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 of Full Load Current Note See Overload Class Parameter 107 Thermo Utilization parameter 105 and OL Reset Level parameter 108 to adjust the reset time Class 20 10000 100 Cold Hot Approximate Trip Time sec 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 of Full Load Current Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 21 Chapter 1 22 Product Overview The Bulletin 284 ArmorStart distributed motor controller incorporates as standard electronic motor overload protection This overload
270. is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close Keypad Mode This parameter selects if the keypad operation is maintained or momentary 0 Maintained 1 Momentary Keypad Disable This parameter disables all keypad function except for the OFF and RESET buttons 0 Not Disabled 1 Disabled Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 Parameter Number 43 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 44 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 45 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Misc Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 46 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Misc Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 81 Chapter 3 82 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Set to Defaults Parameter Number 47 A Rul GET SET This parameter if set to 1 sets the ca A device to the factory defaults Data Type BOOL 0 No Operation Group ube 1 Set to Defaults Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Base Enclos
271. iscrete Output Point Object Special Requirements 308 DOP Instances 3 and 4 Special Behavior 0 000005 308 DOP Instances 1 and 2 Special Behavior 0 00 0005 309 Parameter Object CLASS CODE 0x000F 00005 312 Parameter Group Object CLASS CODE 0x0010 313 Discrete Input Group Object CLASS CODE 0x001D 314 Discrete Output Group Object CLASS CODE Ox001E 314 Control Supervisor Object CLASS CODE 0x0029 315 Acknowledge Handler Object CLASS CODE 0x002b 316 Overload Object CLASS CODE 0x002 6c civei sedate as cont 317 DeviceNet Interface Object CLASS CODE 0x00B4 318 ZIP OBJECT a ice mesara Sect shan Wik onan aera A a eMac Mila aS 319 CLASS CODE 0x03 2Evs 0e cei n ood os ated eas 319 ZAP ETE o I IEA wien viene ate E E lou whem se eedae 319 Attribute Symantics S45 cote Zot aS em Soe 28 cone e aba 321 Bei aVION 5s yeeena tance arenes waned a a hw weds a 324 Appendix C Electronic Data Sheree 23s iaias it vs udleoecsenedeea esd ies aaRee ws 325 VED Type Product Codes and Name Strings 00 005 325 DeviceNet Objects tend a ie oe Pelt ce Oh se hens aa 327 Identity Object CLASS CODE 0x0001 008 327 Identity Objectes ore ate guid water seo espeo E E 328 Message Router CLASS CODE 0x0002 04 328 DeviceNet Object CLASS CODE 0x0003 065
272. ix B Class In this example the value is F Instance In this example the value is 104 Attribute In this example the value is 1 After the above information has been entered click the communication tab Path The path defines the route that the message takes to get to the device it is intended for In this example the path is Scanner 2 4 where scanner is the name of the 1756 DNB in the rack 2 represents the DeviceNet port and 4 represents the physical node address of the ArmorStart Figure 55 Scanner Path Message Configuration explicit_mess i E xi Configuration Communication Tag Path EEUE Scanner 2 4 Communication Method CIP C B Channel Destination Link 3 CIP shith Source Link l J Destination Node Source ID I Connected MV Cache Connections e Octal O Enable Enable Waiting Start 2 Done Done Length 0 Error Code Extended Error Code I Timed Out Error Path Error Text Cancel Apply Help Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 End Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Figure 56 ControlLogix Example of Ladder Logic Program Chapter 8 Rung 0 The 1756 DNb scanner module will map output data and discrete outputs to each node only when it is in the run mode PLC_Run lt Local 1 0 CommandRegister Run gt Rung 1 If
273. l Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 323 Appendix B 324 Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Behavior The ZIP object provides a means for devices on a network to share I O data directly without hard wiring them together with or without the use of a network scanner A single ZIP enabled device can consume data directly from multiple devices on a network A ZIP enabled device can also auto allocate and configure producing I O connections In initial DeviceNet ZIP implementations devices are capable of auto allocating and configuring unacknowledged COS connections but the object definition does not preclude the use of other types of I O connections for data production Instances of the ZIP object represent connection endpoints on a network Two types of ZIP object instances are defined e ZIP Producers e ZIP Consumers Multiple instances of each instance type can exist but in initial DeviceNet implementations a single ZIP Producer is used to allow for the automatic allocation and configuration of an unacknowledged COS connection The automatic allocation of producing I O connections only occurs if the Auto Run ZIP attribute for the ZIP Producer is enabled When a ZIP Producer is automatically allocated on power up with the Auto Run Zip attribute set to the value 1 enable the Master s MAC ID portion of the Allocation Information attribute in the DeviceNet Object is not changed This indicates that the Predef
274. l Comm 11 DC Bus Fault 12 EEprom 13 HW Flt 14 Reset Retries 15 Misc Fault 16 CP Warning 17 10 Warning 18 DN Warning 19 HW Warning Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 229 Chapter9 Using DeviceLogix Bulletin 284 ArmorStart Outputs The screen capture below shows how to choose outputs in the ladder editor o Ge L PNB INT JARRRAN The Bulletin 284 bit definitions 0 Run Forward 1 Run Reverse Reserved 2 User Output A 3 User Output B 4 Drive Digital In 1 5 Drive Digital In 2 6 Drive Digital In 3 7 Drive Digital In 4 8 Jog Forward 9 Jog Reverse 230 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Using DeviceLogix Chapter 9 Bulletin 284 ArmorStart Produced Network Bits The screen capture below shows how to choose Produced Network Bits in the ladder editor DOP INT o DEE 1 2 3 4 lf 8 la 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 The following table contains the produced network bit definitions for Bulletin 284 ArmorStart units Produce network bit declaration 0 Net Output 0 1 Net Output 1 2 Net Output 2 3 Net Output 3 4 Net Output 4 5 Net Output 5 6 Net Output 6 7 Net Output 7 8 Net Output 8 9 Net Output 9 10 Net Output 10 11 Net Output 11 12 Net Output 12
275. l Get Set Enables ZIP data production on power SSNS ee up Data Type BOOL 0 Disable Group ZIP Parameters 1 Enable Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Zone Produced EPR Parameter Number 68 A Rul GET SET The Expected Packet Rate in msec RENS Defines the rate at which ZIP data is Data Type UINT produced Defaults to 75 msec Group Zip Parameter Units msec MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 75 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 83 Chapter3 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Zone Produced PIT Parameter Number 69 The Production Inhibit Time in msec Access Rule ae Defines the minimum time between Data Type UINT Change of State data production Group ZIP Parameters Units msec MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 75 Zone 1 MACID Parameter Number 70 The node address of the device whose Access Tue GET SET data is to be consumed for zone 1 Data Type USINT Group ZIP Parameters Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 64 Default Value 64 Zone 2 MACID Parameter Number 71 The node address of the device whose Access Rule aaa data is to be consumed for zone 2 Data Type USINT Group ZIP Parameters Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 64 Default Value 64 Zone 3 MACID Parameter Number 72 The node address of the device whose AccessRile eRe data
276. le GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 C Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 120 Default Value Read Only Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 125 126 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Basic Program Group Motor NP Volts Set to the motor nameplate rated volts Stop drive before changing this parameter Motor NP Hertz Set to the motor nameplate rated frequency Stop drive before changing this parameter Motor OL Current Set to the maximum allowable current The drive will fault on an F7 Motor Over load if the value of this parameter is exceeded by 150 for 60 seconds Minimum Freq Sets the lowest frequency that the drive outputs continuously Parameter Number 131 Related Parameters 104 184 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Setup Units IAC Minimum Value 20 Maximum Value 240V 460V or 600V AC Default Value Based on Drive Rating Parameter Number 132 Related Parameters 184 190 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Setup Units 1Hz Minimum Value 10 Maximum Value 240 Default Value 60 Hz Parameter Number 133 Related Parameters 155 189 190 198 214 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Basic Program Setup Units 0 1A Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value Drive rated amps x 2 Default Value Based on Drive Rating
277. ler to program a time duration before being reported ON GET SET Data Type UINT Group User 1 0 Units ms Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65 000 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 109 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers On to Off Delay This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration before being reported OFF In Sink Source This parameter allows the installer to program the inputs to be sink or source 0 Sink 1 Source OutA Pr FitState This parameter with Parameter 34 defines how Output A responds when a trip When set to 1 Output A continue to operate as command via the network When set to 0 Output A opens or closes as determined by setting in Parameter 34 OutA Pr FitValue This parameter determines the state the Out A assumes when a trip occurs and Parameter 33 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close OutA DN FitState This parameter with Parameter 36 defines how Output A respondsresponds when a DeviceNet network fault occurs When set to 1 Output A holds state before trip occurrence When set to 0 Output A opens or closes as determined by setting in Parameter 36 Parameter Number 31 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group User 1 0 Units ms Minimum
278. lick ArmorStart 2 Click the DeviceLogix tab If you are on line with a device a dialog box appears asking you to upload or download Click Upload 3 Click the Start Logic Editor button 4 If programming off line continue to step 5 otherwise click the Edit button Click Yes when asked if you want to Enter Edit Mode Once in edit mode the entire list of Function Blocks is displayed in the toolbar Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Using DeviceLogix Chapter 9 5 Left Click the RSL function block This is a reset dominate latch 6 Move the cursor into the grid and left click to drop the function onto the grid 7 From the toolbar Click the Discrete Input button and choose Input 0 from the pull down menu This is the remote start button based on the example I O table 8 Place the input to the left of the RSL function To drop the input on the page left click on the desired position 9 Place the mouse cursor over the tip of Input 0 The tip turns green Click the tip when it turns green 10 Move the mouse cursor toward the input of the RSL function A line follows the cursor When a connection can be made the tip of the RSL function also turns green Click the Input and the line is drawn from Input 0 to the Set Input of the RSL function Note If this was not a valid connection one of the pin tips would have turned red rather than green Double click on the unused portion of the grid or
279. llers Chapter 4 Net Out COS Mask Parameter Number 20 Access Rule GET SET This parameter sets the bit that triggers a COS message on the network output Data Type WORD Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 Bit Function 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 3 2 Net Output 0 Net Output 1 X Net Output 2 X Net Output 3 Net Output 4 Net Output 5 Net Output 6 X Net Output 7 X Net Output 8 X Net Output 9 X Net Output 10 X Net Output 11 X Net Output 12 X Net Output 13 X Net Output 14 Dnet Voltage Parameter Number 21 Access Rule GET This parameter provides the voltage measurement for the DeviceNet network Data Type UINT Group DeviceNet Units V Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 6500 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 105 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Starter Protection Group
280. location details Most recommendations regarding drive cable address issues are caused by the nature of the drive output A PWM drive creates AC motor current by sending DC voltage pulses to the motor in a specific pattern These pulses affect the wire insulation and can be a source of electrical noise The rise time amplitude and frequency of these pulses must be considered when choosing a wire cable type The choice of cable must consider _ The effects of the drive output once the cable is installed 2 The need for the cable to contain noise that is caused by the drive output 3 The amount of cable charging current available from the drive 4 Possible voltage drop and subsequent loss of torque for long wire runs Keep the motor cable lengths less than 13 7 m 45 ft from the ArmorStart LT Unshielded Cable Properly designed multi conductor cables can provide better performance in wet applications significantly reduce voltage stress on wire insulation and reduce cross coupling between drives Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Chapter 2 The use of cables without shielding is generally acceptable for installations where electrical noise created by the drive does not interfere with the operation of other devices such as communications cards photoelectric switches weigh scales and others Be certain the installation does not require shielded cable to meet
281. lthy Group ZIP Parameters Units msec Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 75 Zone 4 EPR Parameter Number 89 Access Rule GET SET The Expected Packet Rate in msec for the zone 1 consuming connection If consumed data is not Data Type UNIT received in 4 times this value the zone connection will time out and Zone 4 Health will report 1 YP Not Healthy Group ZIP Parameters Units msec Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 75 Zone 1 Control Parameter Number 90 Access Rule GET SET Zone 1 Control Word Default Bits 0 and 1 set all other bits clear Data Type BYTE Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable data security G JPP Bit1 C0S Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages eu AAMER Bit2 PollCnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs Units Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs Minimum Value 0 Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume Multicast Poll Response messages Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 75 120 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Zone 2 Control Parameter Number 91 Access Rule GET SET Zone 2 Control Word Default Bits 0 and 1 set all other bits clear Data Type BYTE Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable data security Group AP Praner Bit1 C0S Cnxn 1 Cons
282. lue 65535 Default Value 75 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 Zone 4 EPR Parameter Number 89 A Rul GET SET The Expected Packet Rate in msec for oe the zone 1 consuming connection If Data Type UNIT consumed data is not received in 4 times this value the zone connection Group ZIP Parameters will time out and Zone 4 Health will report 1 Not Healthy Units msec MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 75 Zone 1 Control Parameter Number 90 Zone 1 Control Word Default Bit 0 Access Rule GET SET and Bit 1 set all other bits clear Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable data Data Type BYTE security Bit1 C0S Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group ZIP Parameters Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Units Group 2 Poll Response msgs Bit3 StrobeCnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs MinimumValue 0 Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume Multicast Poll Response messages Maximum Value 255 Default Value 3 Zone 2 Control Parameter Number 91 Zone 2 Control Word Default Bit 0 Access Rule GET SET and Bit 1 set all other bits clear Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable data security Data Type BYTE Bit1 C0S Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages Group ZIP Parameters Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs Units a Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group
283. lue is produced in the last 2 bytes of data when one of the ZIP assemblies is chosen for data Data Type UINT production Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Zone Ctrl Enable Parameter Number 99 Access Rule GET SET Global enable for ZIP peer to peer messaging This parameter must be disabled before any changes to Data Type BOOL the ZIP configuration for the device can be made 0 Disable Group ZIP Parameters 1 Enable Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Display Group Output Freq Parameter Number 101 Related Parameters 102 110 134 135 138 Output frequency present at T1 T2 T3 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 240 0 Hz Default Value Read Only 122 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Commanded Freq Value of the active frequency command Displays the commanded frequency even if the drive is not running Output Current Output Current present at T1 T2 T3 Output Voltage Output Current present at T1 T2 T3 DC Bus Voltage Present DC Bus voltage level Drive Status Present operating condition of the drive Bit 0 running Bit 1 Forward Bit 2 Accelerating Bit 3 Decelerating Pa
284. m iiiny vai0 sar iewis sate ai ae tia ei Chee eee 95 Parameter Group Listing xo staatce ud en aev ani iss pri tesian enirere 95 DeyiceLEonx Group 8 lactate ete sagan nd Peso Vb te leateelaea EA 97 Device Net Group riri 65 soo riaio ninata EEEE EENES a ESTE 102 Starter Protection Group ssesssssrerersrsrrresrsrrrrres 106 User I O Grou pecicnct cucu enaaneewaneaniay A NEE EERS 110 Miscellaneous Group st essere tetova eyed ects pee een dard 113 Drive DeviceNet Group 5 Jiatns teehee tial ea tiem ee ts 115 TAD PAAR CECUS as ra tiratira tert ad cachet ota a A AARE E E aaa 117 Display Group ee nck i ead ee et tae 8 Ne eka A ea ete 123 Basic Program Groupisis lt eo dadx ia cee ron Gas ebiade be teawkeawau es 126 Advanced Program Group ec cya g5555 cok mre te ses dvd eas tere 129 Clear a Type 1 Fault and Restart the Drive 0 136 Clear an Overvoltage Undervoltage or Heatsink OvrTmp Fault without Restarting the Drives cijecnne lt seossacasas peeeeies 136 Chapter 5 Parameter Prost aiinnin gs x5 scissors pesado eee autae eh we 141 Parameter Group LiSHin goad ncicteareersa esd Naat Matancera as 141 Devicelopix Group vss wssaseerseewatssacnramid reennwusweoany 143 DeviceNet Groupi oe 6 tau areola alee evens Mois Micka 148 Starter Protection Group oci4 lt 33s sclera ed Wee he bees evan es 152 User QAGIOUp i tbunes teteeaten Wi waa tata hete E amie 156 Miscellaneous Groupie lt a o3i ade ee 159 Drive DeviceNet Group aces ijowcsa
285. maintenance activities follow the local safety related work practices for example the NFPA7OE Part Il in the United States Maintenance personnel must be trained in the safety practices procedures and requirements that pertain to their respective job assignments ATTENTION Do not attempt to defeat or override fault circuits The cause of the fault indication must be determined and corrected before attempting operation Failure to correct a control system of mechanical malfunction may result in personal injury and or equipment damage due to uncontrolled machine system operation ATTENTION The drive contains high voltage capacitors that take time to discharge after removal of mains supply Before working on drive ensure isolation of mains supply from line inputs R S T L1 L2 L3 Wait three minutes for capacitors to discharge to safe voltage levels Failure to do so may result in personal injury or death ATTENTION Darkened display LEDs is not an indication that capacitors have discharged to safe voltage levels ATTENTION Only qualified personnel familiar with adjustable frequency AC drives and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation startup and subsequent maintenance of the system Failure to comply may result in personal injury and or equipment damage Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 251 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting A A ATTENTION This drive contains elec
286. mand via the network When set to 0 Output B opens or closes as determined by setting in Parameter 40 OutB Pr FitValue This parameter determines the state the Out B assumes when a trip occurs and Parameter 39 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close Parameter Number 36 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 37 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 38 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 39 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 40 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 111 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers OutB DN FitState This parameter with Parameter 42 defines how Output B responds when a DeviceNet network fault occurs When set to 1 Output B holds state before trip occurrence When set to 0 Output B opens or closes as determined by setting in Parameter 42 OutB DN FitValue
287. mation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Net Out COS Mask Parameter Number 20 Access Rule GET SET This parameter sets the bit that triggers a COS message on the network output Data Type WORD Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value 0 Bit Function 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 3 2 Net Output 0 Net Output 1 X Net Output 2 X Net Output 3 Net Output 4 Net Output 5 Net Output 6 X Net Output 7 X Net Output 8 X Net Output 9 X Net Output 10 X Net Output 11 X Net Output 12 X Net Output 13 X Net Output 14 Dnet Voltage Parameter Number 21 Access Rule GET This parameter provides the voltage measurement for the DeviceNet network Data Type UINT Group DeviceNet Units V Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 6500 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 151 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Starter Protection Group
288. mation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Product Overview Chapter 1 Optional HOA Keypad Configuration Bulletin 280 281 only The ArmorsStart offers two optional factory installed Hand Off Auto HOA configurations Standard and Forward Reverse HOA Figure 7 Optional HOA Configuration Optional HOA Selector Keypad with Jog Function Bulletin 284 only The HOA Selector Keypad with Jog Function allows for local start stop control with capabilities to jog in forward reverse motor directions Figure 8 Optional HOA with Jog Function Configuration A B Allen Bradley hg Source Brake Contactor Bulletin 284 only An internal contactor is used to switch the electromechanical motor brake on off The motor brake is powered from the main power circuit A customer accessible 3 0 A open fuse is detected over the network via Last Protection fault parameter 61 A fuse is provided to protect the brake cable A 3 meter 9 8 ft 3 pin cable for connection to the motor brake is provided as standard when the option is selected See Appendix G Manual Brake Control for ArmorStart via DeviceLogix for manual activation instructions EMI Filter Bulletin 284 only The EMI Filter option is required if the Bulletin 284 ArmorStart distributed motor controller must be CE compliant If the EMI Filter is selected a 3 meter 9 8 ft shielded 4 conductor cordset is provided as standard This option is only available with sensorless v
289. mber 2015 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Appendix C The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Output Point Object Table 152 Discrete Output Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Discrete Output Point Object Special Requirements DOP Instances 3 and 4 Special Behavior There are many sources that can affect an output point s value an I O message and explicit message local logic network fault and idle conditions and protection fault conditions An output point must know how to select which source of data to use to drive its value attribute An output that is not bound behaves much the same as in the DeviceNet Specification One notable addition to DOP behavior for the ArmorStart implementation is the Protection Fault Action and Protection Fault Value attributes determine the behavior of the DOP when the ArmorStart faults on a protection fault Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 343 AppendixC Bulletin 284 CIP Information The following State Transition Diagram is used for Unbound DOP Instances 3 8 when they are not used in a Devicelogix Program Figure 84 State Transition Diagram Unbound DOP 3 8 s Non Existant Power On Available Protection Fault DNet Fault Connection Transitions to Established DNet Fault Connection Transition
290. mblies These assembly instances have the same data format as the PowerFlex Drives with a DNet adapter Power Flex Native Consumed Assembly Instance 170 is the PowerFlex Native Format Consumed Assembly Table 137 Instance 170 PowerFlex Native Format Consumed Assembly Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit1 Bito 0 MOP Inc reserved Direction Cmd Flt Reset Jog Start Stop 1 MOP Dec FreqSelect3 FreqSelect2 FreqSelect1 Decel 2 Decel1 Accel2 Accel 1 2 Comm Frequency Command Low 3 Comm Frequency Command High Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 335 AppendixC Bulletin 284 CIP Information Table 138 Logic Command Accel 2 Accel 1 Description 0 0 No Command 0 1 Accel 1 Enable 1 0 Accel 2 Enable 1 1 Hold Accel Rate Selected Decel 2 Decel 1 0 0 No Command 0 1 Decel 1 Enable 1 0 Decel 2 Enable 1 1 Hold Decel Rate Selected Freq Select 3 Freq Select 2 Freq Select 1 0 0 0 No Command 0 0 1 Freq Source P136 Start Source 0 1 0 Freq Source P169 Internal Freq 0 1 1 Freq Source Comms 1 0 0 P170 Preset Freq 0 1 0 P171 Preset Freq 1 1 1 0 P172 Preset Freq 2 1 1 1 P173 Preset Freq 3 Power Flex Native Produced Assembly Instance 171 is the PowerFlex Native Format Produced Assembly Table 139 Instance 171 Pow
291. meter in the device whose data is being consumed for zone 4 98 Device Value Key This value is produced in the last 2 bytes of data when one of the ZIP assemblies is chosen for data production 234 99 Zone Ctrl Enable Global enable for ZIP peer to peer messaging This parameter must be disabled before any changes to the ZIP configuration for the device can be made 0 Disable 1 Enable Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Data Production Data Consumption ArmorStart ZIP Configuration Chapter 10 In a typical ZIP system each device on the network automatically produces I O data using Change of State COS triggering The automatic production of this COS data by an ArmorStart is enabled by setting Parameter 67 AutoRun ZIP to a value of 1 Enable Then COS data is produced automatically when the global ZIP enable parameter Zone Ctrl Enable Parameter 99 is set to the value of 1 Enable Data production takes place at a rate specified by Parameter 68 Zone ProducedEPR The minimum period between Change of State productions is determined by the value of Parameter 69 Zone ProducedPIT In the ArmorStart data from up to 4 other devices can be consumed for use in the local logic The four devices whose data is to be consumed are logically referred to by zone number i e zones 1 4 To configure an ArmorStart to consume data from another node on the network the node address or
292. meter pointed to by Produced Word 0 Param high byte Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 1 Param low byte Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 1 Param high byte Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 2 Param high byte Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 3 Param low byte Instance 120 Word Byte 0 0 1 1 2 3 2 4 5 3 6 7 330 Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 2 Param low byte Value of the parameter pointed to by Produced Word 3 Param high byte Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Appendix C Word Wise Bit Packed Assemblies Assemblies whose instance numbers are 180 189 are all one word 16 bits long They can be used stand alone but their main use is to assemble information for EDS file parameters These Word Wise assemblies become the building blocks for the Custom Parameter Based Word Wise assembly described in Table 118 Table 119 Instance 181 Hardware Inputs 1 16 Instance 181 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Input 4 Input 3 Input 2 Input 1 1 _ Table 120 Instance 182 Consumed Network Inputs 1 16 Instance 182 This is a Read Write Control Assembly 0 Net Input NetInput NetInput NetInput NetInput NetIn
293. meters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Wiring Options Parameter Number 58 Access Rule GET Bit 0 Conduit Data Type WORD Bit 1 Round Media Grol Misc Bits 2 15 Reserved Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value Default Value 0 Starter Enclosure Parameter Number 59 Access Rule GET Bit 0 IP67 Data Type WORD Et TE NEMAM Group Misc Bits 2 15 reserved Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value Default Value 0 Starter Option Parameter Number 60 Access Rule GET Bit 0 HOA Keypad Data Type WORD Bit 1 Safety Monitor Group Misc Bit 2 Source Brake Bit 3 Control Brake Units Bit 4 Dynamic Brake Minimum Value 0 Bit 5 Output Contactor Maximum Value 66535 Bit 6 EMI Filter Default Value 0 Bit 7 0 10V Analog In Bits 8 15 Reserved 160 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Drive DeviceNet Group Drive Control Parameter Number 48 Access Rule GET This parameter provides the status of drive parameters Data Type WORD Group Drive DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 4095 Default Value 0 Bit Function 11 10 9 8 7 5 4 3 0 X
294. minimize inadvertent exposure and or damage Additionally if conduit or other raceways are not used it is recommended that strain relief fittings be used when installing the cables for the control and power wiring through the conduit openings The working space around the ArmorStart may be minimized as the ArmorStart does not require examination adjustment servicing or maintenance while energized In lieu of this service the ArmorStart is meant to be unplugged and replaced after proper lockout tag out procedures have been employed Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 DeviceNet Network Installation Electromagnetic Compatibility Installation Wiring and Maintenance Chapter 2 Since the ArmorStart is available with a factory installed HOA keypad option this may require the ArmorStart to be selected and installed as follows if the application requires frequent use of the hand operated interface by the equipment operator 1 They are not less than 0 6 m 2 ft above the servicing level and are within easy reach of the normal working position of the operator 2 The operator is not placed in a hazardous situation when operating them 3 The possibility of inadvertent operation is minimized If the operated interface is used in industrial establishments where the conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons operate and service the ArmorStart s operator interface and the
295. mmunication connection or excessive communication errors 0 Fault Default Drive will fault on an F81 Comm Loss and coast to stop 1 Coast Stop Stops drive via coast to stop 2 Stop Stops via Parameter 137 Stop Mode setting 3 Continu Last Drive continues operating at communication commanded speed that is saved in RAM Parameter Number 198 Related Parameters 133 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1A Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value Drive rated amps x 2 Default Value 0 0 Disabled Parameter Number 199 Related Parameters 110 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 999 9 Default Value 30 0 Parameter Number 200 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 2 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 201 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 205 Related Parameters 115 137 206 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 3 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 183 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers
296. motor or multiple motor group installations on industrial machinery when installed according to NFPA 79 2002 The controller and output motor cable have been evaluated as a single system The maximum over current device rating or setting is limited to the value in Table 170 for the smallest user supplied input line conductor by the controller s maximum rating or as allowed by the UL Certificate of Compliances 012607 E3 125 E96956 and E207834 for the combined use of ArmorStart and ArmorConnect components The Certificate of Compliances allow the ArmorStart distributed motor controllers Models 280 10 281 10 and 284 10 respectively to be used with ArmorConnect input cable media 280 PWRM22 M 280S PWRM22 M Cable Assembly branch circuit taps and 280 M22 M1 ArmorConnet Panel Mounting Fittings when the group motor branch circuits are protected with a maximum 40 A non time delay or a 20 A time delay Class CC T or F fuse These ArmorStart and ArmorConnect product UL Certification of Compliances effectively extend Table 170 to allow ArmorConnect branch circuit taps and mounting fittings constructed with 16 AWG conductor sized to be connected to appropriate ArmorStart motor controllers See Table 170 Table 170 Extended NFPA 79 Table 7 210 4 Relationship Between Conductor Size and Maximum Rating or Setting of Short Circuit Protective Devices for Power Circuits Maximum Ratings Conductor Size AWG No
297. mum Value Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 106 Related Parameter 195 Access Rule GET Data Type Byte Group Display Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value Read Only Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 163 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Fault 1 Code Acode that represents drive fault The code appears in this parameter as the most recent fault that has occurred Fault 2 Code A code that represents a drive fault The code appears in this parameter as the second most recent fault that has occurred Fault 3 Code A code that represents a drive fault The code appears in this parameter as the third most recent fault that has occurred Process Display The output frequency that is scaled by the process factor Parameter 199 Control Source Displays the source of the Start Command and Speed Reference 1 Internal Frequency 2 0 10V Input Remote Potentiometer 4 Preset Freq X 5 Internal communication 9 Jog Freq Parameter Number 107 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units Minimum Value F122 Maximum Value F2 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 108 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units Minimum Value F122 Maximum Value F2 Default V
298. n 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Boost Select Sets the boost voltage of Parameter 131 Motor NP Volts and redefines the Volts per Hz curve Active when Parameter 225 Torque Perf Mode OV Hz Drive may add additional voltage unless Option 5 is selected See Table 12 for details Table 12 Boost Select Options Parameter Number 184 Related Parameters 104 131 132 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 1 Maximum Value 14 Default Value 8 Options Description 1 30 0 VT Variable Torque Typical fan pump curves 2 35 0 VT 3 40 0 VT 4 45 0 VT 5 0 0 no IR Constant Torque 6 0 0 7 2 5 CT Default for 5 Hp 3 7 kW Drive 8 5 0 CT Default 9 75 7 10 10 0 CT 11 12 5 12 15 0 CT 13 17 5 14 20 0 CT Figure 35 Parameter 131 Motor NP Volts 1 2 Moto NP Volts Parameter 132 Motor NP Hertz 134 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Maximum Voltage Sets the highest voltage that the drive outputs Current Limit Maximum output current that is allowed before current limiting occurs Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Parameter Number 188 Related Parameters 104 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1V AC
299. n Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 245 Chapter11 Diagnostics Clear Fault You may clear a fault using the following methods e Remotely via network communications e A remote reset is attempted upon detection of a rising edge 0 to 1 transition of the Fault Reset bit in the various I O assemblies A remote reset is also attempted upon detection of the rising edge of the Fault Reset parameter e Locally via the Reset button on the LED Status indication keypad Fault Codes Table 35 provides a complete reference of the Fault LED indications for Bulletin 280 and 281 ArmorStart distributed motor controllers Table 35 Fault Indication Blink Fault Types Partem Bulletin 280 281 Bulletin 284 1 Short Circuit Short Circuit 2 Overload Trip Overload Trip 3 Phase Loss Phase Short 4 Reserved Ground Fault 5 Reserved Stall 6 Control Power Control Power 7 1 0 Fault 1 0 Fault 8 Over Temperature Over Temperature 9 Phase Imbalance Over Current 10 DeviceNet Power Loss DeviceNet Power Loss 11 Reserved Internal Communications 12 Reserved DC Bus Fault 13 EEPROM Fault EEPROM Fault 14 Hardware Fault Hardware Fault 15 Reserved Restart Retries 16 Reserved Misc Fault Fault Definitions Short Circuit Short Circuit indicates that the Bulletin 140M motor protector has tripped or that the internal wiring protection algorithm has detected an unsafe current
300. n Time Delay Fuse or Inverse Time Delay or Dual Element Time Circuit Breaker A Fuse A 168 408 20 14 60 30 12 80 40 10 100 50 8 150 80 6 200 100 4 250 125 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 359 Appendix D 360 Group Motor Installations For 16 AWG conductors the branch circuit breaker must be marked for use the 16 AWG wire NFPA 79 12 6 1 1 The UL Certificate of Compliance for the ArmorStart distributed motor controllers models 280 10 281 10 284 10 and ArmorConnect input cable media 280 M22 M 280S PWRM22 M cable assembly branch circuit taps and 280 M22 M1 ArmorConnect panel mounting fittings allows 16 AWG conductors to be used when part of ArmorStart and ArmorConnect components The 280 PWRM22 M ArmorConnect cable assembly taps and 280 22 M1 panel mounted fittings with 16 AWG conductors are suitably protected when protected in the branch circuit by a 40 A non time delay fuse The 280 PWRM22 M ArmorConnect Cable Assembly taps and 280 22 M1 Panel Mounted Fittings with 16 AWG conductors are suitably protected when protected in the branch circuit by a 20 A time delay fuse eo The listed ArmorStart motor controllers with their factory supplied motor cable carries the marked maximum ratings shown in the following table Max Ratings Voltage 480V 277 480 600Y 347 600 Sym Amps RMS 65 kA 65 kA 30 kA 30 kA Circuit Breaker 100 A 100A 100A
301. n the controller motor or control devices Re install the conduit fittings and wires onto the terminal block Tighten the terminal screws Install the terminal cover plate Tighten the four mounting screws on the terminal access cover plate Install the Control Module Tighten the four mounting screws NAW ek Y NY Install all cables to the Control Module communication cables and all other cables connected to the inputs and outputs 8 Mount the Base Module with the four mounting screws Figure 63 Bulletin 284 Base Module Installation Base Module Terminal Access Cover Plate Base Module Input Output Cable I Dh A VP A cami ps Cable Control a Module Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 273 Chapter 12 Fuse Replacement 274 Troubleshooting A Replace the fuses with the correct fuses Table 47 Control Voltage and Output Fuse Replacement Specification Output Fuse ATTENTION To avoid shock hazard disconnect main power before working on the controller motor or control devices Control Power Fuse Cat No 25176 155 03 25172 260 17 Description Fast acting high interrupting capacity UL Listed Class CC CSA HRC 1 Interupting tubular fuse Rejection Feature Current 2 5A 7A Interrupting Capacity 1500A 200 ka Voltage Rating 250V 600V Maximum
302. nc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequence gt gt IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product Labels may also be on or inside the equipment to provide specific precautions SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present BURN HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures ARC FLASH HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a motor control center to alert people to potential Arc Flash Arc Flash will cause severe injury or death W
303. ne third of the ampacity of the trunk Then following the restrictions in NFPA 79 7 2 10 4 and Table 7 2 10 4 for this case where a 50 A inverse time circuit breaker is used the smallest tap conductor can now be 14 AWG See the above figure for this Group motor circuit design Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Group Motor Installations Appendix D The above method instructs a person on applying ArmorStart controllers using group motor installation rules Because of the ArmorStart s capability rating and listing this method provides the minimum branch circuit wire and SCPD protection size that can be used The Armor Start has been evaluated and tested for group motor installations when being fed by a power source having a fault current of 65 000 A available The ArmorStart is not a listed combination motor controller but it is listed as Industrial Control Equipment per UL 508 for group motor installations per NFPA 79 Under this listing the NEC and NFPA 79 puts an upper bound on the SCPD to be used That upper bound is dictated by the maximum ratings in Table 7 2 10 4 The rules and allowances for sizing of the over current protection for NFPA 79 motor groups is covered by 7 2 10 4 Table 7 2 10 4 and Table 13 5 6 These rules in Tables 7 2 10 4 and 13 5 6 are intended to limit the maximum SCPD for a group Therefore each ArmorStart controller with its factory supplied output motor cable is suitable for single
304. nection Figure 67 External Connections for Output Connector Pin 1 PE Pin 2 Return 2 6 Pin 3 Relay Out 3 Figure 68 External Connections for DeviceNet Connector Pin 1 Drain Not Connected Pin 2 VDNET 3 Pin 3 VDNET Pin 4 CAN_H 0 O Pin 5 CAN_L Figure 69 External Connections for Motor Connector lt 3 Hp 460V AC Pin 1 T1 Black Pin 2 T2 White 4 O Pin 3 T3 Red Pin 4 Ground Green Yellow Figure 70 External Connections for Motor Connector gt 3 Hp 460V AC Pin 1 T1 Black Pin 2 Ground Green Yellow O Pin 3 T3 Red Pin 4 T2 White Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 281 Appendix A Specifications Motor Overload Trip Curves Motor overload current parameter provides class 10 15 and 20 overload protection Ambient insensitivity is inherent in the electronic design of the overload Figure 71 Overload Trip Curves 10000 Class 10 Class 15 10000 Cold Hot Approximate Trip Time sec 3 oO 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 of Full Load Current 0 100 oO o amp v 1000 E g Cold 100 v Hot w x o 10 Q Q lt 1 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 of Full Load Current Class 20 10000 o 2 o He e Cold 100 2 Hot x 2 Qa
305. ning Running Warning Tripped Status Rev Fwd 1 140M0n HOA Stat Keypad Hand Table 67 Instance 186 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Instance 186 DeviceNet Status 0 1 0 Idle 1 0 Flt Exp Flt 1 0Cnxn Exp Cnxn 1 ZIPFLT ZIP4CNX ZIP3FLT ZIP2CNX ZIP2FLT ZIP2CNX ZIP1FLT ZIP1 CNX Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 299 AppendixB Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Standard Distributed Motor Controller 1 0 Assemblies Table 68 Instance 187 This is a Read Write Assembly Instance 187 Starter Control Bits Table 69 Instance 189 This is a Read Only Assembly Instance 189 Warning Status Bits 0 10 Control PL Warning Power Warning Warning 1 HW Warn DN Warn PIWarn Standard distributed motor controller I O Assemblies are available on all Starter Types Standard Distributed Motor Controller Output Consumed Assemblies Table 70 Instance 3 is the required output consumed assembly defined in the DeviceNet Motor Starter Profile Instance 3 ODVA Starter Byte Run Fwd Table 71 Instance 160 is the default output consumed assembly for Standard Distributed Motor Controllers Instance 160 Default Consumed Standard Distributed Motor Controller Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 User Out User Out Fault Run Rev Run Fwd B A Reset
306. nnector body makes direct contact with Braid wires pulled back in a 360 pattern around the ground cone of the connector the braid wires U TI IE Ground Bushing V T2 Op W 73 9 E E E PE QIB One or More Q F Ground Leads p J Bii Drain wires pulled back in a 360 pattern Metal locknut bonds the connector to the panel around the ground cone of the connector ATTENTION Shielded connector or motor cable is mandatory for CE compliant installations 58 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Wiring Maintenance Installation Wiring and Maintenance Chapter 2 Wire in an industrial control application can be divided into three groups power control and signal The following recommendations for physical separation between these groups is provided to reduce the coupling effect e Minimum spacing between different wire groups in the same tray should be 16 cm 6 in e Wire runs outside an enclosure should be run in conduit or have shielding armor with equivalent attenuation e Different wire groups should be run in separate conduits e Minimum spacing between conduits containing different wire groups should be 8 cm 3 in ArmorStart does not require regular maintenance A few checks are needed to ensure continued proper operation For Bulletin 284 ensure the heatsink if free from obstructions to allow good airflow Bulletin 284 also includes an internal c
307. node address of the device whose data is to be consumed for zone 3 When set to the value 64 Data Type USINT ata consumption is disabled Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 64 Default Value 64 Zone 4 MAC ID Parameter Number 73 Access Rule GET SET Me node address of the device whose data is to be consumed for zone 4 When set to the value 64 Data Type USINT ata consumption is disabled Group ZIP Parameters Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 64 Default Value 64 Zone 1 Health Parameter Number 74 Access Rule GET Read Only consumed connection status for zone 1 Data Type BOOL 0 Healthy Group ZIP Parameters 1 Unhealthy Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Zone 2 Health Parameter Number 75 Access Rule GET Read Only consumed connection status for zone 2 Data Type BOOL 0 Healthy Group ZIP Parameters 1 Unhealthy Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value 0 1 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 117 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Zone 3 Health Parameter Number 76 Access Rule GET Read Only consumed connection status for zone 3 Data Type BOOL 0 Healthy eeu ZIP Parameters 1 Unhealthy Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Valu
308. nput Group Object is supported It contains the following attributes Table 95 Discrete Input Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Number of Instances USINT 4 4 Get Binding Array of UINT List of DIP instances 6 Get Set Off_On_Delay UINT in usec 7 Get Set On_Off_Delay UINT in usec The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Input Group Object Table 96 Discrete Input Group Object Common Services Service Code Implemented for Class Service Name Instance No Yes Get_Attribute_Single No Yes Set_Attribute_Single No class attributes are supported for the Discrete Output Group Object A single instance of the Discrete Output Group Object is supported It contains the following attributes Table 97 Discrete Output Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Number of Instances USINT 4 for DOL 4 Get Binding Array of UINT List of DOP instances 1 2 3 4 6 Get Set Command BOOL 0 idle 1 run 104 Get Set Network Status Override BOOL 0 No Override go to safe state 1 Override run local logic 105 Get Set Comm Status Override BOOL 0 No override go to safe state 1 Override run local logic 314 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Outpu
309. nsiderations When Using a Line Reactor ArmorStart Design The ArmorStart design incorporates features and additional components that allow for better heat transfer keeping the internal components cooler This cooler design assures longer life of the DC bus capacitors that extend the life of the VFD In addition if line disturbance mitigation is necessary the ArmorStart can be equipped with an EMI filter and shielded motor cable reducing the impact of the power switching components However if users specify input line reactors or transformers the recommendation is to group the ArmorStarts at the distribution panel under one line reactor not individual reactors or transformers Lastly when full voltage ArmorStarts controllers are included with VFD ArmorStart controllers and line reactors are used the starting currents of the full voltage ArmorStart controllers can be significant The current must be accounted for in the selection of the line reactor or there is a risk of nuisance faults 366 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Reporting Examples Application Examples Appendix G Examples How to Report the RPM of the 284 Internal Fan In order to get the RPM of the fan an explicit get single message instruction is needed using a service of 0x000E The fan RPM can be read using the following CIA Class 0x00B4 Instance 1 and Attribute 103 The nominal fan rpm value is 2800 3000 RPM The ArmorStart tri
310. nt Object Class Attributes RitibutelD AccessRule Name DataType Value Get 1 Revision UINT 2 2 Get Max Instance UINT 4 Four instances of the Discrete Input Point Object are supported All instances contain the following attributes Table 147 Discrete Input Point Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Value BOOL 0 OFF 1 0N 115 Get Set Force Enable BOOL 0 Disable 1 Enable 116 Get Set Force Value BOOL 0 0FF1 0N The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Input Point Object Table 148 Discrete Input Point Object Instance Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Discrete Output Point Object CLASS CODE 0x0009 The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Output Point Object Table 149 Discrete Output Point Object Class Attributes mite AecessRule Name Datatype Vale Get 1 Revision UINT 1 2 Get Max Instance UINT 10 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 341 AppendixC Bulletin 284 CIP Information Ten instances of the Discrete Output Point Object are supported Table 150 summarizes the DOP instances Table 150 Discrete Output Point Object Instance Attributes Instance ID Name Alternate Description Mapping 1 Run Fwd Output 0029 01
311. nternal Freq When enabled this parameter changes the frequency command in real time Parameter Number 156 Related Parameters 155 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 9999 Default Value 2 0 Parameter Number 167 Related Parameters 139 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 600 0 Default Value 20 0 Parameter Number 168 Related Parameters 140 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 600 0 Default Value 20 0 Parameter Number 169 Related Parameters 138 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 240 0 Default Value 60 0 130 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 170 Preset Freq 0 Parameter Number 170 173 171 Preset Freq 1 Related Parameters 138 139 140 151 152 167 168 172 Preset Freq 2 Access Rule GET SET 173 Preset Freq 3 Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 400 0
312. ntrol devices 1 Disconnect from the power source 2 Remove the motor cable 3 Loosen the four mounting screws 4 Unplug the Control module from the base by pulling the module forward Installation of Control Module 1 Install the control module 2 Tighten the four mounting screws 3 Install the motor cable Figure 58 Bulletin 280 281 Control Module Replacement Note DeviceNet base module is 30 Ib in 3 39 Nm shown 268 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Control Module Replacement Bulletin 284 ATTENTION To avoid shock hazard disconnect main power before working on the controller motor or control devices Removal of Control Module 1 Disconnect from the power source 2 Remove the motor cable 3 Loosen the four mounting screws 4 Unplug the Control module from the base by pulling the module forward Installation of Control Module 1 Install the control module 2 Tighten the four mounting screws 3 Install all cables to the starter module Figure 59 Bulletin 284 Control Module Replacement Motor Cable wot Note DeviceNet base module is shown D 30 b i ST N 3 39 Nm Or IIe n Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 269 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting Base Module Replacement Removal of Base Module Bulletin 280 2
313. ntrollers do not accept wire greater than 10 wires at its input terminal blocks The ArmorStart cabling to the motor is UL Listed for the controller s horsepower and is supplied with the ArmorStart controller or as an accessory when longer lengths are required Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 355 Appendix D 356 Group Motor Installations Group motor installations using the ArmorStart in distributed control applications are largely dictated by the required motor horsepower their locations and the practical concerns of wire cable routing on the equipment It should be noted that Group motor installation are designed to use the actual motor horsepower and current ratings in NEC Table 430 250 and not the ArmorStart controller s rating This allows for the possible standardization of ArmorStart controllers in an installation An application can be designed using 5 Hp controllers for all motors between say 5 and 2 Hp and 1 Hp controllers for motors 1 Hp and less without having to oversize the wiring and short circuit protection that would result from using the larger ArmorStart controller s rating In the case of using the Bulletin 284 VFD ArmorStart the actual full load current of the motor needs to multiplied by the ratio of the drive s ratio of rated input current to output current to arrive at the actual full load current For example in the case of a2 Hp VFD ArmorStart being used to control a 1 Hp 2 1
314. ode At all other times DeviceLogix is running the logic but does NOT control the state of the outputs e Ifthe Network Override is enabled and the logic is enabled then DeviceLogix controls the state of the outputs when the PLC is in Run mode and if a network fault such as Duplicate MAC ID or Module Bus off condition occurs e Ifthe Communications Override is enabled and the logic is enabled the device does not need any I O connection to run the logic As long as there is control power and a DeviceNet power source that is connected to the device the logic controls the state of the outputs e DeviceLogix provides a Motion Disable function that is driven from the DeviceLogix program When this is active all motor run commands are disabled including the HOA The run command is disabled regardless of where the command is initiated from such as DeviceLogix or DeviceNet Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 219 Chapter9 Using DeviceLogix DeviceLogix Programming DeviceLogix Function Block Editor Example 220 DeviceLogix has many applications and the implementation is typically only limited to the imagination of the programmer Keep in mind that the application of DeviceLogix is only designed to handle simple logic routines DeviceLogix is programmed using simple Boolean math operators such as AND OR NOT timers counters and latches Decision making is done by combining these Boolean operations
315. oduced IO Assy Prod Assy Word 0 Prod Assy Word 1 Prod Assy Word 2 Cancel Apply Help 5 Turning on Input 0 releases the brake Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 DeviceNet Media Accessories Table 173 DeviceNet Media O Description KwikLink pigtail drops are Insulation Displacement Connector IDC with integral Class 1 round cables for interfacing devices or power supplies to flat cable DeviceNet Mini T Port Tap Gray PVC Thin Cable Appendix H Length m ft Cat No Sealed 1m 3 3 1485P P1E4 B1 N5 2m 6 5 1485P P1E4 B2 N5 3 m 9 8 1485P P1E4 B3 N5 6 m 19 8 1485P P1E4 B6 N5 Right Keyway 1485P P1N5 MN5NF Left Keyway 1485P P1N5 MN5KM Connector Cat No Mini Straight Female Mini Straight Male 14856 PONS M5 Mini Straight Female Mini Right Angle Male 1485G PEWS N5 Mini Right Angle Female Mini Straight Male 1485G P M5 Z5 Mini Right Angle Female Mini Straight Male 14856 POWS z5 Thick Cable DeviceNet Configuration Terminal Used to interface with objects on a DeviceNet network Includes 1m communications cable Communication cable color coded bare leads Communication cable microconnector male Panel Mount Adapter Door Mount Bezel Kit See publication M116 CA001 for complete cable selection information Replace symbol with desired length in meters Example Catalog Number 1485G P1N5 M5 for a 1 m cable
316. of the system Failure to do this may result in personal injury and or equipment damage gt WARNING The drive contains high voltage capacitors that take time to discharge after removal of mains supply Before working on a drive verify isolation of mains supply from line inputs R S T L1 L2 L3 Wait three minutes for capacitors to discharge to safe voltage levels Failure to do so may result in personal injury or death Darkened display LEDs are not an indication that capacitors have discharged to safe voltage levels gt ATTENTION Only qualified personnel familiar with adjustable frequency AC drives and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation startup and subsequent maintenance of the system Failure to do this may result in personal injury and or equipment damage gt 30 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Chapter 2 Dimensions for IP67 Type 4 12 with Conduit Entrance Bulletin 280 281 Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All dimensions are subject to change Figure 9 Dimensions for IP67 Type 4 12 with Conduit Entrance CR option 287 5 11 321 CAUTION E th ji G 3 02 C121 150
317. omation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Skip Frq Band Parameter Number 220 Related Parameters 219 Determines the brand width around Parameter 219 Skip Frequency Parameter 220 Skip Frquency Access Rule GET SET is split applying 1 2 above and 1 2 below the actual skip frequency A setting of 0 0 disables this parameter Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Hz Maximum Value 30 0 Hz Default Value 0 0 Hz Figure 44 Frequency Command Frequenc y equency Drive Output pregency ST T 7 eee E ES 2x Skip Skip Frequency gt Frequency Band 7y Time Stall Fault Time Parameter Number 221 Access Rule GET SET Sets for the fault time that the drive remains in stall mode before a fault is issued Data Type UINT O 60 sec Defauly Group Advanced Program Group 1 120 sec 2 240 sec Units a 3 360 sec Minimum Value 4 480 sec Maximum Value 5 Flt Disabled Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 ojj gt 187 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Analog In Loss Selects drive action when an input signal loss is detected Signal loss is defined as an analog signal less than 1V The signal loss event ends and normal operation resumes when the input si
318. on Wiring and Maintenance Table of Contents European Communities EC Directive Compliance 4 3 Low Voltage and EMC Directives 0 0 5 ceseesaeseenssceevecnes 3 Chapter 1 Introductio hikers edia BoE eh helmed a Coe ends BL aA es e 15 Descriptions iseinean ni iaa EREE EEE E ERR S 15 Catalog Number Explanation a 2ie sate striae apoineks wieswan einen 16 Operation Ae a tle ate hts thee hal ol AA ete A eM alle 19 Mode of Operationss4 2 eine ds eigen ee 19 Bulletin 280 2 Ol fr haact bie Shona yd ht aana tiene alec a ioa 19 Bulletin Oe ae oo ad dt Seo lta dnestgstad hd eh ea LG atacand kk 20 Description of Features n nea aa cautery taeie wey ese See cee 21 Overload Protection see ish a5 nS aa hea etnies int ah eee 21 LED Status Indicationttnt oiarceeonsssncot sak iesegeeneeeeats 22 Faule Diagnostics eu as atid aE E E ah 23 Inp ts tae eats a a IE a T PREVA E A 23 CUE US ae A EEE TAr A E R E a 23 Gland Plare Entrancestes enient aber a a a e oul 23 Motor Cable reer t eate ia T e e a aot a a 24 ArmorStart with DeviceNet Network Capabilities 24 DeviceLogix a8 aie cca tcrninin E ype as pee ee 24 Peer to peer Communications ZIP 00 ce eee eee e ees 24 Factory Installed Optionsis lt yc2e2ci7 ond sad Veoh ee is be 24 Optional Safety Monitor 2 c2vis de eoet epewiesuaceesets ee 24 Optional HOA Keypad Configuration Bulletin 280 281 only 25 Optional HOA Selector Keypad with Jog Function Bulletin
319. on information Replace symbol with desired length in meters Example Catalog Number 889D F4ACDM 1 for a 1 m cable Standard cable lengths 1 m 2 m 5 m and 10 m Table 175 Sealing Caps Description For Use With Cat No Plastic Sealing Cap M12 Input I O Connection 1485A M12 Aluminum Sealing Cap M12 Output I O Connection 889A RMCAP access 376 To achieve IP67 rating sealing caps must be installed on all unused I O connections Table 176 Locking Clips Description The clam shell design clips over the ArmorStart motor connector and motor cable to limit customer Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Package QTY 10 280 MTR22 LC 10 280 MTR35 LC Accessories Appendix H Table 177 Dynamic Brake Modules Bulletin 284 only 0 Drive Ratings Cat No Input Voltage kW Hp Min Resistance Q 0 4 0 5 48 AK R2 091P500 0 75 1 0 48 AK R2 091P500 240V 50 60 Hz 3 Phase 1 5 2 0 48 AK R2 091P500 2 2 3 0 32 AK R2 047P500 3 7 5 0 19 AK R2 047P500 0 4 0 5 97 AK R2 360P500 0 75 1 0 97 AK R2 360P500 480V 50 60 Hz 3 Phase 1 5 2 0 97 AK R2 360P500 2 2 3 0 97 AK R2 120P1K2 4 0 5 0 77 AK R2 120P1K2 Dynamic brake modules are IPOO rated The resistors listed in this table are rated for 5 duty cycle Figure 96 Dynamic Brake Modules Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes Dimensi
320. on object Expected Packet Rate attribute Ifa consuming connection does not receive data in 4 times this value the connection times out and the Zone Health attribute is set to the value 1 Not Healthy For producing connections the expected packet rate specifies the heartbeat rate 6 Zone PIT The Production Inhibit Time in milliseconds associated with a connection 7 Zone Key For producing instances this value is calculated by performing a Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC on all of the ZIP class and instance attributes and all other device configuration values deemed necessary to insure the integrity and meaning of ZIP data produced on the network The Identity Object device keys should always be included in the CRC calculation For consuming instances this is the value of the Zone Key calculated in the producing connection whose data is to be consumed The ZIP consuming connection validates the security key received within each consumed message against this stored value Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 321 Appendix B 322 Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information 8 ZIP Auto Run When enabled the producing device creates and configures a producing connection at power up For initial ZIP implementations on DeviceNet a connection is created and the contents of the Allocation Information attribute in the DeviceNet Object are set accordingly The connection is no longer available for allocation within th
321. onfiguration ZIP bits appear in the list of Network Input Points that are available for use in the DeviceLogix Editor in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet as shown below List of Network Input Points Consumed Bit Net Input 14 Net Input 15 ZIP Example DeviceNet RSNetWorx for DeviceNet le elt wie A a crass Bee File Edit View Network Device Diagnostics Tools Help Hardware ArmorStart ArmorStart ArmorStart ArmorStart 1799 ZCIOV 1770 KFD 3 DeviceNet 281D 281D 281D 281D Zone Crtl RS232 pi AAEELA AA ECLA AEANEA ACACA AMi SAN an h laba rfan a Category AC Drive i i a 2 Barcode Scanner iy i el Communication A 10 11 12 13 14 62 1 DPI to DeviceNet DSI to DeviceNet DeviceNet Safety DeviceNet to SCA Dodge EZLINK a General Purpose C 3 hE Nnannrin Maian gt Message Code Date Description Ready Online Not Browsing Configure node 10 to consume data as follows Zone 1 data comes from node 11 Zone 2 data comes from node 12 Zone 3 data comes from node 13 Zone 4 data comes from node 14 238 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 ArmorStart ZIP Configuration Chapter 10 First set up nodes 11 14 to Auto Produce data when ZIP is enabled ArmorStart 281D 1 1 5 5A 120VAC 1 General Device Parameters O Defaults EDS File DeviceLogix Groups On Line All parameters v
322. onnection to another device This is the typical state for new devices The device may need to be mapped to a master scanner placed in a scanlist or have another device communicate to it Flashing Red Recoverable fault has occurred Check to make sure the PLC and scanner are operating correctly and that there are no media cabling issues Check to see if other networked devices are in a similar state Solid Red The device has detected a major error that has rendered it Troubleshooting should be done to ensure that the network is incapable of communicating on the network Duplicate MAC correct terminators lengths etc and there is not a duplicate ID Bus off media issue node problem If other devices on the network appear to be operating fine and power cycling the device does not work contact Technical Support Flashing Red and Green The device has detected a network access error and is in a This is not a common state for DeviceNet products Power communication faulted state The device has subsequently received and accepted an Identify Communication Faulted Request Long Protocol message cycling the device may resolve the problem however if the problem continues it may be necessary to contact technical support IP67 Dynamic Brake Diagnostic DB1 The IP67 operation is different from most other DB resistors The ArmorStart includes specialized function the protects the DB from current faults This capability is
323. ons are in millimeters inches and weights are in kilograms pounds Frame A Frame B 4 30 0 61 0 170 118 60 0 31 9 _ 2 40 59 0 0 67 nh 2 361 1 22 L 2 32 l 2 316 0 335 0 386 0 405 0 12 44 13 19 15 20 15 94 82 Fe Lead a ee 13 0 Oy Q ub tc gt hat Frame Weight kg Ib A AK R2 091P500 AK R2 047P500 AK R2 360P500 1 1 2 5 B AK R2 030P1K2 AK R2 120P1K2 2 7 6 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 377 AppendixH Accessories Table 178 IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistor Drive and Part Number Resistance Continuous Max Energy kJ Max Braking Application Type 1 Application Type 2 Motor Size kW Ohms 5 Power kW Torque of Motor Braking Duty Cycle Braking Duty Cycle Torque of Torque of Motor Motor 200 240 Volt AC Input Drives 0 37 0 5 284R 091P500 91 0 086 17 293 100 46 150 31 0 75 1 284R 091P500 91 0 086 17 218 100 23 150 15 1 5 2 284R 091P500 91 0 086 17 109 100 11 109 11 400 480 Volt AC Input Drives 0 37 0 5 284R 360P500 360 0 086 17 305 100 41 150 31 0 75 1 284R 360P500 360 0 086 17 220 100 23 150 15 1 5 2 284R 360P500 360 0 086 17 110 100 12 110 11 2 2 3 284R 120P1K2 120 0 26 52 197 100 24 1
324. or NP Hertz Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 177 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Start Boost Sets the boost voltage of Parameter 131 Motor NP Volts and redefines the Volts per Hz curve when Parameter 184 Boost Select 0 Custom V Hz and Parameter 225 Torque Perf Mode 0V Hz Figure 40 Parameter 188 Maximum Voltage Parameter 131 Motor NP Volts Voltage 4 Parameter 186 Start Boost gt Parameter 186 Break Voltage 4 sdl Parameter 187 Break Frequency Parameter 134 Minimum Freq Brake Voltage Sets the frequency where brake voltage is applied when Parameter 184 Boost Select 0 Custom V Hz and Parameter 225 Torque Perf Mode 0V Hz Parameter Number 185 Related Parameters 131 132 134 135 184 186 187 188 225 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1 1 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 2 5 Parameter 132 Motor NP Hertz Frequency Parameter 135 Maximum Freq Parameter Number 186 Related Parameters 131 132 134 135 184 185 187 188 225 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1 1 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 100 0 Default Value 25 0 178 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Brake Frequency Sets the
325. or transient conditions Bus overvoltage can also be caused by motor regeneration Extend the decel time or install dynamic brake option F6 Motor Stalled 1 Drive is unable to accelerate motor Increase Parameter 139 167 Accel Time x or reduce load so drive output current does not exceed the current set by Parameter 189 Current Limit 1 F7 Motor Overload 1 Internal electronic overload trip 1 An excessive motor load exists Reduce load so drive output current does not exceed the current set by Parameter 133 Motor OL Current 2 Verify Parameter 184 Boost Select setting F8 Heatsink Ovr mp 1 Heatsink temperature exceeds a 1 Check for blocked or dirty heat sink fins Verify that ambient temperature has not exceeded predefined value 40 C 2 Replace internal fan F12 HW OverCurrent 2 The drive output current has exceeded the Check programming Check for excess load improper programming of Parameter 184 Boost hardware current limit Select DC brake volts set too high or other causes of excess current F13 Ground Fault 2 A current path to earth ground has been Check the motor and external wiring to the drive output terminals for a grounded condition detected at one or more of the drive output terminals F33 Auto Rstrt Tries Drive unsuccessfully attempted to reseta Correct the cause of the fault and manually clear fault and resume running for the programmed number of Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries F38 Phase U to Gnd 2 A phase to gr
326. orStart 281D 1 1 5 5A 120VAC General Device Parameters yo Defaults EDS File DeviceLogix Groups All parameters Se Restore Default Values C All Parameter Help _ Parameter Upload From Device Single Download To Device Start Monitor Current Value a Zone 2 Health Zone 3 Health Zone 4 Health Zone 1 Mask Zone 2 Mask Zone 3 Mask Zone 4 Mask Zone 1 Offset Zone 2 Offset Zone 3 Offset Zone 4 Offset Zone 1 EPR Zone 2 EPR Zone 3 EPR Healthy Healthy Healthy 00000011 00000011 00000011 00000011 75 mSec 75 mSec 75 mSec Cancel Appl Help Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 241 Chapter10 ArmorStart ZIP Configuration Assuming the ArmorStarts mapped to zones 1 to 3 are producing the following data Instance 163 Standard Produced Starter with Network Outputs and ZIP CCV Byte Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit1 Bit 0 1 Ready Running Running Warning Tripped Rev Fwd 2 140M On HOA UserIn4 Userin3 Userin2 Userin1 3 NetOut8 NetOut7 NetOut6 NetOut5 NetOut4 NetOut3 NetOut2 NetOut1 4 Net Out 15 Net Out 14 Net Out 13 Net Out12 NetOut11 NetOut10 Net Out9 5 Device Value Key low 6 Device Value Key high And assuming that the 1799 ZCIO module is producing the following data 1799 ZC10 Produced Assembly
327. oting Bulletin 284 Troubleshooting Fault Definitions Some of the Bulletin 284 ArmorStart distributed motor controller faults are detected by the internal hardware of the ArmorStart while others are detected by the internal drive For internal drive faults the internal hardware of the ArmorStart simply polls the drive for the existence of faults and reports the fault state No fault latching is done by the internal hardware of the ArmorStart for these faults The Pr FltReset Mode parameter Parameter 23 determines the Auto Resettability of only the faults that are detected on the main control board These faults are listed as param 23 autoresettable in 38 The Auto Resettability of the faults that are detected in the internal drive is controlled by internal drive parameters These faults are listed as drive controlled in 38 The following flowchart for Bulletin 284 units is provided to aid in quick troubleshooting Faulted Display Yes Define Nature of the Problem Fault LED Network LED Motor does not start See Table 38 See Table 46 See Common Symptoms and Corrective Actions 254 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Table 38 Fault LED Indicators for Bulletin 284 Bit Blink Auto 284 Trip Status Description Action Pattern Resettable 1 No Short Circuit The
328. ound fault has been 1 Check the wiring between the drive and motor F39 Phase V to Gnd detected between the drive and motorin 2 Check motor for grounded phase F40 Phase W to Gnd this phase 3 Replace starter module if fault cannot be cleared F41 Phase UV Short 2 Excessive current has been detected 1 Check the motor and drive output terminal wiring for a shorted condition F42 Phase UW Short between these two output terminals 2 Replace starter module if fault cannot be cleared F43 Phase VW Short F48 Params Defaulted 2 The drive was commanded to write 1 Clear the fault or cycle power to the drive default values to EEPROM 2 Program the drive parameters as needed F63 SW OverCurrent 2 Programmed Parameter 198 SW Current Check load requirements and Parameter 198 SW Current Trip setting Trip has been exceeded F64 Drive Overload 2 Drive rating of 150 for 1 min or 200 Reduce load or extend Accel Time for 3 sec has been exceeded F70 Power Unit 2 Failure has been detected in the drive 1 Cycle power power section 2 Replace starter module if fault cannot be cleared F80 SVC Autotune The autotune function was either Restart procedure cancelled by the user or failed F81 Comm Loss 2 RS485 DSI port stopped 1 Turn off using Parameter 205 Comm Loss Action communicating 2 Replace starter module if fault cannot be cleared F100 Parameter 2 The checksum read from the board does Set Parameter 141 Reset To Defaults to option 1 Reset
329. output Gland Plate Entrance The ArmorStart distributed motor controller offers three different methods of connecting incoming three phase and control power to the device Two methods are offered for traditional conduit entrance connection The first is two 19 1 mm 0 75 in and one 25 4 mm 1 in conduit knockouts The second is four 12 7 mm 0 5 in conduit knockouts for daisy chain feed through applications The third method offers connectivity to the ArmorConnect power media Factory installed receptacles are provided for connectivity to both three phase and control power media Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 23 Chapter1 Product Overview Factory Installed Options 24 Motor Cable With every ArmorStart distributed motor controller a 3 meter 9 8 ft unshielded 4 conductor cordset is provided with each unit as standard For Bulletin 284 an optional shielded motor cable can also be selected without the EMI filter option by adding a CRN DRN or RRN suffix to the catalog number If the EMI filter option is selected for Bulletin 284 units a shielded 4 conductor cable is provided with each unit as standard ArmorStart with DeviceNet Network Capabilities The ArmorStart distributed motor controller delivers advanced capabilities to access parameter settings and provides fault diagnostics and remote start stop control DeviceNet is the communication protocol provided with the ArmorStart Bull
330. ower is applied the output contactor is closed and when control power is removed the output contact opens There is no switching element such as a relay in the system If control power is lost then the output contactor opens since its coil power is lost A sequenced stop involving the output contactor cannot be performed Shielded Motor Cable Bulletin 284 only A 3 meter 9 8 ft shielded 4 conductor cordset is provided instead of the 3 meter 9 8 ft unshielded 4 conductor cordset If the EMI Filter is selected a 3 meter 9 8 ft shielded 4 conductor cordset is provided as standard Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Product Overview Chapter 1 0 10V Analog Input Bulletin 284 only The Bulletin 284 distributed motor controller with sensorless vector control provides a 0 10V analog input The 0 10V Analog Input is a factory installed option that provides a 0 10V external frequency command from the 0 10V or 10V analog input or remote potentiometer A 5 pin micro receptacle is provided for connectivity for customer connection A shielded 5 conductor cordset or patch cord is recommended Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 27 Chapter1 Product Overview Notes 28 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Receiving Unpacking Inspecting Storing Chapter 2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance It is the responsibility o
331. pe BOOL Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 1 Parameter Number 11 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 188 Default Value 164 Parameter Number 12 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 190 Default Value 165 148 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Prod Assy Word 0 This parameter is used to build bytes 0 1 for produced assembly 120 Produced Assy Word 1 This parameter is used to build bytes 2 3 for produced assembly 120 Prod Assy Word 2 This parameter is used to build bytes 4 5 for produced assembly 120 Prod Assy Word 3 This parameter is used to build bytes 6 7 for produced assembly 120 Consumer 1 0 Size This parameter maps to the Scanner Tx Size Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Parameter Number 13 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 262 Default Value 1 Parameter Number 14 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 262 Default Value 4 Parameter Number 15 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 262 Default Val
332. ponds when a DeviceNet network fault occurs When set to 1 Output B holds state before trip occurrence When set to 0 Output B opens or closes as determined by setting in Parameter 42 OutB DN FitValue This parameter determines the state that Output B assumes when a DeviceNet network fault occurs and Parameter 41 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close Parameter Number 39 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 40 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 41 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 42 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Misc Group OutB DN IdlState This parameter with Parameter 44 defines how Output B responds when the DeviceNet network is idle When set to 0 Output B opens or closes as determined by the setting in Parameter 44 The DN Fit parameters supersede the Dn Idl parameters OutB DN IdlValue This parameter determines the state that Output B assumes when the network is idle and Parameter 43
333. ported Table 166 Acknowledge Handler Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Name Data Value Rule Type 1 Get Set Acknowledge Timer UINT milliseconds 2 Get Retry Limit USINT 1 3 Get COS Producing Connection Instance UINT 4 The following common services are implemented for the Acknowledge Handler Object Table 167 Acknowledge Handler Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 353 AppendixC Bulletin 284 CIP Information DeviceNet Interface Object CLASS CODE 0x00B4 This vendor specific object has no class attributes A single instance Instance 1 of the DeviceNet Interface Object is supported Table 168 DeviceNet Interface Object Instance Attribute Attribute ID Access Rule Name DataType Min Max Default Description 7 Get Set Prod Assy Word 0 USINT 1 Defines Word 0 of Assy 120 8 Get Set Prod Assy Word 1 USINT 5 Defines Word 1 of Assy 120 9 Get Set Prod Assy Word 2 USINT 6 Defines Word 2 of Assy 120 10 Get Set Prod Assy Word 3 USINT 7 Defines Word 3 of Assy 120 13 Get Set Starter COS Mask WORD 0 OxFFFF OxFFFF Change of state mask for starter bits 15 Get Set Autobaud Enable BOOL 0 1 1 1 enabled 0 disabled 16 Get Set Consumed Assy USINT 0 185 160
334. power cables that are listed for use with ArmorStart ArmorConnect power cables are UL 2237 Listed IMPORTANT _ TheArmorStart UL listing does not permit using a third party or un listed motor and power cable assembly Using a cable assembly that is not permitted results in a loss of Listing and does not comply with NFPA 79 or the NFPA 70 NEC see 110 3 B of the NEC For reference the UL White Book states the following for power media cable assemblies meeting UL 2237 standard These devices are intended for use only with the Listee s same line of products that are covered under this category SHOCK HAZARD Risk of electrical shock Do not disconnect or connect power cables under load under load This may result physical injury or equipment damage as a result of high ATTENTION ArmorConnect cables are not intended to be connected or disconnected A make and break currents and potential fault currents Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 45 Chapter2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Figure 25 Three Phase Power System Overview Enclosure PLC i C eria Bulletin 1492FB F 1606 XLSDNET4 I Branch Circuit Bee Peon DeviceNet I Protective Device Pply Power Supply I L L I I I I I aan ane E es alae aa we eee a ewe eae Fun TTT Bulletin 280 281 Bulletin 283 Bulletin 284
335. press the Esc key at any time to cancel the connection process TRS LATCH E Input Output H Reset 11 From the toolbar click the Discrete Input button and choose Input 1 from the pull down menu This is the remote stop button based on the example I O table 12 Place the input to the left of the RSL function 13 Connect the input to the reset input of the RSL latch Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 221 Chapter 9 222 Using DeviceLogix B Logic Editor File Edit View Communications Tools Help ao rn wo ra oro 14 From the toolbar click the Discrete Output button and choose Run Fwd from the pull down menu Run Fwd is the relay controlling the coil of the contactor Click OK 15 Move the cursor into the grid and place the Output to the right of the RSL function block 16 Connect the output of the RSL function block to Run Fwd F Logic Editor File Edit View che munications Tools Help 5 xele Co AA FH 8028 fmm feo molo nmr wn nu nr PP F 17 Click the Verify button located in the toolbar or choose Logic Verify from the Tools pull down menu 18 Click the Edit button to toggle out of edit mode if online with a device 19 Go to the pull down menu in the right corner of the toolbar and choose Download Note Verify that the PLC key switch is in the Program position If in any other position the download doe
336. ps once the fan speed falls below 62 1736 There is no FAN FAULT warning The user needs to develop their own warning PLC code using the step listed above for critical applications How to report the Heat Sink Temperature of the 284 In order to get the heat sink temperature of the 284 an explicit get single message instruction is needed The heat sink temperature can be read using the following CIA Class 0x000F Instance 124 and Attribute 1 Service e hex Class f hex Instance 124 Attribute 1 hex 284 VFD Preset Speed Example DeviceLogix can be used to select one of multiple preset frequencies cooperatively with the PLC or independently based on user input This can be done using the four digit inputs or the frequency control bits in DeviceLogix The digital inputs provide the user the most flexibility but can be more complex to configure Ifa preset speed is needed the simpler approach is using frequency control found in the produced network bits of DeviceLogix If you prefer not to apply DeviceLogix for preset speeds then implement the digit inputs to select preset speed via Instance 166 found in Chapter 5 The following example demonstrates the use of frequency control bits in DeviceLogix Frequency control Freq Cntl bits allow a maximum of four Preset Speeds If more are required then digital inputs must be configured and properly used The example focuses on Frequency Control 2 1 0 in Table 172 Note that there ar
337. ptacle 3 m shielded cordset male 90 Round Media Male Receptacle Round Media Male Receptacle No cable 18 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Safety Monitor Operation Mode of Operation Product Overview Chapter 1 The ArmorStart distributed motor controllers can operate three phase squirrel cage induction motors as follows e Bulletin 280 281 0 24 16 A 200V AC 230V AC 460V AC 575V AC 50 60 Hz e Bulletin 284 up to 2 0 Hp 1 5 KW 240V AC up to 5 Hp 3 0 kW 480V AC and up to 5 Hp 4 0 kW 575V AC 50 60 Hz Itis possible to run a 0 5 Hp motor with a 5 Hp ArmorStart Bulletin 284 device There are no firmware or VFD restrictions for this and the drive is set up to protect it But with smaller motors those that are less than 1 6 the ArmorStart Hp rating the current sensors may become less accurate and the autotune feature may become less reliable Depending on the catalog number ordered the ArmorStart distributed motor controller will accept a control power input of 120V AC 240V AC or 24V DC Bulletin 280 281 Full Voltage Start This method is used in applications requiring across the line starting in which full inrush current and locked rotor torque are realized The ArmorStart Bulletin 280 offers full voltage starting and the Bulletin 281 offers full voltage starting for reversing applications 100 Percent Voltage T
338. put NetInput Net Input 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 Net Input NetInput NetInput NetInput NetInput NetInput NetInput Net Input 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Table 121 Instance 183 Produced Network Outputs 1 15 Instance 183 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Net Out8 NetOut7 NetOut6 NetOut5 NetOut4 NetOut3 NetOut8 NetOut1 1 Reserved NetOut15 NetOut14 Net Out 13 NetOut12 NetOut11 NetOut10 Net Out9 Table 122 Instance 184 Trip Status Instance 184 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit1 Bit 0 0 Over 10 Fault Control Stall Gnd Fault Phase OLTrip 140M Trip Temp Power Short 1 Misc Retries HW Fault EEPROM DC Bus IntComm DNet Fit Over Fault Current Table 123 Instance 185 Starter Status Instance 185 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit4 Bit3 Bit 2 Bit1 Bit 0 0 At Reference Net Ref Net Ctl Ready Running Running Alarm Tripped Status Status Rev Fwd 1 Contactor2 Contactor 1 140M HOA KP Hand KP Jog DrvOpto2 DrvOpto1 e On Status Refers to output contactor status Refers to source brake contactor status Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 331 AppendixC Bulletin 284 CIP Information Table 124 Instance 186 DeviceNet Status Instance 186 This is a Read Onl
339. q Ctrl 2 Freq Ctrl 1 Freq Ctrl 0 0 0 0 No Command 0 0 1 Freq Source P136 Start Source 0 1 0 Freq Source P169 Internal Freq 0 1 1 Freq Source Comms 1 0 0 P170 Preset Freq 0 1 0 1 P171 Preset Freq 1 1 1 0 P172 Preset Freq 2 1 1 1 P173 Preset Freq 3 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Examples Appendix G 1 Using parameters 170 173 set them to 0 10 30 and 60 respectively Figure 94 below shows the preset frequencies 0 3 Figure 94 P170 173 Preset Frequency Settings Group lt All Parameters gt hd 56 EM Brake Contactor Level 0 170 Preset Freq 0 00 Erocot er 1 a Preset Freq 2 Preset Freq 3 eset Freq Preset Freq 5 Preset Freq 6 Preset Freq 7 Jog Frequency The acceleration and deceleration is configured by parameter 167 and 168 Accel Time 2 and Decel Time 2 Only Accel Time 2 and Decel Time 2 are valid when using Freq Ctrl 0 1 2 Hg Accel Time 2 168 Decel Time 2 50 In this example DeviceLogix receives data from the PLC program The communication and network overrides are disabled as shown below 7 Starter Command 8 Network Override Disabled 9 Comm Override Disabled all Figure 95 shows the DeviceLogix program This allows the user to select one of three predefined frequencies based on two network bits Figure 95 Select Frequency momen Eg ee Boolean Or CFreqcti
340. r Control Voltage Volts 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC Nominal Control Pick Up VA W 11 0 W 16 24 13 0 W 38 46 16 0 W 60 68 Nominal Control Hold In VA W 11 0 W 16 24 13 0 W 20 28 16 0 W 24 32 External Devices powered by Control Voltage Outputs 2 1 A max each Amps 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Nominal Control VA VA W 59 0 W 267 504 61 0 W 278 548 64 0 W 300 548 Pick Up with max outputs Nominal Control VA VA W 59 0 W 267 504 61 0 W 278 512 64 0 W 264 512 Hold In with max outputs There is an instantaneous capacitive inrush of over 20 A The selected power supply should have short time power boost capability Rated Operation Voltage 24V DC Input On State Voltage Range 10 26V DC Input On state Current 3 0 mA 10V DC 7 2 mA 24V DC Input Off state Voltage Range 0 5VDC Input Off state Current lt 1 5 m Input Filter Software Selectable Input Ratings Off to On Settable from 0 64 ms in 1 ms increments On to Off Settable from 0 64 ms in 1 ms increments Input Compatibility N A IEC 1133 Type 1 Number of inputs 4 Sensor Source Voltage Status Only 11 25V DC from DeviceNet Current Available 50 mA maximum per Input 200 mA total Rated Operation Voltage 240V AC 30V DC 240V AC 30V DC Rate Insulation Voltage 250V 250V Dielectric Withstand 1500V AC 2000V AC Operating Frequency 50 60 Hz 50 60 Hz Ou
341. r Unbound DOPs 1 2 9 and 10 with Parameter 45 Keypad Mode set to 1 momentary Figure 87 Hand Forward DirKey Hand Reverse Pressed Hand Key Hand Key Pressed Pressed Jog Key Jog Key Pressed Pressed Hand Hand Jog Forward Reverse Reverse Off Key Off Key Pressed Pressed Protection Fault Direction Direction Forward Reverse Protection Fault Protection Fault Protection Fault 346 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Appendix C The following State Transition Diagram is used in Hand State for Bound or Unbound DOPs 1 2 9 and 10 with Parameter 45 Keypad Mode set to 1 maintained Figure 88 State Transition Diagram Hand Forward Dir Key Hand Reverse Pressed Hand Key Hand Key Pressed Pressed Jog Key Jog Key Pressed Pressed Hand Jog Hand Jog Forward Forward Reverse Reverse Off Off No Key or No Key or Key Pressed Pressed Protection Fault Direction Forward Protection Fault Fault Protection Fault Direction Reverse Protection Fault Parameter Object CLASS CODE 0x000F The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Object Table 153 Parameter Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type 1 Get Revision UINT 2 Get Max Instance UINT 8 Get Parameter Class Descriptor WORD 9 Get Configuration Assembly UINT Instance The number of instances of the
342. r 11 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 188 Default Value 164 Parameter Number 12 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 190 Default Value 165 102 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Prod Assy Word 0 This parameter is used to build bytes 0 1 for produced assembly 120 Produced Assy Word 1 This parameter is used to build bytes 2 3 for produced assembly 120 Prod Assy Word 2 This parameter is used to build bytes 4 5 for produced assembly 120 Prod Assy Word 3 This parameter is used to build bytes 6 7 for produced assembly 120 Consumer 1 0 Size This parameter maps to the Scanner Tx Size Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Parameter Number 13 Access Rule GET SET Data Type INT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 216 Default Value 1 Parameter Number 14 Access Rule GET SET Data Type INT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 216 Default Value 4 Parameter Number 15 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 216 Default Value 5 Parameter Number 16 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0
343. r 2015 ArmorStart ZIP Configuration Chapter 10 The user can choose to place only bytes 1 and 2 of the above consumed data in the DeviceLogix Data Table by selecting a Zone Mask value of 00000011 binary as shown in the following RSNetWorx for DeviceNet screen Zone 1 Mask Zone 1 Byte 1 Zone 1 Byte 2 C Zone 1 Byte 3 C Zone 1 Byte 4 C Zone 1 Byte 5 C Zone 1 Byte 6 C Zone 1 Byte 7 C Zone 1 Byte 8 The Zone Offset parameters parameters 82 85 determine where in the DeviceLogix Data Table to place the consumed data bytes chosen for mapping The Zone Offset value corresponds to a byte in the DeviceLogix Data Table where the data should be placed Continuing the example from above a value of 2 in the Zone 1 Offset parameter would result in the masked consumed data bytes being placed starting at byte 2 in the data table This would result in the following ZIP bit assignments ZIP 16 Zone 1 Tripped ZIP 17 Zone 1 Warning ZIP 18 Zone 1 Running Fwd ZIP 19 Zone 1 Running Rev ZIP 20 Zone 1 Ready ZIP 21 Zone 1 reserved ZIP 22 Zone 1 reserved ZIP 23 Zone 1 reserved ZIP 24 Zone 1 User In 1 ZIP 25 Zone 1 User In 2 ZIP 26 Zone 1 User In 3 ZIP 27 Zone 1 User In 4 ZIP 28 Zone 1 HOA ZIP 29 Zone 1 140M Stat ZIP 30 Zone 1 reserved ZIP 31 Zone 1 reserved Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 237 Chapter 10 ArmorStart ZIP C
344. r 2015 Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B DOP Instances 1 and 2 Special Behavior Besides the sources that can affect output points 3 and 4 DOPs 1 and 2 can be affected by keypad inputs since they double as the Run Forward and Run Reverse outputs This adds complexity to their behavior so their behavior is defined in this section separately The following State Transition Diagram is used for DOP Instances 1 and 2 Figure 80 DOP Instances 1 and 2 Non Existant Power Up Auto State Auto Init Power Off Keyad Hand Button Pressed Hand State Hand Stop Keyad Auto Button Pressed Auto State Auto Init Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 309 AppendixB Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information The following State Transition Diagram is used in Auto State for Unbound DOP Instances 1 and 2 Figure 81 Auto State for Unbound DOP Instances 1 and 2 Auto Init DNet Fault Protection Fault Connection Transitions to Established DNet Fault DNet Fault E DNet Idle 2 2 ms 2 S a 2 DNet Fault 2 al Ready 7 l gt Z onnection Transitions to Established 1 33 2 co T a Protection Fault Reset Receive Data Protection Fault Protection Fault Run The following State Transition Diagram is used in Hand State for DOPs 1 and 2 with parameter 45 Keypad Mode set to 1 momentary 310 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015
345. r System Design Considerations 364 gE 24V DC 16 AWG Power Conveyor Section 3 gE g lf Conveyor Section 4 gE gE Supply Conveyor Section 5 gE 16 wel Distance 1 Distance 2 Distance 3 Distance 4 Distance 5 Wire Length 7 6m 25 ft Run 1 7 6 m 25 ft Run 2 7 6m 25 ft 7 6 m 25 ft Run 3 15m 50 ft 15 m 50 ft 15m 50 ft Run 4 Om 0ft 2 15 m 50 ft To minimize the DC power ampacity requirements staggering the starting sequenced on of the ArmorStarts is recommended but only if the application does not require all the ArmorStarts to be commanded to start at the same time The separation of the control power and DeviceNet power is recommended as a good design practice This minimizes the load on the DeviceNet supply and prevents transients which may be present on the control power system from influencing the communication controls Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 General Rule Reasons to Use Appendix F System Design Considerations When Using a Line Reactor Generally a line reactor for an ArmorStart controller is not required Customers familiar with Rockwell Automation PowerFlex drives may ask this when installing an ArmorStart controller The most common reason s to use a line reactor
346. r a Produces 1 0 assembly instance number to select a data format Prod Assy Word 0 This parameter is used to build bytes 0 1 for produced assembly 120 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 Parameter Number 10 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 1 Parameter Number 11 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 187 Default Value 160 Parameter Number 12 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 190 Default Value 161 Parameter Number 13 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 108 Default Value 1 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 69 Chapter 3 70 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Produced Assy Word 1 This parameter is used to build bytes 2 3 for produced assembly 120 Prod Assy Word 2 This parameter is used to build bytes 4 5 for produced assembly 120 Prod Assy Word 3 This parameter is used to build bytes 6 7 for produced assembly 120 Consumed 1 0 Size This parameter reflects the consumed 1 0 data size in bytes Parameter Number 14 Access Rule
347. rStart Controllers in Group Installation 355 Appendix E ArmorStart DC Control Voltage Application Information 361 Example 1 Conveyor Line Configuration 4 362 Example 2o trenere se agias ae E EELE 363 24V DC Power Supply Capacity Sizing 0 0 0 0 363 System Design Considerations When Using 16 AWG Control Wiring west iate Vek urene iai e Be RON Ne a 364 Other System Design Considerations 0 0c eee eee e eee eee 364 Appendix F Getieral Rulet 2 cn cues Coie a a a AR AE te ede ou 365 Reasons to Use tinda Kelner eis tse a ae ER 365 THEON Copiano ren a a ach state ct o 365 ArmorStart Design sssusssessseersrersserrrrerrerrrrerrre 366 Appendix G Reporting Examples ina se ap hintcawaedateninraenag Memmnttaniacddvcres 367 How to Report the RPM of the 284 Internal Fan 367 How to report the Heat Sink Temperature of the 284 367 Application Examples lt n Sone tun 5 eee ewan tue errereen 367 284 VED Preset Speed Example ccs secacunictorseee eeedanks 367 Retrieve the Fault Buffer 00 cece eee eee eee eee 371 CIP Class 0x00F5 Address Conflict Detection 371 Demand Off Torque Considerations 00 seen ee eee 371 Keypad Disable with DeviceLogix 2 vis tacucividh Jeeta dane ss eeies 372 Motion Disable 0 cee ccc cece a a ea a aaa 372 Manual Brake Control for ArmorStart via DeviceLogix 373 Appen
348. rStart unit Ensure that the control module is seated correctly in the base module Check the connector on the control module for bent or broken pins 41 DB1 Comm 256 The MCB has lost communications with the Dynamic Brake DB1 board or the EEPROM on the DB1 board may be corrupt Press the local reset or send the unit a network reset Cycle power to the ArmorStart unit Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Internal Drive Faults A fault is a condition that stops the drive There are two fault types Type Description 1 Auto Reset Run When this type of fault occurs and Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries Related Parameter s 155 158 161 193 is set to a value greater than 0 a user configurable timer Parameter 193 AutoRstrt Delay Related Parameter s 192 begins When the timer reaches zero the drive attempts to automatically reset the fault If the condition that caused the fault is no longer present the fault is reset and the drive is restarted 2 Non Resettable This type of fault may require drive or motor repair or is caused by wiring or programing errors The cause of the fault must be corrected before the fault can be cleared Automatically Clearing Faults Option Step Clear a Type 1 Fault and Restart the Drive 1 Set Parameter 192 Auto Rstrt Tries to a value other than 0 2 Set Parameter 193 Auto Rstrt Delay to a value oth
349. rameter Number 102 Related Parameters 101 113 134 135 138 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 240 0 Hz Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 103 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 01 Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value Drive rated amps x 2 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 104 Related Parameters 131 184 188 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units WAC Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 230V 460V or 600V AC Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 105 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units WDC Minimum Value Based on Drive Rating Maximum Value Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 106 Related Parameter 195 Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group Display Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value Read Only Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 123 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Fault 1 Code A code that represents drive fault The code appears in this parameter as the most recent fault that has occurred Fault 2 Code A code that represents a drive fault The code appears in this parameter as the second most recent fault that has occurred Fault 3 Code A code that represents a drive fault The code appears in this parameter as the third most recent fault
350. rameter determines the state that Output A assumes when the network is idle and Parameter 37 is set to 0 0 Open 1 Close Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 Parameter Number 35 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 36 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 37 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 38 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group User 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 79 Chapter 3 80 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters OutB Pr FitState This parameter with Parameter 40 defines how Output B responds when a protection trip occurs When set to 1 Output B continue to operate as command via the network When set to 0 Output B opens or closes as determined by setting in Parameter 40 OutB Pr FitValue This parameter determines the state the Out B assumes when a protection trip occurs and Parameter 39 is set to ngr 0 Open 1 Close OutB DN FitState This parameter with Parameter 42 defines how Output B res
351. rameter identifies the Bulletin 140M used in this product 0 140M D8N C10 1 140M D8N C25 PrFit Reset Mode This parameter configures the Protection Fault reset mode 0 Manual 1 Automatic Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 Parameter Number 22 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 23 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 73 Chapter 3 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Pr Fault Enable Parameter Number 24 This parameter enables the Protection Access Rule CESE Fault by setting the bit to 1 Data Type WORD Group Starter Protection Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 16383 Default Value 12419 Bit Function 13 12 11 10 5 4 3 2 1 0 X Short Circuit X Overload X Phase Loss X Reserved X Reserved X Control Power 1 0 Fault Over Temperature Phase Imbalance Dnet Power Loss X Reserved X Reserved X Eeprom X HW Fault Cannot be disabled Pr Fault Reset Parameter Number 25 This parameter reset
352. rameter provides trip identification Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 Default Value Function Short Circuit Overload Phase Short Ground Fault Stall Control Power 10 Fault Overtemperature Over Current Dnet Power Loss Internal Comm DC Bus Fault EEprom HW Fault Restart Retries Indicates DB1 Comm Fault for Bulletin 284 Check Last Protection fault for details Parameter 61 Indicates DB1 Brake Fault for Bulletin 284 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Misc Fault 145 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Starter Status Parameter Number 5 Access Rule GET This parameter provides the status of the starter Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Bit Function 15 14 13 1
353. ramming Parameter Group Listing Chapter 5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers This chapter describes each programmable parameter and its function for Bulletin 284 Sensorless Vector Controllers Each distributed motor controller type has a common set of parameters followed by a set of parameters that pertain to the individual starter type See Chapter 7 DeviceNet Commissioning for instructions in using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet to modify parameter settings IMPORTANT Resetting the Factory Default Values Parameter 47 Set to Defaults allows the installer to reset all parameter to the factory default values It also resets the MACID to its factory default after DeviceNet Power is cycled if switches are set gt 63 IMPORTANT Parameter setting changes downloaded to the ArmorStart take effect immediately even during a running status IMPORTANT Parameter setting changes made in a configuration tool such as RSNetWorx for DeviceNet do not take effect in the ArmorStart until the installer applies or downloads the new settings to the device The Bulletin 284D ArmorStart contains ten parameter groups The parameters that are shown in the DeviceLogix DeviceNet Starter Protection User I O Misc Parameter Drive DeviceNet Display Group Basic Program and Advanced Program are discussed in this chapter Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 141 Chapter 5 DeviceLogix 1 Hd
354. rams Figure 72 External Connections for Input Connector Pin 1 V Out Pin 2 Input 1 or 3 3 Pin 3 Comm Pin 4 Input 0 or 2 Pin 5 NC No Connection Figure 73 External Connections for Output Connector Pin 1 PE Pin 2 Return Pin 3 Relay Out 290 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Specifications Appendix A Figure 74 External Connections for DeviceNet Connector 2 Pin 1 Drain Not Connected 4 Pin 2 VDNET 3 Pin 3 VDNET Pin 4 CAN_H 0 O Pin 5 CAN_L Figure 75 External Connections for Motor Connector O Pin 1 T1 Black Pin 2 T2 White Pin 3 T3 Red 3 2 Pin 4 Ground Green Figure 76 External Connections for Control Source Brake Connector Pin 1 L1 Black Pin2 GND Green Yellow Pin 3 L2 White Figure 77 External Connections for Dynamic Brake Connector Pin1 GND Green Yellow Pin 2 BR Black 3 2 Pin 3 BR White Figure 78 External Connections for 0 10V Analog Input A Pin 1 10V DC Pin 2 0 10V Input D 5 3 Pin 3 Analog Common Pin 4 Analog Output 4 Pin 5 RS485 Shield Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 291 Appendix A of P133 Motor OL Current Specifications Overload Curves z Ne Cerate Min Cerale Mar Derale 00 id 1c a a aj al G0 4 S al Sd 20 20 2a i z 0 Pe ey 0 FS 100125 160 175 A S 01 BD iwiga S 0 25
355. re 61 Bulletin 280 281 Base Module Installation Base Module Terminal Access Cover Plate Communication Jl D Cable lo Y Ze m Motor Cable Control Module Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 271 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting Base Module Replacement Bulletin 284 272 Removal of Base Module A 1 Disconnect from the power source ATTENTION To avoid shock hazard disconnect main power before working on the controller motor or control devices ha Remove all cables from Starter Module communication cables and all other cables connected to the inputs and outputs Loosen the four mounting screws on the Control Module Unplug the Control module from the base by pulling the module forward Loosen the four mounting screws on the Terminal Access Cover Plate Remove the cover plate Loosen the terminal screws Remove all wires from the terminal block YV ON KRW HR Ww Remove the conduit fittings 10 Loosen the mounting screws and remove Figure 62 Bulletin 284 Base Module Removal Base Module Cable Communication Cable Terminal Access Cover Plate its Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Installation of Base Module ATTENTION To avoid shock hazard disconnect main power before working o
356. re Type ae Option 3 A10 0 10 mA Analog Input EMI EMI Filter oc Output Contactor SM Safety Monitor F Type 4 IP67 Option 2 Torque Perormanes Mads CB Control Brake Connector H Volts per Hz Control Module i Vi N Modul DB DB Brake Connector Gensor ess Vector Control Module Only DB1 DB Brake Connector for IP67 v Ea a Dynamic Brake Resistor Control Volts per Hz Control Voltage SB Source Brake Connector Z 24V DC D 120V AC T ioni B 240V AC ption Output Current 3 Hand Off Auto Selector Keypad Code Output kW Hp with Jog Function Current Blank Status Only A 230V Drive L Motor Media Type B2P3 2 3 0 4 0 5 R Round B4P5 4 5 0 75 1 H only B5P0 5 0 75 1 V only B7P6 7 5 1 5 2 480V Drive D1P4 1 4 0 4 0 5 D2P3 2 3 0 75 1 D4P0 4 1 5 2 D6PO 6 2 2 3 D7P0O 7 6 4 5 Table 186 Bulletin 284 Control Module with Sensorless Vector Performance IP67 Type 4 12 Up to 480V Input Voltage kW Hp Output 24VDC 120 V AC 240 V AC Current Control Voltage Control Voltage Control Voltage 240V 50 60 Hz 04 05 23A 284D FHB2P3Z N R 284D FHB2P3D N R 284D FHB2P3B N R alee 075 10 45A 284D FHB4P5Z N R 284D FHB4P5D N R 284D FHB4P5B N R 15 2 0 7 6A 284D FHB7P6Z N R 284D FHB7P6D N R 284D FHB7P6B N R 480V 50 60 Hz 04 05 14A 284D FHD1P4Z N R 284D FHD1P4D N R 284D FHD1P4B N R ae 075 10 23A 284D FHD2P3Z N R 284D FHD2P3D N R 284D FHD2P
357. ribute Bit 0 The DBI measures current continuously and models resistor body temperature based on measured current and resistor model parameters The DB1 not only calculates the present resistor body temperature but also predicts the future resistor body temperature The resistor overtemperature level is based on the predicted future resistor body temperature not on the present resistor body temperature This fault is disabled when Parameter 182 DB1 Resistor Sel is Disabled Troubleshooting DB1 Resistor body temperature is too hot Allow the resistor to cool DB1 Overcurrent Fault Control Supervisor Object DB1 Fault Attribute Bit 1 The DB1 compares each current measurement against the Max Current Level If 5 consecutive samples are above the Max Current Level then a fault is recorded This fault is intended to notify the user if the DB1 resistance is lower than expected This fault is disabled when Parameter 182 DB1 Resistor Sel is Disabled Troubleshooting DB1 monitor has measured a DB1 current higher than expected Turn off all power to unit Allow at least 3 minutes for capacitors to discharge A BURN HAZARD DB1 resistor may still be hot Disconnect DB1 resistor from ArmorStart control module Measure DB1 resistor value at the connector with an ohmmeter See the specification for minimum DBI resistor values If DB1 resistance value is within limits replace control module If not replace DB1 resis
358. rmation in the scanner is the ArmorStart See to Chapter 7 DeviceNet Commissioning for assistance in mapping Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 207 Chapter 8 Explicit Messaging on DeviceNet Programming the 1747 SLC 1 0 Mapping The following example uses the standard distributed motor controller and the factory default input and output assembly of 160 and 161 See Appendix B Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information for additional assembly formats The default input and output assemblies are shown in the table below with the corresponding data size Table 24 Message Type 1 0 Assembly Data Size bytes Instance 160 Consumed output 1 Rx Instance 161 Produced input 2 Tx Ifa different I O assembly is selected the data size may change It is important to understand that the I O assembly selected here will directly affect the input and output mapping in the scanner s scanlist and the amount of Programmable Logic Controller PLC memory that is reserved for this information Table 25 Example SLC Input Addressing Produced Assembly Instance 161 Default Produced Standard Distributed Motor Controller Byte 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Address 1 1 23 1 1 22 1 1 21 1 1 20 1 1 19 1 1 18 1 1 17 1 1 16 Data reserved Reserved reserved Ready Running Rev Running Fwd Warning Tripped Byte 1 Bit
359. rrents of any other motors or loads that can be operating at the same time as the motors that start simultaneously using NEC Table 430 250 c Use the total current from a and b above to get an equivalent horsepower value from Table 430 251 That value is the size of the disconnect means in horsepower NEC 430 110 3 Select fuse or circuit breaker protection Select fuse or circuit breaker size for the largest motor per NEC Table 430 52 and add that ampere value to the total of the full load currents of the rest of the motors The final value is the fuse or circuit breaker size required NEC 430 53C 4 Select wire Ampacity of wire feeding a group of motors is not less than 125 of the full load current rating of the highest rated motor plus the sum of the full load current ratings of all the motors in the group NEC 430 24 5 The code states that any taps supplying a single motor shall have an ampacity not less than one third the ampacity of the branch circuit conductors NEC 430 53D The branch circuit conductors can be defined as the conductors on the load side of the fuse block or circuit breaker This requirement actually defines the size of the group of motors For example if the wire from the fuses or circuit breaker is AWG 8 with rated ampacity of 50 A the smallest wire you can use as a tap and to the motors is AWG 14 with an ampacity of 20 A NEC Table 310 16 for 75 C wire Note that the Bulletin 280 281 ArmorStart co
360. rt Circuit 1 Overload 2 Phase Loss 3 Control Power 4 l0 Fault 5 Over Temp 6 Phase Imbalance 7 DNet Power Loss 8 EEprom 9 HW FIt 10 PL Warning 11 CP Warning 12 10 Warning 13 Phase Imbal Warn 14 DN Warning 15 HW Warning Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 225 Chapter9 Using DeviceLogix Bulletin 280 and 281 ArmorStart Outputs The screen capture below shows how to choose outputs in the ladder editor o m _ PNB INT The Bulletin 280 and 281 have the following bit definitions 0 Run Forward 1 Run Reverse 2 User Output A 3 User Output B 226 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Using DeviceLogix Chapter 9 Bulletin 280 and 281 ArmorStart Produced Network Bits The screen capture below shows how to choose Produced Network Bits in the ladder editor g DOP INT Co GER The following table contains the produced network bit definitions for Bulletin 280 and 281 ArmorStart units Produce Network bit declaration 0 Net Output 0 1 Net Output 1 2 Net Output 2 3 Net Output 3 4 Net Output 4 5 Net Output 5 6 Net Output 6 7 Net Output 7 8 Net Output 8 9 Net Output 9 10 Net Output 10 11 Net Output 11 12 Net Output 12 13 Net Output 13 14 Net Outp
361. rved B Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved a a a a a Reserved Digital In1 Sel EM Brk Rise X Digital In2 Sel 5 Digital In3 Sel Digital In Sel Relay Out Sel Relay Out Level Relay Out LevelF Ont Out Sel MotorRiinninn EM Brk Rise Cancel Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 373 Appendix G 374 Examples 2 Next invoke the DeviceLogix editor and tie Input 0 to Drv In 1 as shown below ET Function Block Editor 0 DER a Fa e wa Q G p Tow zor PULR cTU tiae Timer Counter For Help press F1 Available Function Blocks 80 3 Download the program and enable DeviceLogix from the Communications menu 4 Set parameters 8 and 9 Network Override and Comm Override to Enabled to allow the brake to be controlled manually even if there is no connection to a DeviceNet scanner ArmorStart 284D PF40 240V 0 5HP General Parameters 1 0 Data EDS File DeviceLogix Select the parameter that you want to configure and initiate an action using the toolbar I Groups i Single z gt Monitor i e m Parameter Current Yalue Network Inputs 00000000 00000 Network Outputs x0000000 00000 Trip Status 00000000 00000 Starter Status 00000000 00000 DNet Status 00000000 00000 Starter Command XXXXXXXX 00000 Network Override Enabled Comm Override Enabled Autobaud Enable Enabled Consumed IO Assy Pr
362. rved 152 Get Base Options WORD Bit 0 Output Fuse Bit 1 Safety Monitor Bit 2 CP Fuse Detect Bits 3 7 Reserved Bit 8 10A Base Bit 9 25A Base Bit 10 15 Reserved Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 315 AppendixB Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information 153 Get Wiring Options WORD Bit 0 Conduit Bit 1 Round Media Bit 2 28xG Gland Bits 3 15 Reserved 154 Get Starter Enclosure WORD Bit 0 IP67 Bit 1 NEMA 4x Bit 2 28xG Ple Cat4 Bits 3 15 reserved 155 Get Starter Options WORD Bit 0 Full Keypad Bit 1 Safety Monitor Bit 2 Source Brake Bit 3 CP Brake Bit 4 Dynamic Brake Bit 5 Output Contactor Bit 6 EMI Filter Bit 7 0 10V Analog In Bit 8 Fused Dyn Brake Bits 9 15 Reserved 156 Get Last Pr Trip UINT See Parameter 61 The following common services are implemented for the Control Supervisor Object Table 100 Control Supervisor Object Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Acknowledge Handler Object No class attributes are supported for the Acknowledge Handler Object CLASS CODE 0x002b 316 A single instance instance 1 of the Acknowledge Handler Object is supported The following instance attributes are supported Table 101 Acknowledge Handler Instance Attributes Attribute ID A
363. s Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 317 AppendixB Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information DeviceNet Interface Object This vendor specific object has no class attributes CLASS CODE 0x00B4 A single instance instance 1 of the DeviceNet Interface Object is supported Table 105 DeviceNet Interface Object Instance Attribute Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Min Max Default Description 7 Get Set Prod Assy Word 0 USINT 0 108 1 Defines Word 0 of Assy 120 8 Get Set Prod Assy Word 1 USINT 0 108 5 Defines Word 1 of Assy 120 9 Get Set Prod Assy Word 2 USINT 0 108 6 Defines Word 2 of Assy 120 10 Get Set Prod Assy Word 3 USINT 0 108 7 Defines Word 3 of Assy 120 13 Get Set Starter COS Mask WORD 0 OxFFFF OxFFFF Change of state mask for starter bits 15 Get Set Autobaud Enable BOOL 0 1 1 1 enabled 0 disabled 16 Get Set Consumed Assy USINT 0 185 160 3 121 160 162 182 187 17 Get Set Produced Assy USINT 100 187 161 52 121 161 163 181 187 189 190 19 Get Set Set To Defaults BOOL 0 1 0 0 No action 1 Reset 23 Get 1 0 Produced Size USINT 0 8 Size of 1 0 Produced Data in Bytes 24 Get 1 0 Consumed Size USINT 0 3 Size of 1 0 Consumed Data in Bytes 30 Get DNet Voltage UINT XX XX DeviceNet Voltage xx xx Volts
364. s a digital input configured Run or Start and a valid start contact 0 Disabled 1 Enabled ATTENTION Equipment damage and or personal injury may result if this parameter is used in an inappropriate application Do not use this function without considering applicable local national and international codes standards regulations or industry guidelines Reverse Disable Stop drive before changing this parameter Enables disables the function that allows the direction of the motor rotation to be changed The reverse command may come from a digital command or serial command All reverse inputs including two wire Run Reverse are ignored with reverse disabled 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Flying Start En Sets the condition that allows the drive to reconnect to a spinning motor at actual RPM 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Compensation Enables disables correction options that may improve problems with motor instability 0 Disabled 1 Electrical Default Some drive motor combinations have inherent instabilities that are exhibited as non sinusoidal motor currents This setting attempts to correct this condition 2 Mechanical Some motor load combinations have mechanical resonances that can be excited by the drive current regulator This setting slows down the current regulator response and attempts to correct this condition 3 Both Parameter Numb
365. s awe cence veces wea kat pean ee eyes aaa Motor Cable Considerations 0 0ccccucacucessccucseeees Unshielded Caples aiaivms Sapient ehh eGwawdsa bo nachagaehs Racy Shielded Cable cdc wean dehudty dy we ered adeeb ebay ey a Recommended Cable Connectors Glands 0000005 Recommended Cord Grips a vecedetancniepidvedeadeaseseuneet Shield Terminating Connectors s s s eu shes pv aenk cor hekees WANE aasshcank teeta econ beam oia see a ese E A AT Maintenance einge a a ates ted Ae ols at E N A eans Chapter 3 Introd tion i e a e e EE EEEE OGRE E E ats Parameter Programming 45 Sases cine acatiavse Seer Parameter Group Misting v c orcs le siawtat hai bediaoie oa Devicelomx Gr up mernis hana sAN E eye el Are els DeviceNet CPO city aa cast eit oa ea ved Ms terete cen eet a Starter Protection Group acsersesssees edna td ache hake reete snika User TV Onute oTa See a Ai Ril a Malham a Dell lah Mise Group incattst Soi ouw eset caverta ods oaar a a PENT S ZAP Parameters miata ticchh a ated Seely a a a a E a a Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers HOA Keypad Operation DeviceNet Commissioning Table of Contents Starter Displayer para te cee ee va a 91 Starter SetuP site trate ena tik aly a te AT am RE E asian 93 Chapter 4 Parameter Progra
366. s not occur and an error is generated 20 Click OK when told the download was successful 21 Now from the same pull down menu choose Logic Enable On 22 The ArmorStart is now programmed and the logic is Active Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 ArmorStart Motion and Keypad Disable with DeviceLogix DeviceLogix Ladder Editor Example Using DeviceLogix Chapter 9 HOA operation can be prevented dynamically without parameter modification as follows The DeviceLogix program shown below turns off the keypad if both inputs are true and the keypad is in either OFF or AUTO mode Note If the user is already pressing the HAND button the program does not disable the keypad if the inputs are on after the HAND mode is actuated The motion disable program disables the command to run regardless of the HOA status PLC control or DeviceLogix Once motion disable is turned off the ArmorStart or PLC resumes control of the motor again The motion disable does not disable the HOA keypad The keypad operation appears normal but it does not control the run command until the motion disable is off BAND Motion Dissble ArmorStart EtherNet IP supports DeviceLogix in a ladder programming environment When using the ladder editor additional explanation is needed with regard to naming conventions Fault bits such as Overload Trip are tagged FBO FB1 FB2 et
367. s the Protection AccessRule SENSEI Fault on a transition of 0 gt 1 Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 StrtrDN FitState This parameter with Parameter 27 defines how the starter responds when a DeviceNet fault occurs When set to 1 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 goes to DnFit Value on DN faults as determined by Parameter 27 StrtrDN FitValue This parameter determines how the starter will be commanded in the event of a Device Net fault 0 OFF 1 0N StrtrDN IdiState This parameter with Parameter 29 defines how the starter responds when a DeviceNet network is idle When set to 1 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 goes to Dnidl Value on DN Idle as determined by Parameter 29 StrtrDN IdlValue This parameter determines the state that starter assumes when the network is idle and Parameter 28 is set to 0 0 OFF 1 0N Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 Parameter Number 26 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 27 Access Rule GET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Paramet
368. s to Established Protection Fault Reset Protection Fault Protection Fault DOP Instances 1 2 9 and 10 Special Behavior Besides the sources that can affect output points 3 and 4 DOPs 1 and 2 can be affected by keypad inputs since they double as the Run Forward and Run Reverse outputs This adds complexity to their behavior so their behavior is defined in this section separately 344 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 CIP Information Appendix C The following State Transition Diagram is used for DOP Instances 1 2 9 and 10 Figure 85 DOP Instances 1 2 9 and 10 Non Existant Power Up Auto State Auto Init Power Off Keyad Hand Button Pressed Hand State Hand Stop Keyad Auto Button Pressed Auto State Auto Init The following State Transition Diagram is used in Auto State for Unbound DOP Instances 1 2 9 and 10 Figure 86 Auto State for Unbound DOP Instances 1 2 9 and 10 DNet Fault Protection Fault DNet Fault DNet Fault Connection Transitions to Established Protection Fault DNet Fault Connection Transitionsto Established ney UO D9 O1d DNet Fault Protection Fault Reset Receive Data Protection Fault Protection Fault Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 345 AppendixC Bulletin 284 CIP Information The following State Transition Diagram is used in Hand State for Bound o
369. scription Code 2 3 A 0 4 kW 0 5 Hp 5 0 A 0 75 kW 1 0 Hp 7 6 A 1 5 kW 2 0 Hp Code Description Po DeviceNet Cc Torque Performance Mode Sensorless Vector Control and Volts per Hertz Volts per Hertz Sensorless Vector Performance Control and 3 Phase Power Connections Motor Cable Connection CR Conduit Round Media or RR Round Round Media Code Control Voltage zm 24V DC 120V DC E wo g Short Circuit Protection Motor Circuit Protector 10 10 A Rated Device 25 25 A Rated Device Control Power Conduit Entrance Description 3 Phase Power Conduit Entrance Motor Cable 3 m unshielded cordset male 90 Control Brake Contactor No cable DB Brake Connector Connectivity to IP67 DB Resistor Source Brake Contactor No cable Code Description 0 10V Analog Input EMI Filter Output Contactor Conduit Entrance Conduit Entrance 3 m shielded cordset male 90 Conduit Entrance Conduit Entrance No cable Conduit Daisy Chain Conduit Daisy Chain 3 m unshielded cordset male 90 Conduit Daisy Chain Conduit Daisy Chain 3 m shielded cordset male 90 Conduit Daisy Chain Conduit Daisy Chain No cable Round Media Male Receptacle Round Media Male Receptacle 3 m unshielded cordset male 90 Round Media Male Receptacle Round Media Male Rece
370. se assemblies described above Note that these word wise assemblies are designed for use with DeviceLogix so their contents reflect the various words in the DeviceLogix data table Table 62 Instance 181 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Instance 181 Hardware Inputs 1 16 1 Reserved Table 63 Instance 182 This is a Read Write Control Assembly Instance 182 Consumed Network Inputs 1 16 0 NetInput NetInput NetInput NetInput NetInput NetInput NetInput NetInput 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 NetInput NetInput NetInput NetInput NetInput NetInput NetInput NetInput 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Table 64 Instance 183 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Instance 183 Produced Network Outputs 1 15 Byte Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit3 Bit2 Bit1 Bit 0 0 Net Out8 NetOut7 NetOut6 NetOut5 NetOut4 NetOut3 NetOut8 Net Out 1 1 Reserved NetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut NetOut9 15 14 13 12 11 10 Table 65 Instance 184 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Instance 184 Trip Status Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 In SS Flt Control Phase OL Trip Short Power Loss Circuit Reserved 1 Hw Flt EEPROM DNet Phase Power Imbal Table 66 Instance 185 This is a Read Only Status Assembly Instance 185 Starter Status 0 At Ref Net Ctl Ready Run
371. sistor is open replace DB1 resistor Otherwise replace control module DB1 VBus Link Fault Control Supervisor Object DB1 Fault Attribute Bit 6 For proper operation the DB1 monitors parameters from the Drive internally inside the ArmorStart If the internal communications to the drive is lost then this fault is issued Since the DB1 can no longer provide resistor protection the user must implement logic to open the input contactor Troubleshooting Make sure that 3 phase line power and control power is applied to unit Attempt to reset fault If fault persists replace control module DB1 Comm Fault Control Supervisor Object DB1 Fault Attribute Bit 8 The communications link is monitored continuously If the DB1 stops responding then the MCB issues this fault Since the DB1 can no longer provide resistor protection the user must implement logic to open the input contactor Troubleshooting Replace control module Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 265 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting Hardware Fault Fan RPM Warning 266 DB1 Thermal Warning Control Supervisor Object DB1 Status Attribute Bit 1 A DBI Thermal Warning is issued if the predicted future resistor body temperature is greater than the Max DB1 resistor temperature x DB1 Thermal Warning Percent Troubleshooting None DB1 resistor thermal value has exceeded the preset threshold of 90 of thermal value
372. software node address If the switches are set to a value of 63 or less the device is at the node address that is designated by the switch configuration To set an address using the hardware rotary switches simply set the switches to the desired node address and cycle power to the unit The Device restarts at the new address Figure 49 Rotary Node Address Configuration See Detail A Detail A ny fe W Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 197 Chapter7 DeviceNet Commissioning Node Commissioning using Software 198 To set the node address of the ArmorStart using software or other handheld tools leave the hardware switches in there default position 99 or insure that they are set to something greater than 63 With the hardware switches set use the software or handheld tool to change the address To begin the configuration of ArmorStart using software execute the RSNetWorx software and complete the following procedure You must use RSNetWorx Revision 3 21 Service Pack 2 or later Go on line using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet This can be accomplished by selecting the
373. solidly grounded Wye Y power source i e 480 277 or 400 230V AC 3 Phase If applied to a grounded or ungrounded 480V AC Delta power source the EMI filter will not function properly and will become damaged Figure 29 Removal of Control Module Figure 30 Jumper Removal Remove Jumper ATTENTION Do not remove this jumper if the unit is equipped with an EMI filter installed Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 53 Chapter2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Group Motor Installations for USA and Canada Markets Wiring and Workmanship Guidelines 54 The ArmorStart distributed motor controllers are listed for use with each other in group installations per NFPA 79 Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery When applied according to the group motor installation requirements two or more motors of any rating or controller type are permitted on a single branch circuit Group Motor Installation has been successfully used for many years in the USA and Canada In addition to conduit and seal tite raceway it is acceptable to utilize cable that is dual rated Tray Cable Type TC ER and Cord STOOW for power and control wiring on ArmorStart installations In the USA and Canada installations the following guidance is outlined by the NEC and NFPA 79 In industrial establishments where the conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the installation and
374. stance Three Phase 2 2 3 97 4 0 5 71 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 289 AppendixA Specifications IP Dynamic Brake Resistor Ratings Table 49 IP67 Dynamic Brake Resistor Drive and Part Number Resistance Continuous Max Energy kJ Max Braking Application Type 1 Application Type 2 Motor Size kW Ohms 5 Power kW Torque of Motor Braking Duty Cycle Braking Duty Cycle Torque of Torque of Motor Motor 200 240V AC Input Drives 0 37 0 5 284R 091P500 91 0 086 17 293 100 46 150 31 0 75 1 284R 091P500 91 0 086 17 218 100 23 150 15 1 5 2 284R 091P500 91 0 086 17 109 100 11 109 11 400 480V AC Input Drives 0 37 0 5 284R 360P500 360 0 086 17 305 100 41 150 31 0 75 1 284R 360P500 360 0 086 17 220 100 23 150 15 1 5 2 284R 360P500 360 0 086 17 110 100 12 110 11 2 2 3 284R 120P1K2 120 0 26 52 197 100 24 150 16 4 5 284R 120P1K2 120 0 26 52 124 100 13 124 10 Note Always check the resistor ohms against minimum resistance for drive being used Note Duty Cycle listed is based on full speed to zero speed deceleration For constance regen at full speed duty cycle capability is half of what is listed Application Type 1 represents maximum capability up to 100 braking torque where possible Application Type 2 represents more than 100 braking torque where possible up to a maximum of 150 Pinout Diag
375. t Cat No 90 M22 Motor IP67 Type 4 12 3 m 9 8 280 MTR22 M3 Cordset 6 m 19 6 280 MTR22 M6 14 m 45 9 280 MTR22 M14 90 M22 Motor IP67 Type 4 12 3 m 9 8 284 MTRS22 M3 Cordset Shielded 6 m 19 6 284 MTRS22 M6 14 m 45 9 284 MTRS22 M14 90 Male Straight IP67 Type 4 12 1m 3 3 280 MTR22 M1D Female M22 Pathcords 3 0 m 9 8 280 MTR22 M3D Table 191 Dynamic Brake Cable Description Cable Rating Length m ft Cat No 90 M25 Source Brake Cable IP67 Type 4 12 3m 9 8 285 DBK22 M3 Table 192 Source Brake Cable Description Cable Rating Length m ft Cat No 90 M25 Source Brake IP67 Type 4 12 3m 9 8 285 BRC25 M3 on 6m 19 6 285 BRC25 M6 14m 45 9 285 BRC25 M14 Table 193 Miscellaneous Description Internal Replacement Fan 284 FAN Alignment Pin Replacement ONLY if base and control module have 2 each 284 PIN provision for it Cannot retrofit without placement Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Rockwell Automation Support Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At http www rockwellautomation com support you can find technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs You can also visit our Support Center at https rockwellautomation custhelp com for software updates support chats and forums technical information F
376. t I Protective Device Pply Power Supply l I I l I I I I I I I I I I I T SEE SEN SE a e a a a a a S a a a o a a a a a a a a o a a a a n eg Bulletin 280 281 Bulletin 283 Bulletin 284 ArmorStart ArmorStart ArmorStart Bulletin 800F Emergency Stop i Pushbutton i E aia E m EW ia Ee Control Power Media Patchcords Patchcord cable with integral female or male connector on each end Example Catalog Number 889N F65GFNM Control Power Tees The E stop In Tee Catalog Number 898N 653ST NKF is used to connect to the Bulletin 800F On Machine E stop station using a control power media patchcord The E stop Out tee Catalog Number 898N 653ES NKF is used with cordset or patchcord to connect to the ArmorStart distributed motor controller Control Power Receptacles Female receptacles are a panel mount connector with flying leads Catalog Number 888N D65AF 1 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 47 Chapter2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance On Machine Hard wired Stop Category 0 Station Table 4 Hard wired Stop 1 Hole Yellow Enclosure E stop Station Enclosure Type Plastic Quick Connect Mini Receptacle Knockout Type Metric Opera
377. t Daisy Chain Conduit Daisy Chain sm urishield d corset male 90 Conduit Daisy Chain Conduit Daisy Chain No cable DIANK Round Media Male Round Media Male 3 m unshielded cordset ar Receptacle Receptacle male 90 w Round Media Male Round Media Male No cable Receptacle Receptacle 16 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Product Overview Chapter 1 Figure 2 Catalog Number Explanation for 284D Sensorless Vector Performance Volts per Hertz 284 D F H D2P3 D 10 CR Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Bulletin Number 200 240V 380 480V Output Current VFD Starter Description 2 3 A 0 4 kW 0 5 Hp Code Description 1 4 A 0 4 kW 0 5 Hp 4 5 A 0 75 kW 1 0 Hp 2 3 A 0 75 kW 1 0 Hp Communications 7 6 A 1 5 kW 2 0 Hp 4 0 A 1 5 kW 2 0 Hp Po DeviceNet Enclosure Type Type 4 IP67 Torque Performance Mode Volts per Hertz Sensorless Vector Performance Control and 3 Phase Power Connections Motor Cable Connection CR Conduit Round Media or RR Round Round Media Description 3 Phase Power Code 6 0 A 2 2 kW 3 0 Hp 7 6 A 3 3 kW 5 0 Hp Po pwo Pe awo Short Circuit Protection Motor Circuit Protector 10 10 A Rated Device 25 25 A Rated Device Control Power Conduit Entrance Conduit Entrance Motor Cable 3 m unshielded cordset male 90 Conduit Entrance Conduit Entrance 3
378. t Group Object Table 98 Discrete Output Group Common Services Service Code Implemented for Service Name Class Instance Ox0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Control Su pervisor Object Noclass attributes are supported CLASS CODE 0x0029 The following instance attributes are supported A single instance instance 1 of the Control Supervisor Object is supported Table 99 Control Supervisor Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Set Run 1 BOOL These Run outputs also map to DOP instances 1 and 2 4 Get Set Run 2 BOOL 7 Get Running 1 BOOL Status of RUN FWD contact 8 Get Running 2 BOOL Status of RUN REV contact 9 Get Ready BOOL Device not faulted 10 Get Tripped BOOL Device faulted 12 Get Set Fault Reset BOOL 0 gt 1 Trip Reset 100 Get Set Keypad Mode BOOL 0 Maintained 1 Momentary 101 Get Set Keypad Disable BOOL 0 Not Disabled 1 Disabled 115 Get Warning Status WORD Bits 0 4 reserved Bit 5 CP Warning Bit 6 10 Warning Bit 7 reserved Bit 8 reserved Bit 9 DN Warning Bits 10 12 reserved Bit 13 HW Warning Bit 14 reserved Bit 15 DB Warning 124 Get Set Trip Enable WORD Bit enumerated trip enable word 130 Get Set Trip Reset Mode BOOL 0 manual 1 auto 131 Get Set Trip Reset Level USINT 0 100 default 75 151 Get Base Enclosure WORD Bit 0 IP67 Bit 1 NEMA 4x Bit 2 PLe Cat 4 Bits 3 15 rese
379. t Value 0 0 sec Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Frequency 261 EM Brk On Delay ko i i X gt Q Co y Minimum Freq gt a a Time a a a Start EM Brk Stop EM Brk Drive Stops Commanded Energized Off Commanded De Energized On EM Brk On Delay Sets the time that the drive remains at minimum frequency before stopping and de energizing the brake coil relay when Parameter 137 Stop Mode is set to option 8 or 9 MOP Reset Sel Sets the drive to save the current MOP Reference command 0 Zero MOP Ref This option clamps Parameter 169 Internal Freq at 0 0 Hz when drive is not running 1 Save MOP Ref Default Reference is saved in Parameter 169 Internal Freq DB Threshold Sets the DC bus Voltage Threshold for Dynamic Brake operation If the DC bus voltage falls below the value set in this parameter the Dynamic Brake will not turn on Lower values make the Dynamic Braking function more responsive but may result in nuisance Dynamic Brake activation Parameter Number 261 Related Parameters 137 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UNIT Group Advanced Setup Units 0 01 sec Minimum Value 0 01 sec Maximum Value 10 00 sec Default Value 0 0 sec Parameter Number 262 Related Parameters 169 Access Rule Get Set Data Type UINT Group Ad
380. t an ArmorStart can be located from a nominal 24V DC supply is determined by the inrush current requirements of the ArmorStart distributed motor controllers The following table gives the maximum distance from the power source that a single ArmorStart can be placed Table 171 Wire Gauge Sizes Wire Gauge mm Meters Feet 16 131 38 125 14 2 08 62 205 12 3 31 100 325 10 5 26 158 520 In systems with multiple ArmorStarts where more than one unit will be commanded to start at the same time provisions must be made to account for maximum inrush current 710 mA for 100 msec for each unit The DC power supply and distribution system needs to be of sufficient capacity and the wire gauge of sufficient size to handle the maximum current required The total capacity of the system also includes any additional loads connected to the ArmorStart I O outputs max 2 A for each ArmorStart The maximum distance can still be used if each of the ArmorStarts that will be commanded to start simultaneously is wired directly back to the DC power supply or ifa 100ms delay between consecutive starts can be insured When more than one ArmorStart is commanded to pick up at the same time the length of each wire segment in the system should be multiplied by the number of units that can simultaneously pick up through that section of wire This calculation represents the equivalent starting distance The sum of the equivalent starting distan
381. t occurs When set to 1 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 goes to DnFlt Value on DN faults as determined by Parameter 27 StrtrDN FitValue This parameter determines if the starter commands in the event of a DevceNet fault and Parameter 26 is set to 0 0 0FF 1 0N StrtrDN IdIState This parameter with Parameter 29 defines how the starter responds when a DeviceNet network is idle When set to 1 hold to last state occurs When set to 0 goes to DnFlt Value on DN faults as determined by Parameter 29 0 Go to Idle Value 1 Hold Last State StrtrDN IdlValue This parameter determines the state that starter assumes when the network is idle and Parameter 28 is set to 0 0 0FF 1 0N Parameter Number 25 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 26 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 27 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 28 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter Protection Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 29 Access Rule GET SET Data Type BOOL Group Starter
382. t set by Parameter 189 Current Limit 1 6 Parameter 23 Control Pwr Loss The ArmorStart has detected a loss of the control power voltage Check control voltage wiring and proper polarity A1 A2 terminal PrFlt Reset Switched Power Also check and replace the control voltage fuse if necessary This Mode fault can be disabled and is disabled by default 7 Parameter 23 Input Fault This error indicates a shorted sensor shorted input device wiring If this fault occurs the offending problem should be isolated or PrFit Reset input mistakes or a blown output fuse removed prior to restarting the system This fault can be disabled and Mode is disabled by default 8 Parameter 23 Over Temperature This fault is generated when the operating temperature has been Check for blocked or dirty heat sink fins Make sure that ambient PrFIt Reset exceeded This fault cannot be disabled temperature has not exceeded 40 C 104 F Clear the fault or cycle Mode power to the drive 9 Drive Over Current Drive The drive output current has exceeded the hardware current limit Check programming Check for excess load improper Parameter 184 Controlled Codes 12 and 63 Boost Select setting DC brake volts set too high or other causes of excess current Parameter 198 SW Current Trip has been exceeded check load requirements and Parameter 198 setting 10 Parameter 23 Control Power 24V The 24V DC power supply is below tolerance threshold Check the stat
383. tart with a 25 A Short Circuit Protection Rating Short Circuit Protection Rating 6 6 2 68 25 5 I 2 68 Cl Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 33 Chapter2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Figure 12 Bulletin 280D 281D ArmorStart with DeviceNet Communication Protocol r Local Disconnect A LED Status sae ree 4 Allen Bradley 2 Outputs Micro M12 4 Inputs CAUTION Micro M1 2 Motor Connection DeviceNet Connection DL i Mini M18 SS a at eS Ground Terminal e Control Power Three Phase Power Ground Terminal 34 Figure 13 Bulletin 280D 281D ArmorStart with ArmorConnect Connectivity venom ar Alten Bradisy CAUTION A A Allen Bradley CAUTION Control Power Three Phase Power Ground Terminal Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Chapter 2 Dimensions for Bulletin 284 Dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes All dimensions are subject to change Figure 14 D
384. tatus The current value of the timer when timer is enabled Parameter Number 122 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value Drive rated power X 2 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 123 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 1 Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 180 0 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 124 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 C Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 120 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 125 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9999 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 126 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9999 Default Value Read Only 166 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Torque Current The current value of the motor torque current Basic Program Group Motor NP Volts Stop drive before changing this parameter Set to the motor name plate rated volts Motor NP Hertz Set to the motor nameplate rated frequency Stop drive before changing this parameter Motor OL Current Set to the maximum allowable current The drive fault on an
385. ted Volts Default Value Drive Rated Volts Parameter Number 189 Related Parameters 133 218 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Advanced Program Group 0 1A Minimum Value 0 1A Maximum Value Drive rated amps X 1 8 Default Value Drive rated amps X 1 5 Parameter Number 190 Related Parameters 132 133 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Advanced Program Group 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 2 Default Value 0 Max Derate 0 O 2 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 of P132 Motor NP Hertz 179 180 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers PWM Frequency Parameter Number 191 Sets the carrier frequency the PWM output waveform The Figure 42 provides derating guidelines that Related Parameters ms are based on the PWM frequency setting Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 Hz Minimum Value 2 0 Hz Maximum Value 16 0 Hz Default Value 4 0 Hz Figure 42 00 8 92 28 a4 an 68 64 E 4 Quipd Danni 4 52 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Auto Rstrt Tries Set the maximum number of times the drive attempts to reset a fault and restart Clear a Type 1 Fault and Restart the Drive Parameter Number 192 Related Parameter 155 158 161 193 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UI
386. tions for Bulletin 284 Applications In addition to the precautions listed throughout this manual the following statements which are general to the system must be read and understood SHOCK HAZARD Risk of electrical shock Do not disconnect or connect power cables under load gt ATTENTION Total circuit impedance must be low enough to ensure any short circuit or ground fault current is large enough to operate the fuse or circuit breaker Failure to comply can result in death personal injury and or equipment damage gt ATTENTION The controller contains ESD electrostatic discharge sensitive parts and assemblies Static control precautions are required when installing testing servicing or repairing the assembly Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are not followed If you are not familiar with static control procedures see Publication 8000 4 5 2 Guarding against Electrostatic Discharge or any other applicable ESD protection handbooks gt ATTENTION An incorrectly applied or installed controller can damage components or reduce product life Wiring or application errors such as undersizing the motor incorrect or inadequate AC supply or excessive ambient temperatures may result in malfunction of the system gt ATTENTION Only personnel familiar with the controller and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation startup and subsequent maintenance
387. tor Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 263 Chapter 12 264 Troubleshooting DB1 Undercurrent Fault Control Supervisor Object DB1 Fault Attribute Bit 2 The DB1 compares each current measurement against the Min Current Level The Min Current Level Min DB1 Voltage Level Max DB1 Resistance If 5 consecutive samples are below the Min Current Level and the DB1 is ON then a fault is recorded This fault is intended to notify the user if the DB1 resistance is higher than expected This fault is disabled when Parameter 182 DB1 Resistor Sel is Disabled Troubleshooting DB1 monitor has measured a DB1 current lower than expected Turn off all power to unit Allow at least 3 minutes for capacitors to discharge A BURN HAZARD DB1 resistor may still be hot Disconnect DB1 resistor from ArmorStart control module Measure DB1 resistor value at the connector with an ohmmeter See the specification for minimum DBI resistor values If DB1 resistance value is within limits replace control module If not replace DB1 resistor DB1 Switch Fault Control Supervisor Object DB1 Fault Attribute Bit 3 A DBI Switch fault is issued when continuous DBI resistor current is detected when the Drive Bus Voltage level is less than the DB1 Voltage Level If 5 consecutive samples of Drive Bus Voltage less than DB1 Level is detected along with continuous DB resistor current flow then a shorted DB1 IGBT
388. tor Illumination Voltage 24V AC DC Contact Configuration 1NC 1NO Cat No Twist to Release Metal 120V AC 240V AC 24V AC DC 120V AC 240V AC 800F 1YMQ4 800F 1YMQ5 800F 1YMQ6 800F 1MYMQ4 800F 1MYMQ5 800F 1MYMQ6 E stop Circuit BO0F 1YMQ BO0F LMYMG ArmorConnect Cordset Receptacle Pin Out ArmorStart Terminations Pin 1 RED RED No connection Pin 2 Black Black A2 Pin 3 Green Green PE Pin 4 Blank Not used Blank Not Used Pin 5 Blue Blue A1 Pin 6 q Station ArmorStart Media Aux Power In a y 898N 653ST NKF Customer Supplied 9 fo g E Stop z p Hi 898N 653ES NKF 48 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 gl ArmorStart Media Aux Power In l WY 898N 653ES NKF 889A M65SP61 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Chapter 2 Auxiliary Power is based on a 4 pin connector system and is used to provide 24V DC power to I O modules and other devices separately from network power Running separate power to these devices is typically used for I O devices with output connections to prevent power supply interruption due to switching of outputs Figure 27 Control Power Media System Overview using Auxiliary Power Tee Adapter Enclosure 1606 XLSDNET4 DeviceNet Power Supply Bulletin
389. tor if tripped If the condition continues check the power wiring This fault cannot be disabled 2 Overload Trip The load has drawn excessive current and based on the trip class selected the device has tripped Verify that the load is operating correctly and the ArmorStart is properly set up This fault cannot be disabled 3 Phase Loss The ArmorStart has detected a missing phase Verify that three phase voltage is present at the line side connections This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default 4 Reserved Not Used 5 Reserved Not Used 6 Control Power The ArmorStart has detected a loss of the control power voltage or blown control power fuse Check control voltage wiring and proper polarity Replace control voltage fuse if necessary This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default 7 1 0 Fault This error indicates a shorted sensor shorted input device or input wiring mistakes or a blown output fuse If this fault occurs the offending problem should be isolated or removed prior to restarting the system This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default 8 Over Temperature Indicates that the operating temperature has been exceeded This fault cannot be disabled 9 Phase Imbalance The ArmorStart has detected a voltage imbalance Check the power system and correct if necessary This fault can be disabled and is disabled by default 10 DNet Power Loss DeviceNet power has been lost or has dropped below the 12 volt threshold Che
390. tput Ratings Sourced from Control Circuit Type of control circuit Electromechanical Relay Kind of Current AC DC Conventional Thermal Current p Total of both outputs lt 2 A Type of Contacts Normally Open N 0 Number of Contacts 286 2 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Specifications Appendix A UL NEMA IEC Operating Temperature Range 20 40 C 4 104 F ee and Transportation 25 85 C 13 185 F emperature Range Altitude 1000 m Environmental Humidity 5 95 on condensing Pollution Degree 3 Enclosure Ratings NEMA 4 12 13 or NEMA 4X IP67 or IP69K Approximate Shipping Weight 19 1 kg 42 Ib Resistance to Shock Operational 15G Non Operational 30G Resistance to Vibration Operational 1G 0 15 mm 0 006 in Displacement Non Operational 2 5 G 0 38 mm 0 015 in Displacement Power and Ground Terminals Wire Size d a i ai a Mechanical i std Tightening or es ne Wire Strip Length 9 mm 0 35 in Control and Safety Monitor Inputs Terminal Wire Size 18 10 AWG 1 0 4 0 mm Tightening Torque 6 2 lb in 0 7 N m Wire Strip Length 9 mm 0 35 in Disconnect okt Seren oS See Altitude Derating on page 292 for derating guide Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 287 Appendix A 288 Other Rat
391. trol Zone 3 Control Word Default Bit 1 set all other bits clear Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable data security Bit1 C0S Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume Multicast Poll Response messages 93 Zone 4 Control Zone 4 Control Word Default Bit 1 set all other bits clear Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable data security Bit1 C0S Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume Multicast Poll Response messages 94 Zone 1 Key When the Security Enable bit for zone 1 is enabled this value must match the value of the Device Value Key parameter in the device whose data is being consumed for zone 1 95 Zone 2 Key When the Security Enable bit for zone 1 is enabled this value must match the value of the Device Value Key parameter in the device whose data is being consumed for zone 2 96 Zone 3 Key When the Security Enable bit for zone 1 is enabled this value must match the value of the Device Value Key parameter in the device whose data is being consumed for zone 3 97 Zone 4 Key When the Security Enable bit for zone 1 is enabled this value must match the value of the Device Value Key para
392. trostatic discharge ESD sensitive parts and assemblies Static control precautions are required when installing testing servicing or repairing this assembly Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are not followed If you are not familiar with static control procedures see Allen Bradley Publication 8000 4 5 2 Guarding against Electrostatic Damage or any other applicable ESD protection handbook ATTENTION An incorrectly applied or installed drive can result in component damage or a reduction in product life Wiring or application errors such as undersizing the motor incorrect or inadequate AC supply or excessive ambient temperatures may result in malfunction of the system Bulletin 2 80 281 The following flowchart for Bulletin 280 281 units is provided to aid in quick troubleshooting Troubleshooting No y Vv Fault LED NetworkLED Motor does not Start See Table 36 See Table 46 See Table 40 252 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Table 36 Fault LED Indications for Bulletin 280 and 281 ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controllers Blink Pattern Definitions Possible Causes or Remedies 1 Short Circuit The motor circuit protector has tripped or the internal wiring protection algorithm has detected an unsafe current range Try to reset the protec
393. ts Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 15 Default Value 0 62 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 Bit Function 3 2 1 0 X Input 0 X Input 1 X Input 2 X Input 3 Network Inputs Parameter Number 2 This parameter provides status of Accesa Rule SET network inputs Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 X Net Input 0 X Net Input 1 X Net input 2 X Net Input 3 X Net Input 4 X et Input 5 X Net Input 6 X et Input 7 X et Input 8 X Net Input 9 X Net Input 10 X Net Input 11 X Net Input 12 X Net Input 13 X Net Input 14 X Net Input 15 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 63 Chapter 3 64 Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Network Outputs This parameter provides status of network outputs Bit Parameter Number 3 Access Rule GET Data Type WORD Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value Function 14 13 12
394. ts Options Options Description 1 Acc amp Dec2 When active Parameter 167 Accel Time 2 and Parameter 168 Decel Time 2 are used for all ramp rates except Jog Can only be tied to one input 2 Jog e When input is present drive accelerates according to the value set in Parameter 179 Jog Accel Decel and ramps to the value set in Parameter 178 Jog Frequency e When the input is removed drive ramps to a stop according to the value set in Parameter 179 Jog Accel Decel e A valid Start command overrides this input 3 Aux Fault When enable an F2 Auxiliary Input fault occurs when the input is removed 4 Preset Freq See Parameters 170 173 and 174 177 Parameters 151 and 152 Default 2770 Em Brk Rise If Em Brake function enabled this input releases the brake Provides programmable control of Em Brk via digital input 1 4 155 Relay Out Sel Parameter Number 155 Related Parameters 133 156 192 Sets the condition that changes the state of the output relay contacts Access Rule GET SET See Table 10 for details Data Type M Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 21 Default Value 6 Table 10 Relay Out Sel Options Options Description 0 Ready Fault Default Relay changes state when power is applied This indicates that the drive is ready for operation Relay returns drive to shelf state when power is removed or a fault occurs
395. ts factory default after DeviceNet Power is cycled if switches are set gt 63 IMPORTANT Parameter setting changes downloaded to the ArmorStart take effect immediately even during a running status IMPORTANT Parameter setting changes made in a configuration tool such as RSNetWorx for DeviceNet do not take effect in the ArmorStart until the installer applies or downloads the new settings to the device The Bulletin 284D ArmorStart contains ten parameter groups The parameters that are shown in the DeviceLogix Setup DeviceNet Setup Starter Protection Setup User I O Setup Misc Parameter Setup Drive DeviceNet ZIP Parameters Display Group Basic Program and Advanced Program are discussed in this chapter Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 95 Chapter 4 DeviceLogix 1 Hdw Inputs 2 Network Inputs 3 Network Outputs 4 Trip Status 5 Starter Status 6 DNet Status 7 Starter Command 8 Network Override 9 Comm Override ZIP Parameters 67 AutoRun Zip 68 Zone Produced EPR 69 Zone Produced PIT 70 Zone 1 Macld 71 Zone 2 Macld 72 Zone 3 Macld 73 Zone 4 Macld 74 Zone 1 Health 75 Zone 2 Health 76 Zone 3 Health 77 Zone 4 Health 78 Zone 1 Mask 79 Zone 2 Mask 80 Zone 3 Mask 81 Zone 4 Mask 82 Zone 1 Offset 83 Zone 2 Offset 96 DeviceNet 10 Autobaud Enable 11 Consumed 10 Assy 12 Produced 10 Assy 13 Prod Assy Word 0 14 Prod Assy Word 1 15 Prod Assy Word 2 16 Pro
396. ts this as a no button pressed condition The only exception to this rule is if multiple buttons are pressed and one of them is the OFF button If the OFF button is pressed in combination with any combination of other buttons the processor interprets this the same as if the OFF button were pressed by itself Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Establishing a DeviceNet Node Address Node Commissioning using Hardware Chapter 7 DeviceNet Commissioning This chapter refers to Bulletin 280D 281D and 284D products The ArmorStart is shipped with a default node address of 63 and Autobaud enabled Each device on a DeviceNet network must have a unique node address or MAC ID that can be set to a value from 0 to 63 Keep in mind that most DeviceNet systems use address 0 for the master device Scanner and node address 63 should be left vacant for introduction of new slave devices The ArmorStart offers two methods for node commissioning as shown below The node address for a device can be changed using software or by setting hardware switches that reside on the back of the control module While both methods yield the same result it is good practice to choose one method and deploy it throughout the system The ArmorStart is shipped with the hardware rotary switches set to a value of 99 If the switches are set to a value 64 or above the device will automatically configure itself to the
397. tting of Parameter 184 Boost Select Speed command source None Verify Parameter 102 Commanded Freq or value is not as e Check Parameter 112 Control Source for the proper Speed expected Command Programming is None Check Parameter 135 Maximum Freq to insure that speed is not preventing the drive limited by programming output from exceeding limiting values Torque performance does None e Set motor nameplate full load amps in Parameter 226 Motor NP not match motor characteristics FLA Tune procedure Set Parameter 225 Torque Perf Mode to option OV Hz Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 e Use Parameter 227 Autotune to perform Static Tune or Rotate 259 Chapter 12 260 Troubleshooting Table 43 Motor Operation is Unstable Cause s Motor data was incorrectly entered Corrective Action 1 Correctly enter motor nameplate data into Parameters 131 132 and 133 2 Enable Parameter 197 Compensation 3 Use Parameter 184 Boost Select to reduce boost level Table 44 Drive Does Not Reverse Motor Direction Cause s Indication Corrective Action Digital input is not selected for None Check Digital Inx Sel Choose correct input and program for reversing control reversing mode Motor wiring is improperly phased None Switch two motor leads for reverse Reverse is disabled None Check Parameter 195 Reverse Disable Table
398. uced PIT 103 Phase C Current 108 OL Reset Level 4 Trip Status 13 Prod Assy Word 0 25 Pr Fault Reset 33 OutA Pr FltState 56 Base Enclosure 70 Zone 1 Macid 104 Average Current 5 Starter Status 14 Prod Assy Word 1 26 StrtrDN FltState 34 OutA Pr FltValue 57 Base Option 71Zone 2 Macid 105 Therm Utilized 6 DNet Status 15 Prod Assy Word 2 27 StrtrDN FltValue 35 OutA DN FltState 58 Wiring Option 72 Zone 3 Macld 7 Starter Command 16 Prod Assy Word 3 28 StrtrDN IdIState 36 OutA DN FitValue 59 Starter Enclosure 73 Zone 4 Macld 8 Network Override 17 Consumed 10 Size 29 StrtrDN IdlValue 37 OutA DN IdIState 60 Starter Options 74 Zone 1 Health 9 Comm Override 18 Produced 10 Size 61 Last PR Fault 38 OutA DN IdlValue 75 Zone 2 Health 19 Starter COS Mask 62 Warning Status 39 OutB Pr FitState 76 Zone 3 Health 20 Net Out COS Mask 40 OutB Pr FitValue 77 Zone 4 Health 21 DNet Voltage 41 OutB DN FitState 78 Zone 1 Mask 42 OutB DN FitValue 79 Zone 2 Mask 43 OutB DN IdlState 80 Zone 3 Mask 44 OutB DN IdlValue 81 Zone 4 Mask 82 Zone 1 Offset 83 Zone 2 Offset 84 Zone 3 Offset 85 Zone 4 Offset 86 Zone 1 EPR 87 Zone 2 EPR 88 Zone 3 EPR 89 Zone 4 EPR 90 Zone 1 Control 91 Zone 2 Control 92 Zone 3 Control 93 Zone 4 Control 94 Zone 1 Key 95 Zone 2 Key 96 Zone 3 Key 97 Zone 4 Key 98 Device Value Key 99 Zone Ctrl Enable Device Logix Group Hdw Inputs Parameter Number 1 i s Access Rule GET ec oe oi Group DeviceLogix Uni
399. ue 5 Parameter Number 16 Access Rule GET SET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 262 Default Value 6 Parameter Number 17 Access Rule GET Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 8 Default Value 4 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 149 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Produced 1 0 Size Parameter Number 18 A Rul GET This parameter maps to the Scanners Rx Size SAR Data Type USINT Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 8 Default Value 4 Starter COS Mask Parameter Number 19 Access Rule GET SET This parameter allows the installer to define the change of state conditions that results in a change Data Type WORD of state message being produced Group DeviceNet Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 16383 Default Value 16383 Bit Function 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 X Tripped X Warning X Running Fwd X Running Rev X Ready X Net Ctl Status X Net Ref Status X At Reference X User Input 1 X User Input 2 X User Input 3 X User Input 4 X HOA Status X 140M On 150 Rockwell Auto
400. ult Value 0 112 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Keypad Disable Parameter Number 46 Access Rule GET SET This parameter disables all keypad function except for the OFF and RESET buttons Data Type BOOL 0 Not Disabled Group Misc 1 Disabled Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Set to Defaults Parameter Number 47 Access Rule GET SET This parameter if set to 1 sets the device to the factory defaults Data Type BOOL 0 No Operation Group Misc 1 Set to Defaults Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Base Enclosure Parameter Number 56 Access Rule GET Indicates the ArmorStart Base unit enclosure rating Data Type WORD 0 1P67 Group Misc 1 NEMA 4X Units 2 15 Reserved Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value Default Value 0 Base Options Parameter Number 57 Access Rule GET Indicates the options for the ArmorStart Base unit Data Type WORD Bit 0 Output Fuse Group Hse Bit 1 Safety Monitor Units Bit 2 CP Fuse Detect Minimum Value 0 Bits 3 7 Reserved Maximum Value Bit 8 10A Base Default Value 0 Bit 9 25A Base Bit 10 15 Reserved Wiring Options Parameter Number 58 Access Rule GET Bit 0 Conduit Data Type WORD Bit 1 Round Media Group Misc Bits 2 15 Reserved
401. um Freq 71 Zone 2 Macld 135 Maximum Freq 72 Zone 3 Macld 136 Start Source 73 Zone 4 Macld 137 Stop Mode 74 Zone 1 Health 138 Speed Reference 75 Zone 2 Health 139 Accel Time 1 76 Zone 3 Health 140 Decel Time 1 77 Zone 4 Health 141 Reset To Defalts 78 Zone 1 Mask 143 Motor OL Ret 79 Zone 2 Mask 80 Zone 3 Mask 81 Zone 4 Mask 82 Zone 1 Offset 83 Zone 2 Offset 84 Zone 3 Offset 85 Zone 4 Offset 86 Zone 1 EPR 87 Zone 2 EPR 88 Zone 3 EPR 89 Zone 4 EPR 90 Zone 1 Control 91 Zone 2 Control 92 Zone 3 Control 93 Zone 4 Control 94 Zone 1 Key 95 Zone 2 Key 96 Zone 3 Key 97 Zone 4 Key 98 Device Value Key 99 Zone Ctrl Enable User 1 0 30 Off to On Delay 31 On to Off Delay 32 In Sink Source 33 OutA Pr FitState 34 OutA Pr FitValue 35 OutA DN FitState 36 OutA DN FitValue 37 OutA DN IdlState 38 OutA DN IdlValue 39 OutB Pr FitState 40 OutB Pr FitValue 41 OutB DN FitState 42 OutB DN FitValue 43 OutB DN IdlState 44 OutB DN IdlValue Advanced Setup 151 Digital In1 Sel 152 Digital In2 Sel 153 Digital In3 Sel 154 Digital In4 Sel 155 Relay Out Sel 156 Relay Out Level 157 Relay Out LevelF 158 Opto Out Sel 159 Opto Out Level 160 Opto Out LevelF 161 Opto Out2 Sel 162 Opto Out2 Level 163 DB Threshold 164 Opto Out Logic 165 Analog Out Sel 166 Analog Out High 167 Accel Time 2 168 Decel Time 2 169 Internal Freq 170 Preset Freq 0 171 Preset Freq 1 172 Preset Freq 2 173 Preset
402. ume DNet Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs Units Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs Minimum Value 0 Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume Multicast Poll Response messages Maximum Value 3 Default Value 3 Zone 3 Control Parameter Number 92 Access Rule GET SET Zone 3 Control Word Default Bits 0 and 1 set all other bits clear Data Type BYTE BitO Security Enable 1 Enable data security Group P Parameter Bit1 C0S Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs Units Si Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs Minimum Value 0 Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume Multicast Poll Response messages Maximum Value 3 Default Value 3 Zone 4 Control Parameter Number 93 Access Rule GET SET Zone 3 Control Word Default Bits 0 and 1 set all other bits clear Data Type BYTE Bit0 Security Enable 1 Enable data security rop IP Parameter Bit1 C0S Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 COS messages Bit2 Poll Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Poll Response msgs Units ai Bit3 Strobe Cnxn 1 Consume DNet Group 2 Strobe Response msgs Minimum Value 0 Bit4 Multicast Poll 1 Consume Multicast Poll Response messages Maximum Value 3 Default Value 3 Zone 1 Key Parameter Number 94 Access Rule GET SET When the Security Enable bit for zone 1 is enabled this value must match the value of the Device Data Type UINT Value Key parameter in the device whose data is
403. un REV Input Bit 2 Stop Input Bit 3 Dynamic Brake Transistor On Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers Chapter 4 Valid for DeviceNet Sensorless Vector Control and Volts per Hertz Dig In Status Status of the control terminal block digital inputs Bit 0 Digital IN 1 Sel Bit 1 Digital IN 2 Sel Comm Status Status of communications ports Bit 0 Receiving Data Bit 1 Transmitting Data Bit 2 RS485 Bit 3 Communication Error Elapsed Run Time Accumulated time drive is outputting power Time is displayed in 10 hour increments Drive Temp Present operating temperature of the drive power section Parameter Number 113 Related Parameters 102 134 135 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 15 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 114 Related Parameters 151 152 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 15 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 115 Related Parameters 203 207 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 15 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 118 Access Rule GET Data Type UINT Group Display Group Units 1 10hrs Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 9999 Default Value Read Only Parameter Number 124 Access Ru
404. up Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 99 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 183 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 1 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 0 disabled 1 2 S Curve Time l 25 Seconds l Fi Acoal Time 1 2 S Ouve gt e 10 Seconds 25 Seoon 50 S Curve r W Toii Time to Acleris Acca Time SCuve Time 176 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Chapter 5 Boost Select Parameter Number 184 Related Parameters 104 131 132 185 186 187 225 Sets the boost voltage of Parameter 131 Motor NP Volts and redefines the Volts per Hz curve Access Rule GET SET Active when Parameter 225 Torque Perf Mode OV Hz Drive may add additional voltage unless Option 5 is selected Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group See Table 18 for details Units _ Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 14 Default Value 8 Table 18 Boost Select Options Options Description 0 Custom V Hz Variable Torque Typical fan pump curves 1 30 0 VT 2 35 0 VT 3 40 0 VT 4 45 0 VT 5 0 0 no IR Constant Torque 6 0 0 7 2 5 CT Default for 5 Hp 4 0 kW Drive 8 5 0 CT Default 9 75 7 10 10 0 CT 11 12 5 T 12 15 0 CT 13 17 5 CT 14 20 0 CT Figure 39 5 2 5 jea a S 5 8 2 Parameter 132 Mot
405. upported for the Parameter Object Table 92 Parameter Group Object Class Attributes 1 Get Revision UINT 2 Get Max Instance UINT All Bulletin 280 281 Motor Starters have the following instances of the parameter group object e Instance 1 DeviceLogix Parameters e Instance 2 DeviceNet Parameters e Instance 3 Starter Protection Parameters e Instance 4 User I O Parameters e Instance 5 Miscellaneous Setup Parameters e Instance 6 ZIP Parameters e Instance 7 Starter Display e Instance 8 Starter Setup The following instance attributes are supported for all parameter group instances Table 93 Parameter Group Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type 1 Get Group Name String SHORT_STRING 2 Get Number of Members UINT 3 Get 1 Parameter UINT 4 Get 2 Parameter UINT n Get Nth Parameter UINT Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 313 Appendix B Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Discrete Input Group Object CLASS CODE 0x001D Discrete Output Group Object CLASS CODE 0x001E The following common services are implemented for the Parameter Group Object Table 94 Parameter Group Object Service Common Services Service Code Implemented for Class Service Name Instance Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single No class attributes are supported for the Discrete Input Group Object A single instance of the Discrete I
406. ure Parameter Number 56 Indicates the ArmorStart Base unit ne Te ay enclosure rating Data Type WORD Bit0 IP67 Group Misc Bit 1 Nema 4X Units Bit 2 15 Reserved MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Base Options Parameter Number 57 A Rul GET Indicates the options for the E NE ArmorStart Base unit Data Type WORD Bit 0 Output Fuse Group Mis Bit 1 Safety Monitor Units Bit 2 CP Fuse Detect Bits 3 7 Reserved Minimuma 0 Bit 8 10A Base Maximum Value 65535 Bit 9 25A Base Default Value 0 Bit 10 15 Reserved Wiring Options Parameter Number 58 A Rul GET Bit 0 Conduit poy Bit 1 Round Media Data Type WORD Bits 2 15 Reserved Group Misc Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 ZIP Parameters Bulletin 280 281 Programmable Parameters Chapter 3 Starter Enclosure Parameter Number 59 Bit0 IP67 Access Rule GET Bit 1 NEMA 4x Data Type WORD Bits 2 15 reserved Group Misc Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value Starter Option Parameter Number 60 A Rul GET Bit 0 HOA Keypad eens Bit 1 Safety Monitor Data Type WORD Bit 2 Source Brake Group Misc Bits 4 15 Reserved Units MinimumValue 0 Maximum Value 66535 Default Value AutoRun Zip Parameter Number 67 A Ru
407. ure Type F Type 4 12 IP67 Base N Base Only no starter L Appendix I o Option 2 amp 3 Brake Cable Options SM Safety monitor Line Media Cc Conduit R ArmorConnect Power Media 1 Short Circuit Protection Bulletin 140 Current Rating A 10 10 A Rated Device 25 25 A Rated Device Table 188 Bulletin 284 Base Module Renewal Part IP67 Type 4 12 Up to 480V AC With Conduit Entrance Input Voltage kW Hp Output Current Cat No 200 240V 0 4 0 75 0 5 1 0 23A 280D FN 10 C a 15 20 7 6A 280D FN 25 C 380 480V 0 4 2 2 0 5 3 0 1 4 4 0A 280D FN 10 C ap 3 0 5 0 6 0 7 6A 280D FN 25 C 460 600V 50 60Hz 0 75 1 5 1 0 2 0 1 7 3 0A 280D FN 10 C ate 2 2 4 0 3 0 5 0 4 2 6 6A 280D FN 25 C Table 189 Bulletin 284 Base Module Renewal Part IP67 Type 4 12 Up to 480V AC with ArmorConnect Connectivity Input Voltage kW Hp Output Current Cat No 200 240V 0 4 0 75 05 1 0 23A 280D FN 10 R ahi 15 20 7 6A 280D FN 25 R 380 480V 0 4 2 2 0 5 3 0 14 4 0A 280D FN 10 R cain 3 0 5 0 6 0 7 6A 280D FN 25 R 460 600V 50 60Hz 0 75 1 5 1 0 2 0 17 3 0A 280D FN 10 R A easg 2 2 4 0 3 0 5 0 4 2 6 6A 280D FN 25 R Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 383 Appendix I 384 Renewal Parts Table 190 Motor Cables Description Cable Rating Length m f
408. ures the ArmorStart distributed motor controller contains terminals for power control safety monitor inputs and ground wiring Access can be gained by removing the terminal access cover plate Secondaries Primaries DETAIL A SCALE 2 000 42 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Chapter 2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Figure 22 Bulletin 284 ArmorStart Power and Control Terminals D vs Oe K N s Wikio Waza ALAA W ANN Y Aas aN cE N DETAIL SCALE 1 000 Safety Monitor and Ground Terminal Designations r r Control Table 3 Powe i S e s le lt x a v alaja o jo oe elif l fH l e E alaja si elel ls f s ers l ye r 8 e e o ai Feliz lezia ee z S E Sia lala Slice ltel amp i2z e Zi Sl SlISlElS S S a g V s s 5 T a l a J ajg l l l e v o o Sls ses E S Alalle jS k a j So wn So a w NI NI NI N N N NJN o Nn 2 5 amp 3 9 O Fia nN jm o e In l ll gt z le Je l l alzalo IQIS S IaIcA m a a o Only available with the Safety Monitor option 43 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Chapter2 Installation Wiring and Maintenance Optional Locking Clip The clam shell design clips over the ArmorStart motor
409. urrent Value Reserved 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Phase A Current Phase B Current Phase C Current Average Current Therm Utilized FLA Setting Overload Class Ol Reset Level PPRPBDBDBDDPDDBDDDPD Cancel Apply Help 204 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Setting the Motor FLA Bulletin 284 DeviceNet Commissioning Chapter 7 The product should now be configured and communicating on the network The last step is to program the proper motor OL current setting Parameter 133 This can be accomplished by using software such as RSNetWorx for DeviceNet or a handheld DeviceNet tool Use the software to access the device parameters screen By default the motor OL current is set to the minimum motor OL current setting for the device Set this parameter to the desired value and download to the device Select Motor OL Current Parameter 133 and enter a value that corresponds to the FLA of the motor connected to the ArmorStart Verify the Single radio button is selected and then select Download to Device The proper motor protection is now in place Figure 51 RSNetWorx Parameter Screen Et ArmorStart 284D PF4 240 0 5HP 2 x General Device Parameters 170 Defaults EDS File DeviceLogix Groups On Line fan parameters T Srel Restore Default Values i C All Parameter Help Start Monitor Upload From Device Download
410. ut 14 15 Fault Reset 16 Motion Disable 17 Keypad Disable Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 227 Chapter9 Using DeviceLogix Bulletin 284 ArmorStart Status Bits The following table contains the status bit definitions for ArmorStart 284 Status bit declaration 0 Tripped 1 Warning 2 Running Fwd 3 Running Rev 4 Ready 5 Net Ctl Status 6 Net Ref Status 7 At Reference 8 Drive Opto 1 9 Drive Opto 2 10 Keypad Jog 11 Keypad Hand 12 HOA Status 13 140M On 14 Contactor 1 15 Contactor 2 16 Explicit Msg Cnxn Exists 17 10 Cnxn Exists 18 Explicit Cnxn Fault 19 10 Cnxn Fau 20 10 Cnxn Idle 21 Keypad Hand Direction 228 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Using DeviceLogix Chapter 9 Bulletin 284 ArmorStart Fault Bits The screen capture below shows how to choose Fault Bits in the ladder editor DIP INT amp CNB INT S E i SB INT HE Latch T Counter 9 Timer The following table contains the fault bit definitions for ArmorStart 284 Fault bit declaration 0 Short Circuit 1 Overload 2 Phase Short 3 Ground Fault 4 Stall 5 Control Power 6 l0 Fault 7 Over Temp 8 Phase Over Current 9 DNet Power Loss 10 Interna
411. vanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1 Default Value 0 Parameter Number 263 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 110 0 Default Value 100 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 191 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Notes 192 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Chapter 6 HOA Keypad Operation Introduction This chapter provides a basic understanding of the programming of the factory installed optional built in Hand Off Auto HOA keypad The HOA keypad can be programmed for maintained or momentary operation Figure 45 Optional HOA Keypads A B Allen Bradley lt Available on Available on Bulletin 281 Available on Bulletin 284 Bulletin 280 281 Keypad Description The keys that are found on the optional HOA keypads are described below Table 20 HOA Keypad Key Description HAND The Hand key initiates starter operation HAND l AUTO The Auto key allows for Start Stop control via the AUTO communications network OFF If the starter is running pressing the OFF key causes the starter OFF to stop 0 REV The REV key selects reverse direction of the motor ka o FWD The FWD key selects forward direction of the motor DIR Arrow The Dir arrow selects the direction of the motor either forward ko
412. vanced Program Group Units 0 1A Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value Drive rated amps X 1 8 Default Value Drive rated amps X 0 05 A votts Speed Ramp to Stop Mode DC Breke Lavel DC injection Braking Mode DC Brake Level Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Time Stop Command Skp Command ATTENTION If a hazard of injury due to movement of equipment or material exists an auxiliary mechanical braking device must be used ATTENTION This feature should not be used with synchronous or permanent magnet motors Motors may be demagnetized during braking 175 Chapter5 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers DB Resistor Sel Stop drive before changing this parameter Enables disables external dynamic braking Setting Min Max 0 Disabled 1 Normal RA Res 5 Duty Cycle 2 No Protection 100 Duty Cycle 3 99 x Duty Cycle Limited 3 99 of Duty Cycle S Curve Sets the percentage of acceleration or deceleration time that is applied to ramp as S Curve Time is added half at the beginning and half at the end of the ramp Figure 38 S Curve Example Accel Time 10 Seconds S Curve Setting 50 S Curve Time 10 x 0 5 Total Time 10 5 15 Seconds 5 Seconds Parameter Number 182 Related Parameters 137 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Gro
413. w Inputs 2 Network Inputs 3 Network Outputs 4 Trip Status 5 Starter Status 6 DNet Status 7 Starter Command 8 Network Override 9 Comm Override Display Group 101 Output Freq 102 Commanded Freq 103 Output Current 104 Output Voltage 105 DC Bus Voltage 106 Drive Status 107 Fault 1 Code 108 Fault 2 Code 109 Fault 3 Code 110 Process Display 112 Control Source 113 Contrl In Status 114 Dig In Status 115 Comm Status 116 Control SW Ver 117 Drive Type 118 Elapsed Run Time 119 Testpoint Data 120 Analog In 0 10V 121 Analog In 4 20 mA 122 Output Power 123 Output Power Fctr 124 Drive Temp 125 Counter Status 126 Timer Status 127 Timer Stat Fract 128 Stp Logic Status 129 Torque Current 142 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Sensorless Vector Controllers Table 13 Parameter Group Listing DeviceNet Starter Protection 10 Autobaud Enable 22 Breaker Type 11 Consumed 10 Assy 23 PrFltResetMode 12 Produced 10 Assy 24 Pr Fault Enable 13 Prod Assy Word 0 25 Pr Fault Reset 14 Prod Assy Word 1 26 StrtrDN FitState 15 Prod Assy Word 2 27 StrtrDN FitValue 16 Prod Assy Word 3 28 StrtrDN IdlState 17 Consumed 10 Size 29 StrtrDN IdlValue 18 Produced 10 Size 61 LAST Pr Fault 19 Starter COS Mask 62 Warning Status 20 Net Out COS Mask 21 DNet Voltage ZIP Parameters Basic Setup 67 AutoRun Zip 131 Motor NP Volts 68 Zone Produced EPR 132 Motor NP Hertz 69 Zone Produced PIT 133 Motor OL Current 70 Zone 1 Macld 134 Minim
414. when a jog command is issued Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 600 0 Default Value 10 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 131 Chapter4 Bulletin 284 Programmable Parameters for Volts per Hertz Controllers DC Brake Time Sets the length of time that DC brake current is injected into the motor See Parameter 181 DC Brake Level DC Brake Level Defines the maximum DC brake current in amps applied to the motor when Parameter 137 Stop Mode is set to either Ramp or DC Brake A volts speed Stop Command Parameter Number 180 Related Parameters 137 181 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1 sec Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value 90 0 Default Value 0 0 Parameter Number 181 Related Parameters 137 180 Access Rule GET SET Data Type UINT Group Advanced Program Group Units 0 1A Minimum Value 0 0 Maximum Value Drive rated amps X 1 8 Default Value Drive rated amps X 0 05 Ramp lo Slop Mode DC Brake Level DC injection Braking Mode Voltage Volls Speed DC Brake Laval Skp command ATTENTION If a hazard of injury due to movement of equipment or material exists an auxiliary mechanical braking device must be used ATTENTION This feature should not be used with synchronous or permanent magnet motors Motors
415. wn below List of Network Input Points 244 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Chapter 1 1 Diagnostics Overview This chapter describes the fault diagnostics of the ArmorStart distributed motor controller and the conditions that cause various faults to occur Protection Programming Many of the protective features available with the ArmorStart distributed motor controller can be enabled and adjusted through the programming parameters provided For further details on programming see Chapter 3 4 or 5 Program and Status Parameters Fault Display The ArmorStart distributed motor controller comes equipped with a built in LED status indication which provides four status LEDs and a Reset button The LEDs provide status indication for the following e Power LED The LED is illuminated solid green when control power is present and with the proper polarity e RUNLED This LED is illuminated solid green when a start command and control power are present e Network LED This bi color red green LED indicates the status of the communication link e FAULT LED Indicates Controller Fault Trip condition The Reset Button provides local fault trip reset Figure 57 LED Status Indication and Reset POWER RUN a te r o RESET NETWORK FAULT IMPORTANT Resetting the fault does not correct the cause of the fault condition Corrective action must be taken before resetting the fault Rockwell Automatio
416. xx node address 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT 0x02 acknowledged Ox0F unacknowledged 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0to8 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 0to8 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in ms 12 Get Watchdog Action USINT 0 transition to timed out 1 auto delete 2 auto reset 13 Get Produced Connection Path Length UINT 8 14 Get Produced Connection Path 2104 00 25 assy inst 00 30 03 15 Get Consumed Connection Path Length UINT 8 16 Get Set Consumed Connection Path 2104 00 25 assy inst 00 30 03 304 Rockwell Automation Publication 280 UM002C EN P September 2015 Bulletin 280 281 CIP Information Appendix B Instances 5 through 7 are available group 3 explicit message connections that are allocated through the UCMM The following attributes are supported Table 80 Connection Object Instance 5 7 Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get State USINT 0 nonexistant 1 configuring 3 established 4 timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 0 Explicit Message 3 Get Transport Class Trigger USINT 0x83 Server Transport Class 3 4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT Depends on message group and Message ID 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT Depends on message group and Message ID 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics USINT 0x33 Group 3 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0 8 Get
417. y Status Assembly Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 1 0 Idle 1 0 Flt Exp Fit 1 0 Cnxn Exp Cnxn 1 ZIP4Fit ZIP4Cnxn ZIP3Fit ZIP3Cnxn ZIP2Fit ZIP2Cnxn ZIP1FIt ZIP 1Cnxn Instance 187 This is a Read Write Assembly Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 User OutB User Out A Jog Rev JogFwd Fault Reset Run Rev Run Fwd 1 Instance 188 This is a Read Write Assembly Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 FreqSelect FreqSelect FreqSelect Decel 2 Decel 1 Accel 2 Accel 1 3 2 1 1 Drv In 4 Drv In3 Drv In2 Drvin 1 Table 125 Instance 189 This is a Read Only assembly Instance 189 Warning Status Bits Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Reserved 1 0 Control Warning Power Warning 1 HW Warn DN Warn PI Warn Table 126 Instance 190 is the 1999 ZCIO Native Format Produced Assembly Instance 190 1799 ZCI0 Native Format Produced Assembly Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Running Running Warning Tripped Input 3 Input 2 Input 1 Input 0 Rev Fwd 1 Reserved Logic Enable Reserved 140M On HOA 2 Drive In 4 Drive In 3 DriveIn2 Driveln1 UserOutB UserOutA RunRev Run Fwd 3 Reserved Jog Rev Jog Fwd 4 Net Out 8 Net Out 7 Net Out6 NetOut5 NetOut4 NetOut3 NetOut2 N

ArmorStart Distributed Motor Controller User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents